TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29 , 2016

Registration No. 333- 214322

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT N O . 1
to
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Republic of the Marshall Islands
4412
N.A.
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
166 74 Glyfada
Athens, Greece
Tel: +30 210 8913507
(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

With copies to:

Gary J. Wolfe, Esq.
Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, New York 10004
(212) 574-1200 (telephone number)
(212) 480- 8421 (facsimile number)
Barry I. Grossman, Esq.
Lawrence A. Rosenbloom, Esq.
Joshua N. Englard, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10105
(212) 370-1300 (telephone number)
(212) 370-7889 (facsimile number)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common shares, $0.0001 par value per share
 
   
 
 
   
 
Class A Warrants to purchase common shares (3)(4)
 
 
 
 
Common Shares underlying the Class A Warrants (5)
 
   
 
 
   
 
Representative’s Warrant to purchase common shares (4)(6)
 
 
 
 
Common Shares underlying the Representative’s Warrant (7)
 
   
 
 
   
 
Total
$
40,500,000
 
$
4,694.00 (8
)

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of common shares and Class A Warrants that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares and/or Class A Warrants.
(3) The Class A Warrants to be issued to investors hereunder are included in the price of the common shares above.
(4) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(5) We assumed the Class A Warrants were exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to       % of the proposed maximum public offering price of the common shares. The proposed maximum aggregate public offering price of the common shares underlying the Class A Warrants was calculated to be $      , which is equal to       % of $      .
(6) No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.
(7) Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) of the Securities Act. The Representative’s Warrant is exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to       % of the public offering price. The proposed maximum aggregate public offering price of the common shares underlying the Representative’s Warrant was calculated to be $      , which is equal to       % of $       (      % of $       ).
(8) The amount of the registration fee is $4,694.00, of which $4,694.00 was paid in connection with the initial filing of Form F-1 on October 28, 2016.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 29 , 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$15,000,000
       Common Shares and
Class A Warrants to Purchase        Common Shares


Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

We are offering        of our common shares and our Class A Warrants to purchase        of our common shares. One common share is being sold together with one Class A Warrant, with each Class A Warrant being immediately exercisable for        of our common shares at an exercise price of $        per share (or       % of the price of each common share sold in this offering) and expiring 5 years after the issuance date.

Our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. On November 25, 2016, the last reported sale price of our common shares was $2.45 per share. We have applied to list the Class A Warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW”.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 
Per Common Share
and Class A Warrant
Total
Public offering price
$
 
 
$
 
 
Underwriting discount and commissions (1)
$
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds to the Company, before expenses
$
 
 
$
 
 
(1) We have agreed to issue a warrant, or the Representative’s Warrant, to the representative of the underwriters, or the Representative. We have additionally agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses incurred by them in an amount not to exceed $100,000. We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 119 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of up to 45 days to purchase up to        additional common shares and/or        Class A Warrants.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares and Class A Warrants to purchasers in the offering on or about             , 2016.

Maxim Group LLC

The date of this prospectus is                   , 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained and incorporated by reference into this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information or to make representations other than those contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

We obtained certain statistical data, market data and other industry data and forecasts used or incorporated by reference into this prospectus from publicly available information. While we believe that the statistical data, industry data, forecasts and market research are reliable, we have not independently verified the data, and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the information.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus contain certain forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future and other statements that are other than statements of historical fact. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections. As a result, you are cautioned not to rely on any forward-looking statements.

In addition to these important factors and matters discussed elsewhere herein and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include among other things:

changes in shipping industry trends, including charter rates, vessel values and factors affecting vessel supply and demand;
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;
changes in the supply of or demand for drybulk commodities, including drybulk commodities carried by sea, generally or in particular regions;
changes in the number of newbuildings under construction in the drybulk shipping industry;
changes in the useful lives and the value of our vessels and the related impact on our compliance with loan covenants;
the aging of our fleet and increases in operating costs;
changes in our ability to complete future, pending or recent acquisitions or dispositions;
our ability to achieve successful utilization of our expanded fleet;
changes to our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to pay amounts that we owe and obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

risks related to our business strategy, areas of possible expansion or expected capital spending or operating expenses;
changes in the availability of crew, number of off-hire days, classification survey requirements and insurance costs for the vessels in our fleet;
changes in our ability to leverage the relationships and reputation in the drybulk shipping industry of V.Ships Limited, or V.Ships, and Fidelity Marine Inc., or Fidelity;
changes in our relationships with our contract counterparties, including the failure of any of our contract counterparties to comply with their agreements with us;
loss of our customers, charters or vessels;
damage to our vessels;
potential liability from future litigation and incidents involving our vessels;
our future operating or financial results;
our ability to continue as a going concern;
acts of terrorism and other hostilities;
changes in global and regional economic and political conditions;
changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities, particularly with respect to the drybulk shipping industry; and
other factors listed from time to time in registration statements, reports or other materials that we have filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Commission, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

These factors could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results or developments. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. If one or more forward-looking statements are updated, no inference should be drawn that additional updates will be made with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and our principal executive offices are located outside the United States. All of the directors and officers reside outside the United States. In addition, substantially all of our assets and the assets of the directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to serve legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. It may also not be possible for you to enforce, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in United States courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.

Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that courts in jurisdictions outside the U.S (i) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors or officers based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (ii) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our directors or officers based on those laws.

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information that appears elsewhere in this prospectus or in documents incorporated by reference herein, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by that more detailed information. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. We urge you to carefully read this entire prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein, including our financial statements and the related notes and the information in the section of this prospectus entitled “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. As an investor or prospective investor, you should also review carefully the sections entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Unless the context otherwise requires, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Company,” “Seanergy,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and all of its subsidiaries, and “Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.” refers only to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and not to its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specifically stated, the information presented in the prospectus assumes no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Representative ’s Warrant and that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional common shares and /or Class A Warrants. We use the term deadweight ton, or dwt, in describing the size of our vessels. Dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, refers to the maximum weight of cargo and supplies that a vessel can carry. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to “$” or “dollars” are to U.S. dollars and financial information presented in this prospectus that is derived from the financial statements incorporated by reference is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

Overview

We are an international shipping company specializing in the worldwide seaborne transportation of drybulk commodities. In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders, and in connection with our restructuring we sold all 20 of our former vessels. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired eight modern drybulk vessels, which we refer to as our Current Fleet. We have recently agreed to acquire two additional Capesize drybulk vessels that are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016.

In March 2015, we acquired the first vessel in our Current Fleet, a secondhand Capesize drybulk vessel, from an unaffiliated third party for $17.1 million. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from a senior secured loan, an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, who we refer to as our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Between September and December of 2015 we acquired the seven additional secondhand drybulk vessels that comprise our Current Fleet, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, from entities affiliated with our Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These acquisitions were funded with proceeds from senior secured loans, a revolving convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Capesize vessels range in size between 100,000 to 220,000 dwt. Supramax vessels range in size between 40,000 to 65,000 dwt.

On September 26, 2016, we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two secondhand Capesize vessels, or the Additional Vessels, for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The Additional Vessels are expected to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We paid an initial security deposit in the amount of $4.2 million, which was funded through a loan facility, originally entered into October 4, 2016, with Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, which is an entity affiliated with our Sponsor. We refer to this loan facility as it is amended from time to time as the Jelco Loan Facility.

We expect to fund the balance of the aggregate purchase price for the Additional Vessels with an additional $5.3 million from the Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels), $29 million from a new secured loan facility with Northern Shipping Fund III LP, or NSF, and $3 million of cash on hand. On November 28, 2016, we entered into an amendment to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that may be borrowed under the facility to up to $12.8 million and extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, and the maturity date

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. On November 28, 2016, we also entered into an agreement with NSF for a $32 million secured term loan facility.

We believe we have established a reputation in the international drybulk shipping industry for operating and maintaining vessels with high standards of performance, reliability and safety. We have assembled a management team comprised of executives who have extensive experience operating large and diversified fleets, and who have strong ties to a number of international charterers.

Our Current Fleet

As of the date of this prospectus, our Current Fleet consists of eight drybulk vessels, of which six are Capesize vessels and two are Supramax vessels. Our Current Fleet has a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,145,553 dwt and an average age of approximately 8.2 years. Additionally, we have agreed to acquire the Additional Vessels, two Capesize vessels, which are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016. Subject to the successful delivery of the Additional Vessels, our fleet will have an average age of 7.9 years and a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,503,369 dwt.

The following tables list the vessels in our Current Fleet and the Additional Vessels we have agreed to acquire as of the date of this prospectus:

Current Fleet

Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Flag
Type of Employment
Leadership
2001
Capesize
 
171,199
 
BA
Spot
Gloriuship
2004
Capesize
 
171,314
 
MI
Spot
Geniuship
2010
Capesize
 
170,057
 
MI
Spot
Premiership
2010
Capesize
 
170,024
 
IoM
Spot
Squireship
2010
Capesize
 
170,018
 
LIB
Spot
Championship
2011
Capesize
 
179,238
 
LIB
Spot
Gladiatorship
2010
Supramax
 
56,819
 
BA
Spot
Guardianship
2011
Supramax
 
56,884
 
MI
Spot
Average Age:
8.2 years
Total Dwt:
 
1,145,553
 

Additional Vessels to be Acquired *

Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Lordship (currently E. R. Bavaria)
 
2010
 
 
Capesize
 
 
178,838
 
Knightship (currently E. R. Bayern)
 
2010
 
 
Capesize
 
 
178,978
 

*   Subject to successful delivery.

Key to Flags:
BA – Bahamas, IoM – Isle of Man, LIB – Liberia, MI – Marshall Islands

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of strengths that provide us with a competitive advantage in the drybulk shipping market, including the following:

Modern, High Quality Fleet.    Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.2 years as of the date of this prospectus, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.0, 8.3 and 7.2 years, respectively, as of that date. In addition to their young age, all of our vessels have been and we expect will be built at shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building high quality, commercially superior vessels that are preferred by charterers and also command higher interest in the secondary market. None of our vessels is associated with “green field” or inferior quality shipyards, which is the case for a meaningful part of

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the world fleet, especially for Supramax and Panamax drybulk vessels. We believe that owning a modern, highly commercially competitive and well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters.

Experienced Management .   Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Mr. Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and interim Chief Financial Officer, brings more than 18 years of experience in shipping and finance and has held senior management positions in prominent shipping companies.
Access to Attractive Chartering Opportunities .   Fidelity, our commercial manager, has established strong global relationships with charterers and brokers. We believe Fidelity’s relationships with these counterparties should provide us with access to attractive chartering opportunities.

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to manage and expand our fleet in a manner that produces strong cash flows and allows us to build our position as a reliable provider of international seaborne transportation services for drybulk commodities. The key elements of our business strategy include:

Expanding Our Fleet Through Accretive Acquisitions .   We intend to acquire drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 50,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view the Capesize and Supramax vessel classes as providing attractive return characteristics given the existing vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow expected to be earned by a vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.
Optimizing Vessel Revenues Primarily Through Spot Market Exposure.    The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased 307 percent from the record low levels of 290 on February 10, 2016 to 1,181 on November 25, 2016. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. Because the spot market is volatile, there can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will increase and the market could decline.
Operating a Modern, High-Quality Fleet .   Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.2 years as of the date of this prospectus, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.0, 8.3 and 7.2 years, respectively, as of that date. We believe that owning a young, well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters. All of our vessels have been and we expect will be built in shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building quality vessels. We expect that the combination of these factors will provide us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable employment for our vessels.

Management of Our Fleet

We manage our vessel’s operations, insurances and bunkering and have the general supervision of our third-party technical and commercial managers. Pursuant to technical management agreements with our vessel owning subsidiaries, V.Ships, an independent third party, provides technical management for our vessels that includes general administrative and support services, such as crewing and other technical management, accounting related to vessels and provisions. Fidelity, an independent third party, provides commercial

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management services for all of the vessels in our fleet pursuant to a commercial management agreement with Seanergy Management Corp., our wholly-owned ship managing subsidiary.

Loan Facilities Update

We currently have six senior secured loan facilities with an aggregate outstanding balance of $185.6 million and one additional facility with Jelco with an outstanding balance of $12.8 million. We currently are not required to make any principal repayments except under our facility with Alpha Bank AE originally entered into in March 2015. This facility currently has an outstanding balance of $7.6 million and amortization payments for this facility commenced on June 17, 2015. We also have a facility in place with HSH Nordbank AG with an outstanding balance of $44.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on September 30, 2017, a facility with Unicredit Bank AG with an outstanding balance of $52.9 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 26, 2017, a facility with Natixis with an outstanding balance of $39.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 30, 2017, a facility with Alpha Bank AE originally entered into in November 2015 with an outstanding balance of $33.8 million for which we will commence amortization payments on February 12, 2018, and a facility with NSF with an outstanding balance of $7.5 million for which we will commence amortization payments on March 31, 2019. Additionally, the Jelco Loan Facility has an outstanding balance of $12.8 million and is repayable, subject to certain repayment requirements, in one bullet payment on the maturity date, which is the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, but the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. All applicable financial covenants under our loan facilities with our lenders have been either waived or will become effective subsequent to June 30, 2017. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Description of Indebtedness.”

Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends

Based on information provided by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., we believe that the following industry trends create growth opportunities for us as an owner and operator of drybulk vessels:

the low drybulk freight market and limited availability of shipping finance, among other factors, have resulted in low drybulk vessel asset pricing, relative to average prices, over the last five years;
the recovery of global economic activity and industrial production, which continues to rely heavily on raw materials and commodity consumption;
the increased aggregate demand for seaborne transport for commodities and raw materials expected over the next decade; despite uninspiring economic growth at present, raw materials remain the primary driver for world economies as coal is expected to remain the main source for generating electricity and lower cost iron ore will be supporting an oversupplied steel industry; expanded mining capacity by the world’s largest mining companies supports these trends;
the regulations enacted by the International Maritime Organization, mandating higher maintenance standards of vessels, installation of ballast water management systems, and gradually lower emissions will require material capital investments that will render older drybulk vessels uneconomical for retrofitting and will expedite their demolition; and
charterers’ concerns about environmental and safety standards shifting their preference toward modern vessels that are owned by reputable and financially stable shipowners.

In this Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends section, the details on the industry trends have been prepared by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. We and Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. can provide no assurance, however, that the industry trends described above will continue, we will be successful in capitalizing on any such opportunities or we will be able to expand our business. For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus. Please read “The Drybulk Shipping Industry” for more information on the drybulk shipping industry.

Recent Developments

As described above, on September 26, 2016, we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of the Additional Vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. Under the

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agreements, we were required to make a $4.2 million deposit. This deposit was funded with proceeds from the Jelco Loan Facility. The Additional Vessels are expected to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We expect to fund the balance of the aggregate purchase price for the Additional Vessels with an additional $5.3 million from the Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels), $29 million from a new secured loan facility with NSF, and $3 million of cash on hand.

On October 4, 2016, we entered into the Jelco Loan Facility, initially a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, to fund the initial deposit for the Additional Vessels. On November 17, 2016 and November 28, 2016, we entered into amendments to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that may be borrowed under the facility to up to $12.8 million and extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, and the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. The Jelco Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 9% and is repayable in one bullet payment together with accrued interest thereon on the maturity date. The margin may be decreased to LIBOR plus 7% upon a $5 million prepayment by the Company. The Jelco Loan Facility further provides that we are required to prepay Jelco (i) in the event of any public offering by us of our common shares, an amount equal to 25 percent of the net offering proceeds and (ii) $1.9 million upon the delivery of the second of the Additional Vessels. The Jelco Loan Facility is secured by second priority mortgages and general assignments covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation on the Additional Vessels, and the vessel owning subsidiaries that will acquire the Additional Vessels have provided a guarantee to Jelco for our obligations under this facility. On November 28, 2016, we drew down $8.7 million under the Jelco Loan Facility. As of November 29, 2016, $12.8 million was outstanding under the Jelco Loan Facility. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Description of Indebtedness.”

On November 18, 2016, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with unaffiliated third party institutional investors, under which we sold 1,305,000 of our common shares in a registered direct offering at a public offering price of $2.75 per share. The net proceeds from the sale of the common shares, after deducting fees and expenses, were approximately $3.2 million. The offering closed on November 23, 2016.

On November 28, 2016, we entered into a $32 million secured term loan facility with NSF to partly finance the acquisition of the Additional Vessels. The facility bears interest at 11% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the principal is repayable in four consecutive quarterly instalments of $900,000 each, commencing on March 31, 2019 and a final payment of $28.4 million due on December 31, 2019, which is the initial maturity date assuming that we do not choose to extend the facility for one or two maximum yearly periods. The facility may only be extended twice so that the final maturity date shall never extend beyond the date falling on the fifth anniversary of the final drawdown date. The option to extend the facility for up to two years from the initial maturity date is subject to an extension fee of 1.75% per extended year. The borrowers under the facility are our applicable vessel-owning subsidiaries. The facility is secured by first priority mortgages and general assignment covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation over the Additional Vessels, account pledge agreements, share pledge agreements of our two vessel-owning subsidiaries, a commercial manager undertaking and a technical manager undertaking. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that (i) we maintain restricted deposits of $3 million as prepaid interest to be applied equally against the first eight quarterly interest payments of the facility, the first instalment to commence 3 months from the second drawdown date (ii) we maintain an asset coverage ratio with respect to the Additional Vessels equal to at least 112.5% and (iii) the borrowers accumulate in each of their earnings accounts within 3 months from each Advance relevant drawdown date, and maintain throughout the security period, a minimum amount of at least $250,000 per Additional Vessel, or $500,000 in total. On November 28, 2016, we drew down $7.5 million under the NSF loan facility. As of November 29, 2016, $7.5 million is outstanding under the facility. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Description of Indebtedness.”

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, originally under the name Seanergy Merger Corp., as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seanergy Maritime Corp. We changed our name to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. on July 11, 2008. Our principal executive office is located at 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +011 30 2108913507. Our corporate website address is www.seanergymaritime.com. The information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common shares presently outstanding
21,999,410 common shares (1)
Securities offered by us
       common shares together with Class A warrants to purchase        of our common shares at the exercise price of $      per share (or       % of the price for each share sold in the offering). The warrants will be immediately exercisable and will expire 5 years after the issuance date. An aggregate of        common shares together with Class A warrants to purchase        of our common shares are being offered assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and/or Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Representative’s Warrant.
Common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering
       common shares (       common shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and/or Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Representative’s Warrant). (1)
Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares and Class A Warrants
The Underwriting Agreement provides that we will grant to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 45 days after the closing of this offering, to purchase up to an additional 15% of the total number of common shares and/or Class A Warrants to be offered by us pursuant to this offering. The option may be exercised in whole or in part, and may be exercised more than once, during the 45 day option period.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $       , and approximately $       million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and/or Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Representative’s Warrant, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

We intend to use $5.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of the Jelco Loan Facility and the balance for general corporate purposes, which may include potential vessel acquisitions in accordance with our growth strategy. However, we do not currently have any potential acquisitions identified, other than the Additional Vessels, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify additional vessels to acquire or that we will be able to complete the acquisition of any vessels that we are able to identify.

We entered into the Jelco Loan Facility with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, to fund the initial $4.2 million deposit for the Additional Vessels. The Additional Vessels are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016. We expect to fund $5.3 million of the remaining purchase price of the Additional Vessels with funds from the amended Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels). The Jelco Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9% and matures on the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, but the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date.

Risk factors
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” below on page 12 and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, which is incorporated by reference herein, to read about the risks you should consider before investing in our common shares.
Listing
Our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. We have applied to list the Class A warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW”.
Lock-Up Agreements
Subject to certain exceptions, we, all of our executive officers and directors, and certain affiliates have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the Representative offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 120 days after the date of the closing of this offering.
(1) Excludes (i) 4,222,223 common shares issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco, and (ii) 23,516,667 common shares issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco. Under each of the convertible promissory notes, Jelco, an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, may, at its option, convert the principal amount under each note at any time into common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 per share. As of November 25, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, and $21.2 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended.

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and as of June 30, 2016 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2016.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a 1-for-5 reverse split of our common shares. The reverse stock split became effective and the common shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of our common stock. All share and per share amounts disclosed herein give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
 
55,616
 
 
104,060
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,274
)
 
(8,035
)
 
(13,587
)
 
(2,541
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
 
(26,983
)
 
(34,727
)
Voyage expenses - related party
 
 
 
(24
)
 
(313
)
 
(532
)
 
(661
)
Management fees - related party
 
 
 
(122
)
 
(743
)
 
(1,625
)
 
(2,415
)
Management fees
 
(336
)
 
 
 
(194
)
 
(588
)
 
(576
)
General and administration expenses
 
(2,804
)
 
(2,987
)
 
(3,966
)
 
(6,337
)
 
(8,070
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
(70
)
 
(309
)
 
(412
)
 
(402
)
 
(603
)
Loss on bad debts
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(327
)
 
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(232
)
 
(3,648
)
 
(7,313
)
Depreciation
 
(1,865
)
 
(3
)
 
(982
)
 
(15,606
)
 
(28,856
)
Loss on sale of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,590
)
 
 
Impairment loss for goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,365
)
 
(12,910
)
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
 
 
(3,564
)
 
(147,143
)
 
(188,995
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
25,719
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (loss) / income
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
 
(181,117
)
 
(183,607
)
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,460
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
 
(12,480
)
 
(13,482
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
 
14
 
 
13
 
 
59
 
 
60
 
Loss on interest rate swaps
 
 
 
 
 
(8
)
 
(189
)
 
(641
)
Foreign currency exchange (losses) gains, net
 
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
19
 
 
(43
)
 
(46
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,365
)
 
(12,653
)
 
(14,109
)
Net (loss) / income before taxes
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,906
 
 
(193,770
)
 
(197,716
)
Income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
2
 
 
(40
)
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
(193,768
)
 
(197,756
)
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
 
(83.69
)
 
(135.18
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,354
 
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
 
6,298
 
 
37,294
 
Total current assets
 
8,278
 
 
3,207
 
 
66,350
 
 
52,086
 
 
43,432
 
Vessels, net
 
199,840
 
 
 
 
 
 
68,511
 
 
381,129
 
Total assets
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 
 
66,350
 
 
120,960
 
 
436,476
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,250
 
 
592
 
 
157,045
 
 
222,577
 
 
58,697
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
176,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
300,586
 
Common stock
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity / (deficit)
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
 
(90,695
)
 
(101,617
)
 
76,923
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,522,413
 
 
3,977,854
 
 
2,391,854
 
 
2,391,856
 
 
1,463,532
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
 
2,418
 
 
26,439
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
 
55,402
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)
 
(71,256
)
 
(62,492
)

Based on our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements:

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Six-month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
Management fees
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
General and administration expenses
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,315
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
 
 
(70
)
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(240
)
 
 
Depreciation
 
(4,196
)
 
(158
)
Operating loss
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
Other expenses, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(3,442
)
 
(124
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(937
)
 
(149
)
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of June 30,
2016
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,109
 
Total current assets
 
8,036
 
Vessels, net
 
195,655
 
Total assets
 
204,638
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,066
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
174,407
 
Common stock
 
2
 
Total equity
 
20,904
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,514,410
 
 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding to invest in our securities, you should carefully consider the risks described below. These risks and uncertainties are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment in the securities.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or trigger certain financial covenants under our loan agreements, and we may incur an impairment or, if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value, a loss.

The fair market values of our vessels are related to prevailing freight charter rates. While the fair market value of vessels and the freight charter market have a very close relationship as the charter market moves from trough to peak, the time lag between the effect of charter rates on market values of ships can vary. A decrease in the market value of our vessels could require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants, and could result in the loss of our vessels and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

The fair market value of our vessels may increase or decrease, and we expect the market values to fluctuate depending on a number of factors including:

prevailing level of charter rates;
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;
types and sizes of vessels;
supply and demand for vessels;
other modes of transportation;
cost of newbuildings;
governmental and other regulations; and
technological advances.

In addition, as vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. If the fair market value of our vessels declines, we may not be in compliance with certain covenants in our loan agreements, and our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness or require us to pay down our indebtedness to a level where we are again in compliance with our loan covenants. If any of our loans are accelerated, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional funding. We expect that we will enter into more loan agreements in connection with our pending and future acquisitions of vessels. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –Description of Indebtedness.”

In addition, if vessel values decline, we may have to record an impairment adjustment in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our financial results. Furthermore, if we sell vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our financial statements, the sale may be at less than the vessel’s carrying amount in our financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings.

Charter hire rates for drybulk vessels are highly volatile and remain significantly below the highs of 2008, which had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and profitability.

The abrupt and dramatic downturn in the drybulk charter market, from which we derive substantially all of our revenues, has severely affected the drybulk shipping industry and has harmed our business. The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, declined from a high of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 290 in February 10, 2016, which represents a decline of 98%. In 2015, the BDI ranged from a low of 471 on December 16, 2015 to a high of

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1,222 on August 5, 2015, and to date in 2016, has ranged from a low of 290 on February 10, 2016, to a high of 1,257 on November 18, 2016. The decline and volatility in charter rates has been due to various factors, including the over-supply of drybulk vessels, the lack of trade financing for purchases of commodities carried by sea, which resulted in a significant decline in cargo shipments, and trade disruptions caused by natural disasters. Drybulk charter rates are at depressed levels and may decline further. These circumstances, which result from the economic situation worldwide and the multiple disruptions to the operation of global credit markets, have had a number of adverse consequences for drybulk shipping, including, among other developments:

decrease in available financing for vessels;
no active secondhand market for the sale of vessels;
charterers seeking to renegotiate the rates for existing time charters;
widespread loan covenant defaults in the drybulk shipping industry due to the substantial decrease in vessel values; and
declaration of bankruptcy by some operators, charterers and vessel owners.

The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of drybulk vessels has varied widely. If we enter into a charter when charter hire rates are low, our revenues and earnings will be adversely affected and we may not be able to successfully charter our vessels at rates sufficient to allow us to operate our business profitably or meet our obligations. Further, if low charter rates in the drybulk market continue or decline further for any significant period, this could have an adverse effect on our vessel values and ability to comply with the financial covenants in our loan agreements. In such a situation, unless our lenders were willing to provide waivers of covenant compliance or modifications to our covenants, our lenders could accelerate our debt and we could face the loss of our vessels.

An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability.

The market supply of drybulk vessels has been increasing due to the high level of new deliveries in the last few years. Drybulk newbuildings were delivered in significant numbers starting at the beginning of 2006 and continued to be delivered in significant numbers through 2016. In addition, the drybulk newbuilding orderbook, which extends to 2018, equaled approximately 12% of the existing world drybulk fleet as of November 25, 2016, according to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., and the orderbook may increase further in proportion to the existing fleet. An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity could prolong the period during which low charter rates prevail.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

number of new vessel deliveries;
scrapping rate of older vessels;
vessel casualties;
price of steel;
number of vessels that are out of service;
changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful life of vessels; and
port or canal congestion.

If drybulk vessel capacity increases but the demand for vessel capacity does not increase or increases at a slower rate, charter rates could materially decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If economic conditions throughout the world do not improve, it will impede our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy continues to face a number of new challenges, including recent

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, North Africa and other geographic areas and countries and continuing economic weakness in the European Union. The deterioration in the global economy has caused, and may continue to cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods and, thus, shipping. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last.

The European Union and other parts of the world have recently been or are currently in a recession and continue to exhibit weak economic trends. Moreover, there is uncertainty related to certain countries’ ability to refinance their sovereign debt, such as Greece, Spain, Portugal, Ireland, and Italy. As a result, the credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented a broad variety of governmental action and new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. As a result, global economic conditions and global financial markets have been, and continue to be, volatile. Further, credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide.

In addition, continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect of the weak economic trends in the rest of the world. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The quarterly year-over-year growth rate of China’s GDP decreased to approximately 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to approximately 7.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014, and continues to remain below pre-2008 levels. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the near future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the European Union and in certain Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our results of operations and ability to grow our fleet could be impeded by a continuing or worsening economic downturn in any of these countries or geographic regions.

We face risks attendant to the trends in the global economy, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow under our loan agreements or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, our ability to finance our pending vessel acquisitions and the trading price of our common stock. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to complete our vessel pending acquisitions, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

The instability of the euro or the inability of Eurozone countries to refinance their debts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

Concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for drybulk cargoes and for our services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

We maintain cash with a limited number of financial institutions including financial institutions that may be located in Greece, which will subject us to credit risk.

We maintain all of our cash with a limited number of financial institutions, including institutions that are located in Greece. These financial institutions located in Greece may be subsidiaries of international banks or Greek financial institutions. Economic conditions in Greece have been, and continue to be, severely disrupted and volatile, and as a result of sovereign weakness, Moody’s Investor Services Inc. has downgraded the bank financial strength ratings, as well as the deposit and debt ratings, of several Greek banks to reflect their weakening stand-alone financial strength and the anticipated additional pressures stemming from the country’s challenged economic prospects.

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks associated with operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses.

The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

crew strikes and/or boycotts;
marine disaster;
piracy;
environmental accidents;
cargo and property losses or damage; and
business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions.

Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, Strait of Malacca, Arabian Sea, Red Sea, Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia, Indian Ocean and Gulf of Guinea. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean, and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea and Strait of Malacca, with drybulk vessels particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew and security equipment costs, including costs which may be incurred to employ onboard security armed guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and withhold charter hire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of drybulk vessels has particular operational risks.

The operation of drybulk vessels has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk vessels are often subjected to battering treatment during discharging operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during discharging procedures may affect a vessel’s seaworthiness while at sea. Hull fractures in drybulk vessels may lead to the flooding of the vessels’ holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel’s bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The shipping industry has inherent operational risks that may not be adequately covered by our insurance. Further, because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, we may also be subject to calls or premiums in amounts based not only on our own claim records, but also on the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations.

We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. Our current insurance includes hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity insurance (which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance). We do not expect to maintain for all of our vessels insurance against loss of hire, which covers business interruptions that result from the loss of use

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of a vessel. We may not be adequately insured against all risks or our insurers may not pay a particular claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs. If our insurance is not enough to cover claims that may arise, the deficiency may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expenses to us.

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our profits.

The cost of fuel is a significant factor in negotiating charter rates. As a result, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by members of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

Upon redelivery of vessels at the end of a period time or voyage time charter, we may be obligated to repurchase bunkers on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the inception of the charter period. In addition, fuel is a significant, if not the largest, expense that we would incur with respect to vessels operating on voyage charter.

Our vessels are chartered on the spot charter market, either through trip charter contracts or voyage charter contracts. Voyage charter contracts generally provide that the vessel owner bears the cost of fuel in the form of bunkers, which is a material operating expense. We do not intend to hedge our fuel costs, thus an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may affect in a negative way our profitability and our cash flows.

We are dependent on spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

We currently operate all of our vessels in the spot market, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. Further, we may employ any additional vessels that we acquire in the spot market.

Although the number of vessels in our fleet that participate in the spot market will vary from time to time, we anticipate that a significant portion of our fleet will participate in this market. As a result, our financial performance will be significantly affected by conditions in the drybulk spot market and only our vessels that operate under fixed-rate time charters may, during the period such vessels operate under such time charters, provide a fixed source of revenue to us.

Historically, the drybulk markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply of and demand for drybulk capacity. The weak global economic trends may further reduce demand for transportation of drybulk cargoes over longer distances, which may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon supply of and demand for vessels and cargoes. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably or to meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage, which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results and ability to service our debt or pay dividends.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results. The drybulk shipping market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel schedule and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, our revenues may be weaker during the fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, our revenues may be stronger in fiscal quarters ending December 31 and March 31. This seasonality should not affect our operating results if our vessels are employed on period time charters, but since all of our vessels are employed in the spot market, seasonality may materially affect our operating results.

Our vessels may call on ports located in or may operate in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union or other governments that could adversely affect our reputation and the market price of our common stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, none of our vessels called on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Iran, Sudan and Syria; however our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time in the future on our charterers’ instructions. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time.

On July 14, 2015, following a period of time during which trade with Iran was widely sanctionable under U.S. law, the P5+1 and the EU announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran’s Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran’s ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, the United States joined the EU and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or the IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.

U.S. sanctions prohibiting certain conduct that is now permitted under the JCPOA have not actually been repealed or permanently terminated at this time. Rather, the U.S. government has implemented changes to the sanctions regime by: (1) issuing waivers of certain statutory sanctions provisions; (2) committing to refrain from exercising certain discretionary sanctions authorities; (3) removing certain individuals and entities from the Office of Foreign Assets Control’s sanctions lists; and (4) revoking certain Executive Orders and specified sections of Executive Orders. These sanctions will not be permanently “lifted” until the earlier of “Transition Day,” set to occur on October 20, 2023, or upon a report from the IAEA stating that all nuclear material in Iran is being used for peaceful activities.

Although it is our intention to comply with the provisions of the JCPOA, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future as such regulations and U.S. sanctions may be amended over time, and the U.S. retains the authority to revoke the aforementioned relief if Iran fails to meet its commitments under the JPOA.

We believe that we are currently in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations. In order to maintain compliance, we monitor and review the movement of our vessels on a frequent basis.

All or most of our future charters shall include provisions and trade exclusion clauses prohibiting the vessels from calling on ports where there is an existing U.S embargo. Furthermore as of the date hereof, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have ever entered into or have any future plans to enter into, directly or indirectly, any contracts, agreements or other arrangements with the governments of Iran, Syria, Sudan or Cuba or any entities controlled by the governments of these countries, including any entities organized in these countries.

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Due to the nature of our business and the evolving nature of the foregoing sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance at all times in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trades. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common shares may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

Our business and the operation of our vessels are materially affected by government regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which the vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water, ballast water management, and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. These requirements include, but are not limited to, European Union Regulations, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002, and regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, including but not limited to, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast water, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of vessels we may acquire in the future. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination and trans-shipment points. Since the events of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security, such as the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. These security procedures can result in delays in the loading, discharging or trans-shipment and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against exporters or importers and, in some cases, vessels. Future changes to the existing security procedures may be implemented that could affect the drybulk sector. These changes have the potential to impose additional financial and legal obligations on vessels and, in certain cases, to render the shipment of certain types of goods uneconomical or impractical. These additional costs could reduce the volume of goods shipped, resulting in a decreased demand for vessels and have a negative effect on our business, revenues and customer relations.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If any of our vessels fails to maintain its class certification or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, or special survey, or if any scheduled class survey takes longer or is more expensive than anticipated, this could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be certified by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea.

A vessel must undergo annual, intermediate and special surveys. The vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. At the beginning, in between and in the end of this cycle, every vessel is required to undergo inspection of her underwater parts that usually includes dry-docking. These surveys and dry-dockings can be costly and can result in delays in returning a vessel to operation.

If any vessel does not maintain its class, the vessel will not be allowed to carry cargo between ports and cannot be employed or insured. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any related violation of our loan covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Because seafaring employees we employ are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements, failure of industry groups to renew those agreements may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our earnings.

We employ a large number of seafarers. All of the seafarers employed on the vessels in our fleet are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements that set basic standards. We cannot assure you that these agreements will prevent labor interruptions. Any labor interruptions could disrupt our operations and harm our financial performance.

Maritime claimants could arrest one or more of our vessels.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arresting or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of funds to have the arrest lifted, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one of our vessels for claims relating to another of our vessels.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

A government could requisition for title or hire one or more of our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition a vessel for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Company

We are a recently restructured company with a limited history of recent operations on which investors may assess our performance.

In March 2014, we completed a financial restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired our Current Fleet of eight vessels. As a result, we have a limited operating history since our financial restructuring, and therefore limited historical financial results upon which you can evaluate our restructured operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in operating our fleet in the future.

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our independent auditors have expressed doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The existence of such report may adversely affect our stock price, our business relationships and our ability to raise capital. There is no assurance that we will not receive a similar report for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, the financial statements did not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities, or any other adjustments that might result in the event we are unable to continue as a going concern, except for the current classification of debt. However, there are material uncertainties related to events or conditions which raise substantial doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, we may be unable to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities in the normal course of business.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young, has issued their opinion with an explanatory paragraph in connection with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In 2015 we acquired eight vessels in accordance with our business plan to grow our fleet on a sustainable basis. Based on our cash flow projections, cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover the liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2016. We have relied on Jelco, a company affiliated with our Sponsor, for further funding during 2015 and 2016, for our vessel acquisitions, including the initial deposit related to our pending vessel acquisitions, and general corporate purposes. Given these facts we cannot provide any assurance that we will in fact operate our business profitably, generate sufficient revenue and operating cash flow. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our independent registered public accounting firm’s report on our future financial statements for any future period will not include a similar explanatory paragraph. Ernst & Young’s, or any successor’s expression of such doubt or our inability to overcome the factors leading to such doubt could have a material adverse effect on our stock price, our business relationships and ability to raise capital and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial prospects.

If we fail to manage our planned growth properly, we may not be able to successfully expand our market share.

We acquired our Current Fleet during 2015, and we intend to acquire vessels in the future, including the Additional Vessels we have recently agreed to acquire. Our ability to manage our growth will primarily depend on our ability to:

generate excess cash flow so that we can invest without jeopardizing our ability to cover current and foreseeable working capital needs, including debt service;
raise equity and obtain required financing for our existing and new operations, including the proposed financing for our pending acquisitions of the Additional Vessels;
locate and acquire suitable vessels;
identify and consummate acquisitions or joint ventures;
integrate any acquired businesses or vessels successfully with our existing operations;
hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
enhance our customer base; and
manage our expansion.

Growing any business by acquisitions presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. We may not be successful in executing our growth plans and we may incur significant additional expenses and losses in connection therewith.

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Purchasing and operating secondhand vessels, such as our Current Fleet and the Additional V essels we have agreed to acquire, may result in increased operating costs and vessel off-hire, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

During 2015 we purchased our Current Fleet of eight secondhand vessels. Recently we agreed to acquire the Additional Vessels, which are secondhand vessels. Our inspection of these or other secondhand vessels prior to purchase does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition and the cost of any required or anticipated repairs that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. We have not received in the past, and do not expect to receive in the future, the benefit of warranties on any secondhand vessels we acquire.

As the vessels in our fleet or other secondhand vessels we may acquire age, they may become less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain and will not be as advanced as recently constructed vessels due to improvements in design, technology and engineering. Rates for cargo insurance, paid by charterers, also increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

Charterers actively discriminate against hiring older vessels. For example, Rightship, the ship vetting service founded by Rio Tinto and BHP-Billiton, which has become the major vetting service in the drybulk shipping industry, ranks the suitability of vessels based on a scale of one to five stars. All of the vessels in our Current Fleet have a five star rating from Rightship except the Leadership as she was previously in lay-up, meaning temporarily idle and removed from commercial operations. The Leadership completed her current special survey on October 21, 2016, and we expect her to regain a five star rating from Rightship. Most major carriers will not charter a vessel that Rightship has vetted with fewer than three stars. Therefore, as our vessels age, we may not be able to operate them profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age or condition of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

In addition, unless we maintain cash reserves for vessel replacement, we may be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives. We estimate the useful life of our vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues we earn by chartering our vessels to customers. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement would not be available for other cash needs or dividends.

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays.

We may enter into newbuilding contracts in connection with our vessel acquisition strategy. Newbuilding construction projects are subject to risks of delay inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. A shipyard’s failure to deliver a vessel on time may result in the delay of revenue from the vessel. Any such failure or delay could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We have agreed to acquire the A dditional V essels and may acquire further vessels, and if those vessels are not delivered on time or are delivered with significant defects, our earnings and financial condition could suffer.

We have agreed to acquire the Additional Vessels and may acquire further vessels in the future. The delivery of these vessels could be delayed or certain events may arise which could result in us not taking delivery of a vessel, such as a total loss of a vessel, a constructive loss of a vessel, or substantial damage to a vessel prior to delivery. A delay in the delivery of any vessels to us, the failure of the contract counterparty to deliver a vessel at all, or us not taking delivery of a vessel could cause us to breach our obligations under a related time charter or could otherwise adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the delivery of any vessel with substantial defects could have similar consequences.

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Substantial debt levels could limit our flexibility to obtain additional financing and pursue other business opportunities.

As of June 30, 2016, we had $178 million of outstanding debt, excluding unamortized financing fees and the convertible promissory notes issued to Jelco. Moreover, we anticipate that we will incur significant future indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of additional vessels, including the Additional Vessels we recently agreed to acquire, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in identifying further vessels or securing such debt financing. Significant levels of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may be unavailable on favorable terms;
we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and any future dividends to our shareholders;
our debt level could make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and
our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, as well as the interest rates applicable to our outstanding indebtedness. If our operating income is not sufficient to service our indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions, such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all. In addition, a lack of liquidity in the debt and equity markets could hinder our ability to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing on favorable terms in the future. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Description of Indebtedness.”

If LIBOR is volatile, it could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

LIBOR has been volatile in the past, with the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widening significantly at times. Because the interest rates borne by our outstanding indebtedness fluctuates with changes in LIBOR, significant changes in LIBOR would have a material effect on the amount of interest payable on our debt, which in turn, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Furthermore, historically interest in most loan agreements in our industry has been based on published LIBOR rates. Recently, however, lenders have insisted on provisions that entitle the lenders, in their discretion, to replace published LIBOR as the base for the interest calculation with their cost-of-funds rate. Due to current market practices, we have agreed to such a provision and may be required to do so in future loan agreements. In case our lenders elect to replace LIBOR with their higher cost of funds rate, our lending costs could increase significantly, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

Our loan agreements contain, and we expect that other future loan agreements will contain, restrictive covenants that may limit our liquidity and corporate activities, which could limit our operational flexibility and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan agreements, a default by us under one loan could lead to defaults under multiple loans.

Our loan agreements contain, and we expect that other future loan agreements will contain, customary covenants and event of default clauses, financial covenants, restrictive covenants and performance requirements, which may affect operational and financial flexibility. Such restrictions could affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell assets, or engage in mergers or acquisitions. These restrictions could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet extraordinary capital needs or otherwise restrict corporate activities. There can be no assurance that such restrictions will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs.

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of these restrictions, we may need to seek permission from our lenders and other financing counterparties in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ and other financing counterparties’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain their permission when needed. This may prevent us from taking actions that we believe are in our best interests, which may adversely impact our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

A failure by us to meet our payment and other obligations, including our financial covenants and any security coverage requirements, could lead to defaults under our financing arrangements. Likewise, a decrease in vessel values or adverse market conditions could cause us to breach our financial covenants or security requirements (the market values of drybulk vessels have generally experienced high volatility). In the event of a default that we cannot remedy, our lenders and other financing counterparties could then accelerate their indebtedness and foreclose on the respective vessels in our fleet. The loss of any of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan agreements, a default by us under a loan and the refusal of any one lender to grant or extend a waiver could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under our other loans. A cross-default provision means that if we default on one loan, we would then default on our other loans containing a cross-default provision.

The failure of our counterparties to meet their obligations under our charter agreements could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under charter agreements with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the drybulk shipping industry and the industries in which our counterparties operate and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. From time to time, those counterparties may account for a significant amount of our chartering activity and revenues. In addition, in challenging market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charter agreements, and so our customers may fail to pay charter hire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters could be at lower rates. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could suffer significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Rising crew costs may adversely affect our profits.

Crew costs are expected to be a significant expense for us. Recently, the limited supply of and increased demand for qualified crew, due to the increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, has created upward pressure on crewing costs. Increases in crew costs may adversely affect our profitability.

We may not be able to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

Our success will depend to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team, including our ability to retain key members of our management team and the ability of our management to recruit and hire suitable employees. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our vessels may suffer damage, and we may face unexpected repair costs, which could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a shipyard facility. The costs of repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. The loss of earnings while our vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings and reduce the amount of dividends in the future. We may not have insurance that is sufficient to cover all or any of these costs or losses and may have to pay repair costs not covered by our insurance.

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are exposed to U.S. dollar and foreign currency fluctuations and devaluations that could harm our reported revenue and results of operations.

We generate all of our revenues and incur the majority of our operating expenses in U.S. dollars, but we currently incur many of our general and administrative expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the euro. Because such portion of our expenses is incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and the euro, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods. We may use financial derivatives to operationally hedge some of our currency exposure. Our use of financial derivatives involves certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedged position could exceed the nominal amount invested in the instrument and the risk that the counterparty to the derivative transaction may be unable or unwilling to satisfy its contractual obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our results.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy financial obligations or to pay dividends.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all wholly-owned by us either directly or indirectly, conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by the covenants in our loan agreements, a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, and the laws of Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, Hong Kong, Liberia, Malta and the Republic of the Marshall Islands, where our vessel-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, which regulate the payment of dividends by companies. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to satisfy our financial obligations.

We face strong competition, and we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We employ our vessels in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of drybulk cargoes by sea is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk shipping industry and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. Although we believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete, we are aware that certain competitors may be able to devote greater financial and other resources to their activities than we can, resulting in a significant competitive threat to us. We cannot give assurances that we will continue to compete successfully with our competitors or that these factors will not erode our competitive position in the future.

Due to our limited fleet diversification, adverse developments in the maritime drybulk shipping industry would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We depend primarily on the transportation of drybulk commodities. Our relative lack of diversification could make us vulnerable to adverse developments in the maritime drybulk shipping industry, which would have a significantly greater impact on our business, financial condition and operating results than it would if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases or insurers may not remain solvent, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, and an adverse effect on our business.

We operate throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

We depend on our commercial and technical managers to operate our business and our business could be harmed if our managers fail to perform their services satisfactorily.

Pursuant to our management agreements, V.Ships provides us with technical, general administrative and support services (including vessel maintenance, crewing, purchasing, shipyard supervision, assistance with regulatory compliance, accounting related to vessels and provisions) and Fidelity provides us with commercial management services for our vessels. Our operational success depends significantly upon V.Ships and Fidelity’s satisfactory performance of these services. Our business would be harmed if V.Ships or Fidelity failed to perform these services satisfactorily. In addition, if the management agreement with either V.Ships or Fidelity were to be terminated or if its terms were to be altered, our business could be adversely affected, as we may not be able to immediately replace such services, and even if replacement services were immediately available, the terms offered could be less favorable than those under our management agreements.

Our ability to compete for and enter into new period time and spot charters and to expand our relationships with our existing charterers will depend largely on our relationship with our commercial manager, Fidelity, and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If Fidelity suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

renew existing charters upon their expiration;
obtain new charters;
obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms;
maintain satisfactory relationships with our charterers and suppliers; and
successfully execute our business strategies.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

The ability of V.Ships and Fidelity to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair their financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about their financial strength is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting them even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

Management fees will be payable to our technical manager regardless of our profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Pursuant to our technical management agreements with V.Ships, we pay a monthly fee of $9,650 per vessel in exchange for V.Ships providing technical, support and administrative services. The management fees do not cover expenses such as voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, maintenance expenses, crewing costs, which are reimbursed by us to the technical manager. The management fees are payable whether or not our vessels are

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

employed and regardless of our profitability, and we have no ability to require our technical managers to reduce the management fees if our profitability decreases, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The majority of the members of our shipping committee are appointees nominated by Jelco, which could create conflicts of interest detrimental to us.

Our board of directors has created a shipping committee, which has been delegated exclusive authority to consider and vote upon all matters involving shipping and vessel finance, subject to certain limitations. Jelco has the right to appoint two of the three members of the shipping committee and as a result such affiliates will effectively control all decisions with respect to our shipping operations that do not involve a transaction with our Sponsor. Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis, Ms. Christina Anagnostara and Mr. Elias Culucundis currently serve on our shipping committee.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common stock.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Based upon our current and anticipated method of operations, we do not believe that we should be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat our gross income from time charters as active services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive asset. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change.

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and certain information reporting requirements. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, or the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of their shares of our common stock, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of the shares of our common stock. Similar consequences would apply to holders of our warrants. See “Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences – U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders - Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as us and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, exclusive of certain U.S. territories and possessions, (“U.S. source gross shipping

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income”) may be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

For our 2015 taxable year, we did not have any U.S. source gross shipping income and consequently we were not subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax.

We may, however, realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequent taxable year. If we realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequently taxable year, we may qualify for exemption from the 4% tax under Section 883 for such taxable year only if we satisfy one of the ownership tests described in “Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences – Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation” for such taxable year. The ownership tests would require us, inter alia, to establish or substantiate sufficient ownership of our common shares by one or more “qualified” shareholders. These substantiation requirements are onerous and therefore there can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy them.

Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on the tax-exempt status of ourselves or that of any of our subsidiaries for our 2016 or subsequent taxable year. If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to exemption under Section 883 for any such taxable year, we or our subsidiaries could be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on any shipping income such companies derived during the year that is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business.

We rely on information technology systems and networks in our operations and administration of our business. Our business operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release of information or alteration of information in our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Common Shares and to the Offering

The market price of our common shares has been and may in the future be subject to significant fluctuations. Further, there is no guarantee of a continuing public market for you to resell our common shares.

Our common shares commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on October 15, 2008. Since December 21, 2012, our common shares have traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We cannot assure you that an active and liquid public market for our common shares will continue.

The market price of our common shares has been and may in the future be subject to significant fluctuations as a result of many factors, some of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that have in the past and could in the future affect our stock price are:

quarterly variations in our results of operations;
changes in market valuations of similar companies and stock market price and volume fluctuations generally;
changes in earnings estimates or the publication of research reports by analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community about our business or the shipping industry generally;
strategic actions by us or our competitors such as acquisitions or restructurings;
the thin trading market for our common shares, which makes it somewhat illiquid;
regulatory developments;
additions or departures of key personnel;

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

general market conditions; and
domestic and international economic, market and currency factors unrelated to our performance.

The stock markets in general, and the markets for drybulk shipping and shipping stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has sometimes been unrelated to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Additionally, there is no guarantee of a continuing public market for you to resell our common shares. Our common shares now trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We cannot assure you that an active and liquid public market for our common shares will continue.

The declaration and payment of dividends will always be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors. Our board of directors may not declare dividends in the future.

The declaration, timing and amount of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, market prospects, capital expenditure requirements, investment opportunities, restrictions in our loan agreements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders, overall market conditions and other factors. Our board of directors may not declare dividends in the future.

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends if the company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent upon payment of such dividend, and dividends may be declared and paid out of our operating surplus. Dividends may also be declared or paid out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. We may be unable to pay dividends in the anticipated amounts or at all.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and by-laws could make it difficult for shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and by-laws could make it difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable.

These provisions:

authorize our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval;
provide for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
require a super-majority vote in order to amend the provisions regarding our classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
permit the removal of any director from office at any time, with or without cause, at the request of the shareholder group entitled to designate such director; and
prevent our board of directors from dissolving the shipping committee or altering the duties or composition of the shipping committee without an affirmative vote of not less than 80% of the board of directors.

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the voting power of our shareholders and have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation currently authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, with respect to, among other things, dividends, conversion, voting, redemption, liquidation and the number of shares

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

constituting any series without shareholders’ approval. If our board of directors determines to issue preferred shares, such issuance may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. The issuance of preferred shares with voting and conversion rights may also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares. This could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Jelco and Comet Shipholding Inc., are able to control the outcome of all matters requiring a shareholder vote, and their interests could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

Based on documents publicly filed with the Commission, Jelco and Comet Shipholding Inc., or Comet, both companies affiliated with our Sponsor, own approximately 76.2% of our outstanding common shares as of November 28, 2016. As a result, they will be able to control the outcome of all matters requiring a shareholder vote. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other shareholders or deprive shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our business, and it is possible that the interests of our Sponsor may in some cases conflict with our interests and the interests of our other holders of shares. For example, conflicts of interest may arise between us, on one hand, and our Sponsor or affiliated entities, on the other hand, which may result in the transactions on terms not determined by market forces. Any such conflicts of interest could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and the trading price of our common shares. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our shares because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with controlling shareholders.

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities without stockholder approval, which would dilute our existing stockholder’s ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common stock.

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future without shareholder approval in connection with, among other things, future vessel acquisitions, the repayment of outstanding indebtedness, and the conversion of convertible financial instruments.

Our issuance of additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in these situations would have the following effects:

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us would decrease;
the proportionate amount of cash available for dividends payable on our common shares could decrease;
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share could be diminished; and
the market price of our common shares could decline.

In addition, we may issue additional common shares upon any conversion of our outstanding convertible promissory notes issued to Jelco. As of November 25, 2016, Jelco had the right to acquire 4,222,223 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, issued by the Company to Jelco and 23,516,667 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended, issued by the Company to Jelco. Our issuance of additional common shares in such instance would cause the proportionate ownership interest in us of our existing shareholders, other than the converting noteholder, to decrease; the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share held by our existing shareholders, other than the converting noteholder, to decrease; and the market price of our common shares could decline.

There is currently no public market for the Class A Warrants offered in this offering, and we can provide no assurance that a market for the Class A Warrants may develop, which may make it difficult for our investors to sell their Class A Warrants.

There is currently no market for the Class A Warrants. Holders of our Class A Warrants therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decisions. Even though we plan to apply to list the Class A Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market, an active trading market for the Class A Warrants may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. Our investors may not be able to sell Class A Warrants unless a market can be established and sustained. In addition, following this offering, the price of our Class A Warrants may vary significantly due to general market or economic conditions.

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Holders of our Class A Warrants will have no rights as a holder of our common shares until they acquire our common shares by exercising their Class A Warrants.

Until a Class A Warrant holder acquires common shares upon exercise of its Class A Warrants, such holder will have no rights with respect to common shares issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants. Upon exercise of Class A Warrants, the holder will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of common shares only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

The exercise of Class A Warrants and the Representative ’s Warrant would cause dilution, which could cause the price of our common shares to decline.

We will be issuing Class A Warrants to purchase     common shares (or     common shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and/or Class A Warrants in full) and the Representative’s Warrant to purchase     common shares. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding common shares. Future issuances of our common shares upon the exercise of Class A Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant will cause immediate and substantial dilution to the ownership interests of existing holders of our common shares, including their relative voting rights. Such dilutive effect may cause the price of our common shares to decline.

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law, which may negatively affect the ability of shareholders to protect their interests.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our amended and restated by-laws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $          , and approximately $       million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and/or Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Representative’s Warrant, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

We intend to use $5.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of the Jelco Loan Facility and the balance for general corporate purposes, which may include potential vessel acquisitions in accordance with our growth strategy. However, we do not currently have any potential acquisitions identified, other than the Additional Vessels, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify additional vessels to acquire or that we will be able to complete the acquisition of any vessels that we are able to identify.

We entered into the Jelco Loan Facility with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, to fund the initial $4.2 million deposit for the Additional Vessels. The Additional Vessels are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016. We expect to fund $5.3 million of the remaining purchase price of the Additional Vessels with funds from the amended Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels). The Jelco Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 9% and matures on the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, but the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date.

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

The declaration, timing and amount of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, market prospects, capital expenditure requirements, investment opportunities, restrictions in our loan agreements, the provisions of the Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders, overall market conditions and other factors. We have not declared any dividends since our inception. Our board of directors may review and amend our dividend policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors. In addition, since we are a holding company with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries and affiliates through which we conduct our operations, our ability to pay dividends will depend on our subsidiaries and affiliates distributing to us their earnings and cash flow. Some of our loan agreements limit our ability to pay dividends and our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Description of Indebtedness.”

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON SHARES

Our common shares are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “SHIP”. The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices for each of the periods indicated for our common shares as adjusted for the one-for-fifteen reverse stock split effective June 24, 2011 and the one-for-five reverse stock split effective January 8, 2016:

 
High
Low
For the Year ended December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
$
6.75
 
$
2.75
 
2014
 
9.95
 
 
4.13
 
2013
 
12.30
 
 
4.00
 
2012
 
21.15
 
 
5.20
 
2011
 
74.18
 
 
10.31
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Quarter Ended:
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2016
$
6.20
 
$
2.06
 
June 30, 2016
 
3.01
 
 
2.10
 
March 31, 2016
 
5.54
 
 
1.58
 
December 31, 2015
 
4.35
 
 
3.00
 
September 30, 2015
 
6.75
 
 
3.02
 
June 30, 2015
 
4.10
 
 
2.75
 
March 31, 2015
 
4.50
 
 
3.25
 
December 31, 2014
 
8.80
 
 
4.13
 
September 30, 2014
 
9.15
 
 
6.75
 
June 30, 2014
 
8.90
 
 
6.40
 
March 31, 2014
 
9.95
 
 
6.55
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Month:
 
 
 
 
 
 
November 2016 (up to November 25, 2016)
$
7.20
 
$
2.05
 
October 2016
 
3.03
 
 
2.05
 
September 2016
 
3.47
 
 
2.69
 
August 2016
 
6.20
 
 
2.90
 
July 2016
 
3.55
 
 
2.06
 
June 2016
 
2.33
 
 
2.10
 
May 2016
 
2.78
 
 
2.19
 

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2016:

on an actual basis;
on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to (a) $4.1 million of net proceeds from our registered direct offering on August 10, 2016 of 1,180,000 common shares, (b) an installment repayment of $0.1 million on September 19, 2016 under our March 2015 Alpha Bank A.E. Loan Facility, (c) a $4.2 million drawdown under the Jelco Loan Facility to fund the initial deposit related to the Additional Vessels, (d) $3.2 million of net proceeds from our registered direct offering on November 23, 2016 of 1,305,000 common shares, (e) a $8.7 million drawdown on November 28, 2016 under the Jelco Loan Facility, $5.3 million of which we expect to use to fund a portion of the aggregate purchase price of the Additional Vessels and (f) a $7.5 million drawdown under our November 28, 2016 secured loan facility with NSF to fund a portion of the aggregate purchase price of the Additional Vessels; and
on an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of        common shares and        Class A Warrants in this offering, but assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and/or Class A Warrants, Class A Warrants or Representative’s Warrant, and the partial repayment of the Jelco Loan Facility as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

There have been no significant adjustments to our capitalization since June 30, 2016, other than the adjustments described above. The historical data in the table is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, our historical financial statements included in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with the information in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

(All figures in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share amounts)
Actual
As Adjusted
(unaudited)
As Further
Adjusted
(unaudited)
Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Secured long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
177,090
 
 
197,290
 
 
 
 
Unsecured convertible promissory notes
 
510
 
 
510
 
 
 
 
Total Debt
 
177,600
 
 
197,800
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at June 30, 2016; 19,514,410 shares issued and outstanding as at June 30, 2016; 21,999,410 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted
 
2
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital (excluding shareholder’s convertible notes)
 
321,635
 
 
328,950
 
 
 
 
Shareholder’s convertible notes
 
24,965
 
 
24,965
 
 
24,965
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(325,698
)
 
(325,698
)
 
(325,698
)
Total equity
 
20,904
 
 
2 8 , 219
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
 
198,504
 
 
226,019
 
 
 
 

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

Dilution or accretion is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common shares in this offering will differ from the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. The net tangible book value per common share is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities dividend by the number of common shares outstanding. The historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 was $20.9 million in total and $1.08 per share for the number of shares of the existing shareholders that were outstanding at that date. The as adjusted (1) net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 was $28.2 million in total and $0.57 per share for the as adjusted number of shares of the existing shareholders that were outstanding at that date.

The as further adjusted (2) net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 would have been $       , or $       per common share after the issuance and sale by us of        common shares at $     per share in this offering, after deducting estimated expenses related to this offering. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $       per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $       per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution and increase in net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016:

Public offering price per common share
$
 
 
As adjusted (1) net tangible book value per share before this offering
$
0.57
 
Increase in as adjusted net tangible book value attributable to new investors in this offering
$
 
 
As further adjusted (2) net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
$
 
 
Dilution per share to new investors
$
 
 

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2016, on an as further adjusted basis (2) for this public offering, the difference between the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by you as a new investor in this offering, based upon the public offering price of $       per share.

 
As Further Adjusted
Shares Outstanding (2)
Total Consideration
Average
Price
Per
Share
 
Number
Percent
Amount
(In USD Thousands)
Percent
Existing shareholders
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
New investors (*)
 
        
 
 
  
%
$
      
 
 
  
%
$
      
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
(*) Before deducting estimated expenses of this offering of $ million.
(1) The “as adjusted” amounts include the adjustments described in the second bullet of the section entitled “Capitalization” and the issuance of 4,222,223 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note, dated March 12, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco and 23,516,667 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note, dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco. Under each of the convertible promissory notes, Jelco, an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, may, at its option, convert the principal amount under each note at any time into common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 per share. As of November 25, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, and $21.2 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended.
(2) The “as further adjusted” amounts include the adjustments described in (1) above, the consummation of this offering and the underwriters exercise of their option to purchase additional common shares and/or Class A Warrants in full but no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Representative’s Warrant.

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and as of June 30, 2016 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2016.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a 1-for-5 reverse split of our common shares. The reverse stock split became effective and the common shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of our common stock. All share and per share amounts disclosed herein give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
 
55,616
 
 
104,060
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,274
)
 
(8,035
)
 
(13,587
)
 
(2,541
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
 
(26,983
)
 
(34,727
)
Voyage expenses - related party
 
 
 
(24
)
 
(313
)
 
(532
)
 
(661
)
Management fees - related party
 
 
 
(122
)
 
(743
)
 
(1,625
)
 
(2,415
)
Management fees
 
(336
)
 
 
 
(194
)
 
(588
)
 
(576
)
General and administration expenses
 
(2,804
)
 
(2,987
)
 
(3,966
)
 
(6,337
)
 
(8,070
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
(70
)
 
(309
)
 
(412
)
 
(402
)
 
(603
)
Loss on bad debts
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(327
)
 
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(232
)
 
(3,648
)
 
(7,313
)
Depreciation
 
(1,865
)
 
(3
)
 
(982
)
 
(15,606
)
 
(28,856
)
Loss on sale of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,590
)
 
 
Impairment loss for goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,365
)
 
(12,910
)
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
 
 
(3,564
)
 
(147,143
)
 
(188,995
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
25,719
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (loss) / income
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
 
(181,117
)
 
(183,607
)
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,460
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
 
(12,480
)
 
(13,482
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
 
14
 
 
13
 
 
59
 
 
60
 
Loss on interest rate swaps
 
 
 
 
 
(8
)
 
(189
)
 
(641
)
Foreign currency exchange (losses) gains, net
 
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
19
 
 
(43
)
 
(46
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,365
)
 
(12,653
)
 
(14,109
)
Net (loss) / income before taxes
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,906
 
 
(193,770
)
 
(197,716
)
Income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
2
 
 
(40
)
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
(193,768
)
 
(197,756
)
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
 
(83.69
)
 
(135.18
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,354
 
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
 
6,298
 
 
37,294
 
Total current assets
 
8,278
 
 
3,207
 
 
66,350
 
 
52,086
 
 
43,432
 
Vessels, net
 
199,840
 
 
 
 
 
 
68,511
 
 
381,129
 
Total assets
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 
 
66,350
 
 
120,960
 
 
436,476
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,250
 
 
592
 
 
157,045
 
 
222,577
 
 
58,697
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
176,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
300,586
 
Common stock
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity / (deficit)
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
 
(90,695
)
 
(101,617
)
 
76,923
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,522,413
 
 
3,977,854
 
 
2,391,854
 
 
2,391,856
 
 
1,463,532
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
 
2,418
 
 
26,439
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
 
55,402
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)
 
(71,256
)
 
(62,492
)

Based on our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements:

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Six-month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
Management fees
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
General and administration expenses
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,315
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
 
 
(70
)
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(240
)
 
 
Depreciation
 
(4,196
)
 
(158
)
Operating loss
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
Other expenses, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(3,442
)
 
(124
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(937
)
 
(149
)
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of June 30,
2016
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,109
 
Total current assets
 
8,036
 
Vessels, net
 
195,655
 
Total assets
 
204,638
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,066
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
174,407
 
Common stock
 
2
 
Total equity
 
20,904
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,514,410
 
 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Introduction

We are an international shipping company specializing in the worldwide seaborne transportation of drybulk commodities. In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders, and in connection with our restructuring we sold all 20 of our former vessels. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired our Current Fleet of eight modern drybulk vessels. We have recently agreed to acquire the Additional Vessels, which are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016.

Factors Affecting our Results of Operations Overview

Due to economic conditions and operational difficulties, in 2012 we began our restructuring discussions and settlement agreements with each of our lenders under our prior loan facility agreements. On March 11, 2014, we completed our financial restructuring when our outstanding debt and accrued interest with the final lender under our prior loan facility agreements, Piraeus Bank, was discharged and the corporate guarantee provided by us was fully released.

In March 2015, we acquired the first vessel in our Current Fleet, a secondhand Capesize drybulk vessel, from an unaffiliated third party for $17.1 million. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from a senior secured loan, an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Between September and December of 2015 we acquired the seven additional secondhand drybulk vessels that comprise our Current Fleet, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, from entities affiliated with our Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These acquisitions were funded with proceeds from senior secured loans, a revolving convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a one-for-five reverse split of our common stock. The reverse stock split became effective and the common shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of our common stock. All share and per share amounts disclosed herein give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

Important Measures for Analyzing Results of Operations

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:

Ownership days.    Ownership days are the total number of calendar days in a period during which we owned each vessel in our fleet. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses recorded during that period.

Available days.    Available days are the number of ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to major repairs, dry-dockings, lay-up or special or intermediate surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

Operating days.    Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason, including off-hire days between successive voyages, as well as other unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.

Fleet utilization.    Fleet utilization is the percentage of time that our vessels were generating revenues, and is determined by dividing operating days by ownership days for the relevant period.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fleet utilization excluding drydocking and lay-up off-hire days.    Fleet utilization excluding drydocking and lay-up off-hire days is calculated by dividing the number of our fleet’s operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization excluding drydocking and lay-up off-hire days to measure a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and excluding the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons such as scheduled repairs, vessel upgrades, dry-dockings, special or intermediate surveys and lay-ups.

Off-hire.    The period a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a charter.

Dry-docking.    We periodically dry-dock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements.

Time charter.    A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time during which the charterer pays substantially all of the voyage expenses, including port charges, bunker expenses, canal charges and other commissions. The vessel owner pays the vessel operating expenses, which include crew wages, insurance, technical maintenance costs, spares, stores and supplies and commissions on gross voyage revenues. The vessel owner is also responsible for each vessel’s dry-docking and intermediate and special survey costs. Time charter rates are usually fixed during the term of the charter. Prevailing time charter rates do fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis and may be substantially higher or lower from a prior time charter agreement when the subject vessel is seeking to renew the time charter agreement with the existing charterer or enter into a new time charter agreement with another charterer. Fluctuations in time charter rates are influenced by changes in spot charter rates.

Voyage charter.    A voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed-upon total amount. Under voyage charters, voyage expenses, such as port charges, bunker expenses, canal charges and other commissions, are paid by the vessel owner, who also pays vessel operating expenses.

TCE.    Time charter equivalent, or TCE, rate is defined as our net revenue less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our operating days during the period. Voyage expenses include port charges, bunker expenses, canal charges and other commissions.

Daily Vessel Operating Expenses.    Daily Vessel Operating Expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days for the relevant time periods. Vessel operating expenses include crew costs, provisions, deck and engine stores and spares, lubricants, insurance, maintenance and repairs.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Business

The principal factors that affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows include the following:

number of vessels owned and operated;
voyage charter rates;
the nature and duration of our voyage charters;
vessel repositioning;
vessel operating expenses and direct voyage costs;
maintenance and upgrade work;
age, condition and specifications of our vessels;
amount of debt obligations; and
financing costs related to debt obligations.

We are also affected by the types of charters we enter into. Vessels operating on period time charters and bareboat time charters provide more predictable cash flows, but can yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot charter market, either on trip time charters or voyage charters, during periods characterized by favorable market conditions.

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vessels operating in the spot charter market generate revenues that are less predictable, but can yield increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk rates. Spot charters also expose vessel owners to the risk of declining drybulk rates and rising fuel costs in case of voyage charters. All of our vessels in 2014, 2015 and 2016 operated in the spot charter market.

Results of Operations

Six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to six months ended June 30, 2015
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Six months ended
June 30,
Change
 
2016
2015
Amount
%
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
 
13,408
 
 
763
%
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
 
(8,510
)
 
855
%
Vessel operating expenses
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
 
(5,759
)
 
613
%
Management fees
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
 
(406
)
 
846
%
General and administrative expenses
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,385
)
 
(155
)
 
11
%
Depreciation and amortization
 
(4,436
)
 
(158
)
 
(4,278
)
 
2,708
%
Operating loss
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
 
(5,700
)
 
322
%
Other expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(4,379
)
 
(273
)
 
(4,106
)
 
1,504
%
Other, net
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
 
3
 
 
(20
)%
Total other expenses, net:
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
 
(4,103
)
 
1,425
%
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
 
(9,803
)
 
477
%
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vessel Revenue, Net - The increase was attributable to the increase in operating days. We had 1,208 operating days in the first six months of 2016 as compared to 88 operating days in the first six months of 2015. In 2015 we acquired eight vessels, with the first vessel delivered on March 19, 2015 and the remaining seven vessels delivered between September 11, 2015 and December 7, 2015. The decrease in the TCE rate resulted mainly from weak charter market conditions.

Direct Voyage Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days. We had 1,456 ownership days in the first six months of 2016 as compared to 103 ownership days in the first six months of 2015.

Vessel Operating Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Management Fees - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

General and Administrative Expenses – The increase was mainly attributable to stock based compensation amortization.

Depreciation and Amortization – The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Interest and Finance Costs - The increase was primarily attributable to the fact that the first of our five credit facilities was drawn down on March 17, 2015 and our other four credit facilities were drawn down between September 11, 2015 and December 7, 2015. Furthermore, our indebtedness was higher in the first six months of 2016 as compared to the first six months of 2015 due to additional drawdowns of $9.4 million during the first six months of 2016 under our unsecured revolving convertible promissory note, dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco. The weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt and convertible promissory notes for the six months ended 2016 and 2015 was approximately 3.87% and 4.36%, respectively.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to year ended December 31, 2014
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
 
2015
2014
Amount
%
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
9,213
 
 
458
%
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,298
)
 
(6,198
)
 
478
%
Vessel operating expenses
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(4,633
)
 
461
%
Management fees
 
(336
)
 
(122
)
 
(214
)
 
175
%
General and administrative expenses
 
(2,874
)
 
(3,296
)
 
422
 
 
(13
)%
Depreciation and amortization
 
(1,903
)
 
(3
)
 
(1,900
)
 
63,333
%
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
85,563
 
 
(100
)%
Loss on bad debts
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
8
 
 
(21
)%
Operating (loss) / income
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
(88,865
)
 
(109
)%
Other income / (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,859
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(396
)
 
27
%
Other, net
 
(42
)
 
1
 
 
(43
)
 
(4,300
)%
Total other expenses, net:
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(439
)
 
30
%
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
(89,304
)
 
(111
)%
Net (loss) income per common share, basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vessel Revenue, Net - The increase was attributable to the increase in operating days. We had 598 operating days in 2015 as compared to 142 operating days in 2014. In accordance with our financial restructuring plan, our four remaining vessels were sold in March 2014. By comparison, in 2015 we acquired eight vessels, with the first vessel delivered on March 19, 2015 and the remaining seven vessels delivered between September 11, 2015 and December 7, 2015.

Direct Voyage Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days. We had 776 ownership days in 2015 as compared to 268 ownership days in 2014.

Vessel Operating Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Management Fees - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Depreciation and Amortization - The increase was attributable to our acquiring our fleet of eight drybulk carriers in 2015. By comparison we effectively had no depreciation charges in 2014 for the four vessels we then owned until their disposal in March 2014, as those assets were classified as held for sale as of June 30, 2013, and thus the four vessels were no longer depreciated.

Gain on restructuring - In 2014 we recognized a gain of $85.6 million from the sale of our then four remaining vessels related to the loan facility agreement with Piraeus Bank. We had no similar gain in 2015.

Interest and Finance Costs - The increase was primarily attributable to our five new credit facilities we entered into in 2015 for the acquisition of our eight new vessels as well as the two convertible promissory notes issued to Jelco for general corporate purposes and to partially finance the acquisition of our new vessels. The weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt for the years ended 2015 and 2014 was approximately 3.6% and 4.9%, respectively.

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to year ended December 31, 2013
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
 
2014
2013
Amount
%
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
 
(21,069
)
 
(91
)%
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(1,298
)
 
(8,348
)
 
7,050
 
 
(84
)%
Vessel operating expenses
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
 
10,080
 
 
(91
)%
Management fees
 
(122
)
 
(937
)
 
815
 
 
(87
)%
General and administrative expenses
 
(3,296
)
 
(4,378
)
 
1,082
 
 
(25
)%
Depreciation and amortization
 
(3
)
 
(1,214
)
 
1,211
 
 
(100
)%
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
(3,564
)
 
3,564
 
 
(100
)%
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
25,719
 
 
(25,719
)
 
(100
)%
Gain on restructuring
 
85,563
 
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
Loss on bad debts
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(38
)
 
 
Operating income
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
 
62,539
 
 
325
%
Other income / (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
 
6,926
 
 
(83
)%
Other, net
 
1
 
 
25
 
 
(24
)
 
(96
)%
Total other expenses, net:
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,364
)
 
6,902
 
 
(83
)%
Net income
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
69,441
 
 
637
%
Net income per common share, basic and diluted
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vessel Revenue, Net - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in operating days. We had 142 operating days in 2014 compared to 1,840 operating days in 2013. This is as a result of the sale of our then four remaining vessels in March 2014 in accordance with our financial restructuring plan.

Direct Voyage Expenses - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in ownership days. We had 268 ownership days in 2014 compared to 2,275 ownership days in 2013.

Vessel Operating Expenses - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in ownership days.

Management Fees - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in ownership days.

General and Administrative Expenses - The decrease was mainly attributable to expense cutting efforts initiated during 2012, the cost savings resulting from the restructuring of our Hong Kong office and the increased costs in 2013 associated with the debt restructuring as compared to 2014.

Depreciation and Amortization - The decrease was attributable to the no depreciation charges in 2014 for the four vessels we then owned until their disposal in March 2014, as those assets were classified as held for sale as of June 30, 2013, and thus the four vessels were no longer depreciated.

Impairment Loss for Vessels and Deferred Charges – During 2013, we recorded an impairment loss of $0.9 million for a vessel that was sold in April 2013 and $10.7 million for two vessels which were measured at their fair values upon classification of the vessels financed by the Piraeus Bank loan facilities to current assets as of June 30, 2013, as per the Company’s restructuring plan. This was partially offset with the impairment re-measurement gain of $1.0 million relating to the vessels financed by United Overseas Bank Limited and the impairment re-measurement gain of $7.0 million of the two vessels by the Piraeus Bank loan facilities which were impaired as of June 30, 2013. We had no similar impairment in 2014.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries - We recorded a gain of $25.7 million on the disposal of seven subsidiaries in 2013. In January 2013, we recognized a gain of $5.5 million from the sale of four subsidiaries related to the facility agreement with DVB Bank AG. In July 2013, we recognized a gain of $20.2 million from the sale of the three subsidiaries related to the facility agreement with United Overseas Bank Limited. We had no similar gain in 2014.

Gain on restructuring - In 2014 we recognized a gain of $85.6 million from the sale of our then four remaining vessels related to the loan facility agreement with Piraeus Bank. We had no similar gain in 2013.

Interest and Finance Costs - The decrease was mainly attributable to lower loan debt balances in 2014 compared to those in 2013 as a result of our restructuring plan. In 2014, we closed on the delivery and settlement agreement with our remaining lender, Piraeus Bank, for the sale of our four remaining vessels. In exchange for the sale, approximately $145.6 million of outstanding debt and accrued interest were discharged. In 2013 we sold seven vessel owning subsidiaries, and in exchange for the sale, $69.8 million of outstanding debt, accrued interest and swap liabilities were discharged. In addition to this, proceeds from a vessel sale in April 2013 were used to reduce outstanding debt. Total debt outstanding at the end of 2013 was $134.9 million, which was discharged in 2014. The weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately 4.9% and 4.4%, respectively.

Performance Indicators

Six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to six months ended June 30, 2015

The figures shown below are non-GAAP statistical ratios used by management to measure performance of our vessels. For the “Fleet Data” figures, there are no comparable U.S. GAAP measures.

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Fleet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ownership days
 
1,456
 
 
103
 
Available days (1)
 
1,354
 
 
103
 
Operating days (2)
 
1,208
 
 
88
 
Fleet utilization
 
83
%
 
85
%
Fleet utilization excluding drydocking & lay-up off hire days
 
89
%
 
85
%
Average Daily Results:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TCE rate (3)
$
4,685
 
$
8,659
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses (4)
$
4,600
 
$
9,117
 
(1) During the six months ended June 30, 2016 we incurred 102 off-hire days for a vessel lay-up.
(2) In the six months ended June 30, 2016, we incurred 144 off-hire days between voyages and 2 off-hires due to other unforeseen circumstances.
(3) We include TCE rate, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with net revenues from vessels, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of TCE rate may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our net revenues from vessels to TCE rate.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except operating days and TCE rate)

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Vessel revenue, net
$
15,165
 
$
1,757
 
Voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Net operating revenues
$
5,660
 
$
762
 
Operating days
 
1,208
 
 
88
 
Daily time charter equivalent rate
$
4,685
 
$
8,659
 
(4) We include Daily Vessel Operating Expenses, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with vessel operating expenses, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists our management in

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of Daily Vessel Operating Expenses may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our vessel operating expenses to Daily Vessel Operating Expenses.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except ownership days and Daily Vessel Operating Expenses)

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Vessel operating expenses
$
6,698
 
$
939
 
Ownership days
 
1,456
 
 
103
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses
$
4,600
 
$
9,117
 

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Fleet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ownership days
 
776
 
 
268
 
 
2,275
 
Available days (1)
 
724
 
 
268
 
 
2,218
 
Operating days (2)
 
598
 
 
142
 
 
1,840
 
Fleet utilization
 
77
%
 
53
%
 
81
%
Fleet utilization excluding drydocking & lay-up off hire days
 
83
%
 
53
%
 
83
%
Average Daily Results:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TCE rate (3)
$
6,232
 
$
5,014
 
$
8,006
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses (4)
$
7,267
 
$
3,754
 
$
4,873
 
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred 52 off-hire days for vessel surveys.
(2) During the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred 126 off-hire days between voyages and zero off-hires due to other unforeseen circumstances.
(3) We include TCE rate, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with net revenues from vessels, the most directly comparable US GAAP measure, because it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of TCE rate may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our net revenues from vessels to TCE rate.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except operating days and TCE rate)

 
2015
2014
2013
Vessel revenue, net
$
11,223
 
$
2,010
 
$
23,079
 
Voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,298
)
 
(8,348
)
Net operating revenues
$
3,727
 
$
712
 
$
14,731
 
Operating days
 
598
 
 
142
 
 
1,840
 
Daily time charter equivalent rate
$
6,232
 
$
5,014
 
$
8,006
 
(4) We include Daily Vessel Operating Expenses, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with vessel operating expenses, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of Daily Vessel Operating Expenses may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our vessel operating expenses to Daily Vessel Operating Expenses.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except ownership days and Daily Vessel Operating Expenses)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Vessel operating expenses
$
5,639
 
$
1,006
 
$
11,086
 
Ownership days
 
776
 
 
268
 
 
2,275
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses
$
7,267
 
$
3,754
 
$
4,873
 

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, and Note 2 of our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, included in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments or uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as undiscounted projected operating cash flows, business plans to dispose a vessel earlier than the end of its useful life and prevailing market conditions, indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The current conditions in the drybulk market with decreased charter rates and decreased vessel market values are conditions that we consider indicators of a potential impairment for our vessels. We determine undiscounted projected operating cash flows, for each vessel and compare it to the vessel’s carrying value. When the undiscounted projected operating cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the vessel and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount, we impair the carrying amount of the vessel. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as determined by independent valuators. The undiscounted projected operating cash inflows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter equivalent for the non-fixed days (based on a combination of 2-year forward freight agreements and the median of the trailing 10-year historical charter rates available for each type of vessel) adjusted for brokerage commissions and expected outflows for scheduled vessels’ maintenance. The undiscounted projected operating cash outflows are determined by reference to our actual vessel operating expenses, assuming an average annual inflation rate of 2%. Fleet utilization excluding dry-docking off-hire days is determined by reference to the actual utilization rate of the Company’s fleet in the recent years. We recorded a net impairment loss of $NIL, $NIL and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the results of the impairment testing were sensitized assuming the 10-year historical charter rates. The sensitivity analysis revealed that, even if the 10-year historical charter rates decline by 20% and 32% for Capesize and Supramax vessels, respectively, we would not be required to recognize additional impairment.

Vessel depreciation

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the vessels, after considering the estimated salvage value. Up to September 30, 2015, management estimated the useful life of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. On October 1, 2015, the Company changed that estimate to 25 years. This change increased depreciation expense by $0.3 million (approximately $0.03 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015. Salvage value is estimated by taking the cost of steel times the weight of the ship noted in lightweight ton. Salvage values are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revisions of salvage values affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affects depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. On October 1, 2015, the Company revised the salvage value of its vessels. This change increased depreciation expense by $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Survey costs

There are two methods that are primarily used by the shipping industry to account for dry-dockings; first, the deferral method, whereby specific costs associated with a dry-docking are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period to the next scheduled dry-dock; and second, the direct expensing method, whereby dry-docking costs are expensed in the period incurred. We use the deferral method of accounting for dry-dock expenses. Under the deferral method, dry-dock expenses are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis until the date that the vessel is expected to undergo its next dry-dock. We

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

believe the deferral method better matches costs with revenue. We use judgment when estimating the period between dry-docks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of dry-dock expense, the duration of which depends on the age of the vessel and the nature of dry-docking repairs the vessel will undergo. We expect that our vessels will be required to be dry-docked approximately every 2 to 3 years in accordance with class requirements for major repairs and maintenance. Costs capitalized as part of the dry-docking include actual costs incurred at the dry-dock yard and parts and supplies used in undertaking the work necessary to meet class requirements.

Variable interest entities

We evaluate our relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities and to assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of such entities. If it is determined that we are the primary beneficiary, that entity is included in our consolidated financial statements. We do not participate in any variable interest entity.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal source of funds has been our operating cash flow, long-term borrowings from banks and our Sponsor, and equity provided by the capital markets and our Sponsor. Our principal use of funds has primarily been capital expenditures to establish our fleet, maintain the quality of our drybulk vessels, comply with international shipping standards and environmental laws and regulations, fund working capital requirements, and make principal repayments and interest payments on our outstanding debt obligations.

As of June 30, 2016, we had cash and restricted cash of $3.1 million, as compared to $3.4 million as of December 31, 2015.

Working capital is equal to current assets minus current liabilities, including the current portion of long-term debt. As of June 30, 2016, we had a working capital deficit of $1 million.

As of June 30, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $178 million, excluding unamortized financing fees.

Since December 31, 2015, significant transactions impacting our liquidity and capital resources include:

We have amended certain terms in four of our five loan facilities and have also made five amendments to our unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco dated September 7, 2015. Please see “Description of Indebtedness” below for descriptions of the amended loan facilities and unsecured revolving convertible promissory note.

In a direct offering that was completed on August 10, 2016, we sold 1,180,000 common shares to an unaffiliated institutional investor at a public offering price of $4.15 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $4.9 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the common shares, after deducting placement agent fees and related offering expenses, were approximately $4.1 million.

As described above, on September 26, 2016, we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of the Additional Vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. Under the agreements, we were required to make a $4.2 million deposit. This deposit was funded with proceeds from the Jelco Loan Facility. The Additional Vessels are expected to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We expect to fund the balance of the aggregate purchase price for the Additional Vessels with an additional $5.3 million from the Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels), $29 million from a new secured loan facility with NSF, and $3 million of cash on hand.

On October 4, 2016, we entered into the Jelco Loan Facility, initially a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, to fund the initial deposit for the Additional Vessels. On November 17, 2016 and November 28, 2016, we entered into amendments to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that may be borrowed under the facility to up to $12.8 million and extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, and the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. The Jelco Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 9% and is repayable in one bullet payment together with accrued interest thereon on the maturity date. On November 28, 2016, we drew down $8.7 million under the Jelco Loan Facility. Please see “— Description of Indebtedness.”

On November 28, 2016, we entered into a $32 million secured term loan facility with NSF to partly finance the acquisition of the Additional Vessels. The facility bears interest at 11% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the principal is repayable in four consecutive quarterly instalments of $900,000 each, commencing on March 31, 2019 and a final payment of $28.4 million due on December 31, 2019, which is the initial maturity date assuming that we do not choose to extend the facility for one or two maximum yearly periods in accordance with the terms of the facility. On November 28, 2016, we drew down $7.5 million under the NSF loan facility. Please see “— Description of Indebtedness.”

In a direct offering that was completed on November 23, 2016, we sold 1,305,000 common shares to unaffiliated institutional investors at a public offering price of $2.75 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $3.6 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the common shares, after deducting fees and expenses, were approximately $3.2 million.

Our cash flow projections indicate that cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover our liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2017. We have relied on Jelco for both vessel acquisitions and funding of general corporate purposes during 2015 and for further funding during 2016. We also intend to apply additional measures to reduce potential cash flow shortfall if drybulk charter rates remain at today’s historical low levels. We have undertaken a cost-cutting initiative to decrease our Daily Vessel Operating Expenses. We are continuously exploring raising additional equity and debt through public or private transactions in the capital markets.

Given these facts we cannot provide any assurance that we will in fact operate our business profitably or generate sufficient revenue or operating cash flow.

Cash Flows

Six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to six months ended June 30, 2015

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 

Operating Activities:    Net cash used in operating activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2016, was adjusted by $5 million of non-cash items, attributable to depreciation and amortization charges for the period and an increase in working capital of $2.3 million. Net cash used in operating activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2015 was adjusted by $0.3 million of non-cash items, attributable to depreciation and amortization charges for the period and a decrease in working capital of $0.1 million.

Investing Activities:    The 2015 cash outflow resulted from the acquisition of our vessel MV Leadership in March 2015.

Financing Activities:    The 2016 cash inflow resulted from proceeds of $9.4 million drawn down from our unsecured revolving convertible promissory note issued on September 7, 2015 to Jelco, which proceeds were used for general corporate purposes and debt repayments of $0.5 million. The 2015 cash inflow resulted from $8.8 million proceeds obtained from the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E entered into on March 6, 2015, $4.8 million proceeds from common share issuances, and $4 million drawn down from our unsecured convertible promissory note issued on March 12, 2015 to Jelco, which proceeds were used for the acquisition of our vessel MV Leadership , for general corporate purposes and debt repayment of $0.2 million.

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)

Year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to year ended December 31, 2014

Operating Activities :   Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $4.7 million in 2015, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $6.6 million plus a decrease in working capital of $1.9 million. Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $14.9 million in 2014, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $5.2 million less an increase in working capital of $9.7 million.

Investing Activities :   The 2015 cash outflow resulted from the acquisition of eight vessels during the year. The 2014 cash inflow resulted from the sale of the then four remaining vessels in March 2014 in connection with the delivery and settlement agreement with Piraeus Bank to unwind the related credit facility.

Financing Activities :   The 2015 cash inflow resulted from proceeds obtained from loan agreements, common stock issuance and issuance of convertible promissory notes for the acquisition of vessels. The 2014 cash outflow resulted mainly from $94.4 million of principal repayments of our debt that was partially offset by $3.2 million in proceeds from issuance of our common stock.

Year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to year ended December 31, 2013

Operating Activities :   Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $14.9 million in 2014, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $5.2 million less an increase in working capital of $9.7 million. Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $1.0 million in 2013, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $8.9 million plus a decrease in working capital of $9.9 million.

Investing Activities :   The 2014 cash inflow resulted from the sale of the then four remaining vessels in March 2014 in connection with the delivery and settlement agreement with Piraeus Bank to unwind the related credit facility. The 2013 cash inflow resulted from proceeds of $4 million from the disposal of a vessel, offset by $3 million of cash paid and disposed of upon the disposal of certain of our former vessel owning subsidiaries financed by certain of our prior loan facilities.

Financing Activities :   The 2014 cash outflow resulted mainly from $94.4 million of principal repayments of our debt that was partially offset by $3.2 million in proceeds from issuance of our common stock. The 2013 cash outflow resulted from $5.2 million of principal repayments of our debt that was partially offset by the decrease of $2 million in restricted cash upon the disposal of certain of our former vessel owning subsidiaries financed by one of our prior loan facilities.

Description of Indebtedness

We currently have six senior secured loan facilities with an aggregate outstanding balance of $185.6 million and one additional facility with an outstanding balance of $12.8 million. We currently are not required to make any principal repayments except under our facility with Alpha Bank AE originally entered into in March 2015. This facility currently has an outstanding balance of $7.6 million and amortization payments for this facility commenced on June 17, 2015. We also have a facility in place with HSH Nordbank AG with an outstanding balance of $44.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on September 30, 2017, a facility with Unicredit Bank AG with an outstanding balance of $52.9 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 26, 2017, a facility with Natixis with an outstanding balance of $39.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 30, 2017, a facility with Alpha Bank AE originally entered into in November 2015 with an outstanding balance of $33.8 million for which we will commence amortization payments on February 12, 2018, and a facility with NSF with an outstanding balance of $7.5 million for which we will commence amortization payments on March 31, 2019. Additionally, the Jelco Loan Facility has an outstanding balance of $12.8 million and is repayable, subject to certain repayment requirements, in one bullet

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

payment on the maturity date, which is the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, but the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. All applicable financial covenants under our loan facilities with our lenders have been either waived or will become effective subsequent to June 30, 2017. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Description of Indebtedness.”

Below is a description of our financing arrangements, as amended, with the amount outstanding under each as of June 30, 2016, except as otherwise noted:

Credit Facilities

March 2015 Alpha Bank A.E. Loan Facility

On March 6, 2015, we entered into a $8.75 million secured floating interest rate loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Leadership . On December 23, 2015 and July 28, 2016, we entered into a first and second supplemental agreement, respectively, to the facility agreement. As amended to date the facility provides as follows: The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.75% and is repayable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments. The first four installments are $0.2 million each, the next installment is $0.25 million, the next four installments are $0.1 million each and the next eleven installments are $0.25 million each, with a final balloon payment of $4.55 million due on March 17, 2020. The borrower under the facility is our applicable vessel-owning subsidiary, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage over the vessel, a general assignment covering earnings, insurances, charter parties and requisition compensation, an account pledge agreement and technical and commercial managers’ undertakings. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrower’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell capital shares of subsidiaries, engage in mergers, or sell vessel without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we on a consolidated basis maintain (i) from June 30, 2018, a percentage ratio of net debt to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from June 30, 2018, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from July 1, 2017, the borrower shall ensure that the market value of the vessel plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 125%. The lender may accelerate the maturity of the facility and foreclose upon the collateral securing the indebtedness upon the occurrence of certain events of default, including a failure to comply with any of the covenants contained in the facility. The facility also restricts our ability to distribute dividends to our shareholders in excess of 50% of our net income except if our cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet our debt service for the following eighteen-month period. As of June 30, 2016, $7.7 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

HSH Nordbank AG Loan Facility

On September 1, 2015, we entered into a $44.4 million senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship and Gloriuship . On May 16, 2016 we entered into a supplemental letter to the facility agreement. As amended to date the facility provides as follows: The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin between 3.25% and 3.6% and is repayable in twelve consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.0 million each, commencing on September 30, 2017, with a final balloon payment of $31.8 million due on June 30, 2020. Effective as of March 1, 2016, a mandatory prepayment of $3 million required under the facility is deferred to June 30, 2018. The borrowers under the facility are our two applicable vessel-owning subsidiaries, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility was made available in two advances, each advance comprised of two tranches. On October 13, 2015, we drew the first advance of $27.6 million in order to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship . On November 3, 2015, we drew the second advance of $16.8 million in order to finance the acquisition of the Gloriuship . The facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over each of the vessels, a general assignment covering earnings, charter parties, insurances and requisition compensation for each of the vessels, an earnings account pledge agreement for each of the vessels, technical and commercial managers’ undertakings, a shares security deed of the two borrowers’ shares and a master agreement assignment. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, sell capital shares of subsidiaries, make certain investments, engage in mergers and

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquisitions, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we on a consolidated basis maintain (i) from September 30, 2017, a percentage ratio of total liabilities to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from September 30, 2017, a ratio of EBITDA to interest payments that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from September 30, 2017, the borrowers shall ensure that the market value of the vessels plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 120%. The facility also places a restriction on the borrowers’ ability to distribute dividends to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., in case the market values of Geniuship and Gloriuship plus any additional security is less than 145% of total facility outstanding and the cash balance of the borrowers after distribution of dividends is less than $3 million. The $3 million minimum liquidity condition on payment of dividends does not apply after June 30, 2018. As of June 30, 2016, $44.4 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

UniCredit Bank AG Loan Facility

On September 11, 2015, we entered into a $52.7 million secured term loan facility with UniCredit Bank AG to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership , Gladiatorship and Guardianship . On June 3, 2016 and July 29, 2016, we entered into an amendment and a supplemental letter, respectively, to the facility agreement. As amended to date, the facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of between 2.75% and 3.20%. Effective as of June 13, 2016, the supplemental agreement has split the margin into a cash portion and a capitalized portion. The capitalized portion of the margin will be repaid in full by June 30, 2017. The facility is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.6 million each, commencing on June 26, 2017, with a final balloon payment of $29.4 million due on December 28, 2020. The borrowers under the facility are our three applicable vessel-owning subsidiaries, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility was made available in three tranches. On September 11, 2015, we drew the first tranche of $25.4 million to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership . On September 29, 2015, we drew the second tranche of $13.6 million to partly finance the acquisition of the Gladiatorship . On October 21, 2015, we drew the third tranche of $13.6 million to partly finance the acquisition of the Guardianship . The facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage over each of the relevant vessels, a general assignment covering earnings, charter parties, insurances and requisition compensation for each of the vessels, an account pledge agreement for each of the vessels, technical and commercial managers’ undertakings, a shares security deed of the three applicable vessel owning subsidiaries’ shares and a hedging agreement assignment. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we, on a consolidated basis maintain (i) from September 30, 2017, a percentage ratio of total liabilities to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from September 30, 2017, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from June 30, 2017 and from September 11, 2017, the borrowers shall ensure that the market value of the vessels plus any additional security and minimum liquidity to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 100% and 120%, respectively. As of June 30, 2016, $52.7 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

November 2015 Alpha Bank A.E. Loan Facility

On November 4, 2015, we entered into a $33.8 million secured floating interest rate loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Squireship . On July 28, 2016 we entered into a first supplemental agreement to the facility agreement. As amended to date the facility provides as follows: The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% and is repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.8 million each, commencing on February 12, 2018, with a final balloon payment of $20.3 million due on November 10, 2021. The borrower under the facility is our applicable vessel-owning subsidiary, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage over the vessel, a general assignment covering earnings, insurances, charter parties and requisition compensation, an account pledge agreement and technical and commercial managers’ undertakings. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrower’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell capital shares of subsidiaries, engage in mergers, or sell vessel without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we, on a consolidated basis, maintain (i) from June 30, 2018, a percentage ratio of net debt to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

June 30, 2018, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from January 1, 2018, the borrower shall ensure that the market value of the vessel plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 125%. The facility also restricts our ability to distribute dividends to our shareholders in excess of 50% of our net income except if our cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet our debt service for the following eighteen-month period. As of June 30, 2016, $33.8 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

Natixis Loan Facility

On December 2, 2015, we entered into a $39.4 million secured term loan facility with Natixis to partly finance the acquisition of the Championship . The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% and is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.0 million each, commencing on June 30, 2017, with a final balloon payment of $24.6 million due on February 26, 2021. The borrower under the facility is our applicable vessel-owning subsidiary, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel, a general assignment covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation, an account pledge agreement, a commercial manager undertaking and a technical manager undertaking. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrower’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we maintain (i) from January 1, 2018, a percentage ratio of total liabilities to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from January 1, 2018, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from February 1, 2017, the borrower shall ensure that the market value of the vessel plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 120%. As of June 30, 2016, $39.4 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

NSF Loan Facility

On November 28, 2016, we entered into a $32 million secured term loan facility with NSF to partly finance the acquisition of the Additional Vessels. The facility bears interest at 11% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the principal is repayable in four consecutive quarterly instalments of $900,000 each, commencing on March 31, 2019 and a final payment of $28.4 million due on December 31, 2019, which is the initial maturity date assuming that we do not choose to extend the facility for one or two maximum yearly periods. The facility may only be extended twice so that the final maturity date shall never extend beyond the date falling on the fifth anniversary of the final drawdown date. The option to extend the facility for up to two years from the initial maturity date is subject to an extension fee of 1.75% per extended year. The borrowers under the facility are our applicable vessel-owning subsidiaries. The facility is secured by first priority mortgages and general assignment covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation over the Additional Vessels, account pledge agreements, share pledge agreements of our two vessel-owning subsidiaries, a commercial manager undertaking and a technical manager undertaking. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that (i) we maintain restricted deposits of $3 million as prepaid interest to be applied equally against the first eight quarterly interest payments of the facility, the first instalment to commence 3 months from the second drawdown date (ii) we maintain an asset coverage ratio with respect to the Additional Vessels equal to at least 112.5% and (iii) the borrowers accumulate in each of their earnings accounts within 3 months from each Advance relevant drawdown date, and maintain throughout the security period, a minimum amount of at least $250,000 per Additional Vessel, or $500,000 in total. As of November 29, 2016, $7.5 million is outstanding under the facility.

Jelco Loan Facility

On October 4, 2016, we entered into the Jelco Loan Facility, initially a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, to fund the initial deposit for the Additional Vessels. On November 17, 2016 and November 28, 2016, we entered into amendments to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that may be borrowed under the facility to up to $12.8

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

million and extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, and the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. The Jelco Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 9% and is repayable in one bullet payment together with accrued interest thereon on the maturity date. The margin may be decreased to LIBOR plus 7% upon a $5 million prepayment by the Company. The Jelco Loan Facility further provides that we are required to prepay Jelco (i) in the event of any public offering by us of our common shares, an amount equal to 25 percent of the net offering proceeds and (ii) $1.9 million upon the delivery of the second of the Additional Vessels. The Jelco Loan Facility is secured by second priority mortgages and general assignments covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation on the Additional Vessels, and the vessel owning subsidiaries that will acquire the Additional Vessels have provided a guarantee to Jelco for our obligations under this facility. As of November 29, 2016, $12.8 million was outstanding under the Jelco Loan Facility.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. The note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $0.2 million, along with a balloon installment of $2.0 million payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. We have the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this prospectus, we have deferred two installments due for payment on March 19, 2016 and on September 16, 2016 to the final maturity date. At Jelco’s option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of November 25, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the note.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following seven amendments to the note between December 2015 and June 2016, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. The Applicable Limit will be reduced by $3.1 million each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The aggregate outstanding principal is repayable on September 10, 2020, however, principal is also repayable earlier to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal exceeds the Applicable Limit (as it may be reduced from time to time). The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. At Jelco’s option, our obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of November 25, 2016, $21.2 million was outstanding under the note.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2016 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) :

Contractual Obligations
Total
Less than
1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than
5 years
Long-term debt
$
177,997
 
$
2,937
 
$
38,754
 
$
114,369
 
$
21,937
 
Convertible promissory notes
 
24,965
 
 
200
 
 
7,000
 
 
17,765
 
 
 
Interest expense - long term debt
 
27,840
 
 
6,908
 
 
12,654
 
 
7,755
 
 
523
 
Interest expense - convertible promissory notes
 
5,576
 
 
1,422
 
 
2,566
 
 
1,588
 
 
 
Total
$
236,378
 
$
11,467
 
$
60,974
 
$
141,477
 
$
22,460
 

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are an international shipping company specializing in the worldwide seaborne transportation of drybulk commodities. In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders, and in connection with our restructuring we sold all 20 of our former vessels. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired our Current Fleet of eight modern drybulk vessels. We have recently agreed to acquire the Additional Vessels, which are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016.

In March 2015, we acquired the first vessel in our Current Fleet, a secondhand Capesize drybulk vessel, from an unaffiliated third party for $17.1 million. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from a senior secured loan, an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Between September and December of 2015 we acquired the seven additional secondhand drybulk vessels that comprise our Current Fleet, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, from entities affiliated with our Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These acquisitions were funded with proceeds from senior secured loans, a revolving convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor.

On September 26, 2016, we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of the Additional Vessels, for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The Additional Vessels are expected to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We paid an initial security deposit in the amount of $4.2 million, which was funded through a loan facility, originally entered into October 4, 2016, with Jelco, which is an entity affiliated with our Sponsor.

We expect to fund the balance of the aggregate purchase price for the Additional Vessels with an additional $5.3 milion from the Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels), $29 million from a new secured loan facility with NSF, and $3 million of cash on hand. On November 28, 2016, we entered into an amendment to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that may be borrowed under the facility to up to $12.8 million and extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, and the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. On November 28, 2016, we also entered into an agreement with NSF for a $32 million secured term loan facility.

We believe we have established a reputation in the international drybulk shipping industry for operating and maintaining vessels with high standards of performance, reliability and safety. We have assembled a management team comprised of executives who have extensive experience operating large and diversified fleets, and who have strong ties to a number of international charterers.

History and Development

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, pursuant to the Marshall Islands BCA, on January 4, 2008, originally under the name Seanergy Merger Corp. We changed our name to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. on July 11, 2008.

In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders to finalize the satisfaction and release of our obligations under certain of our former loan facility agreements and the amendment of the terms of certain of our loan facility agreements. Between January 2012 and March 2014, we sold all 20 of our former vessels, in some cases by transferring ownership of certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries to third parties nominated by our former lenders in connection with our restructuring. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels and did not have any long-term debt obligations.

On March 12, 2015 we entered into share purchase agreements with Jelco and Stamatios Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common shares to Jelco for $4.5 million and 333,400 of our common shares to Mr. Tsantanis for $0.3 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90. As part of the transaction, the purchasers received customary registration rights.

On March 19, 2015, we acquired a 2001 Capesize, 171,199 DWT vessel, which was renamed Leadership , from an unaffiliated third party. The acquisition of the vessel was financed with proceeds from (i) the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, issued by the Company to Jelco, (ii) a loan agreement dated March 06, 2015 for $8.75 million with Alpha Bank A.E. and (iii) a share purchase agreement dated March 12, 2015 with Jelco for the issuance of 5,000,100 shares of our common stock in exchange for $4.5 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90. This acquisition was made pursuant to a memorandum of agreement between our vessel-owning subsidiary and the seller, dated December 23, 2014.

On August 6, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement and seven memoranda of agreement with entities affiliated with our Sponsor to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These included all of the vessels in our Current Fleet other than Leadership . We took delivery of the seven vessels between September and December 2015. The acquisition costs of the seven vessels were funded with proceeds from a $44.4 million senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship and Gloriuship , a $52.7 million secured term loan facility with Unicredit Bank AG to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership , Gladiatorship and Guardianship , a $33.8 million secured loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Squireship , a $39.4 million secured term loan facility with Natixis to partly finance the acquisition of the Championship , the Share Purchase Agreement (defined below) and the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, issued by the Company to Jelco. For more information regarding our current loan facilities and convertible promissory notes, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –Description of Indebtedness.”

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco under which we agreed to sell Jelco 10,022,240 of our common shares in three tranches for $9.0 million, or the Share Purchase Agreement. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of 3,889,980 common shares was sold for $3.5 million. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of 2,655,740 common shares was sold for $2.4 million. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of 3,476,520 common shares was sold for $3.1 million. As part of the transaction, the purchaser received customary registration rights.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a one-for-five reverse split of our common stock, which was approved at a special meeting of our shareholders on September 16, 2014. The reverse stock split became effective and the common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. When the reverse stock split became effective, every five shares of our issued and outstanding common stock was automatically combined into one issued and outstanding share of common stock without any change in the par value per share or the total number of authorized shares. This reduced the number of outstanding shares of our common stock from 97,612,971 shares on January 7, 2016, to 19,522,413 shares on January 8, 2016, after adjusting for fractional shares. On January 27, 2016, we received a letter from Nasdaq confirming that we had regained compliance with Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement.

On August 10, 2016, we sold 1,180,000 of our common shares to an unaffiliated institutional investor at a public offering price of $4.15 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $4.9 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the common shares, after deducting placement agent fees and related offering expenses, were approximately $4.1 million. The net proceeds of the offering are expected to be used for general corporate purposes.

As described above, on September 26, 2016, we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of the Additional Vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. Under the agreements, we were required to make a $4.2 million deposit. This deposit was funded with proceeds from the Jelco Loan Facility. The Additional Vessels are expected to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We expect to fund the balance of the aggregate purchase price for the Additional Vessels with an additional $5.3 million from the Jelco Loan Facility (for a total of $9.5 million borrowed under the Jelco Loan Facility in connection with the purchase of the Additional Vessels), $29 million from a new secured loan facility with NSF, and $3 million of cash on hand.

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In a direct offering that was completed on November 23, 2016, we sold 1,305,000 common shares to unaffiliated institutional investors at a public offering price of $2.75 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $3.6 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the common shares, after deducting fees and expenses, were approximately $3.2 million.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of strengths that provide us with a competitive advantage in the drybulk shipping market, including the following:

Modern, High Quality Fleet.    Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.2 years as of the date of this prospectus, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.0, 8.3 and 7.2 years, respectively, as of that date. In addition to their young age, all of our vessels have been and we expect will be built at shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building high quality, commercially superior vessels that are preferred by charterers and also command higher interest in the secondary market. None of our vessels is associated with “green field” or inferior quality shipyards, which is the case for a meaningful part of the world fleet, especially for Supramax and Panamax drybulk vessels. We believe that owning a modern, highly commercially competitive and well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters.
Experienced Management .   Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Mr. Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and interim Chief Financial Officer, brings more than 18 years of experience in shipping and finance and has held senior management positions in prominent shipping companies.
Access to Attractive Chartering Opportunities .   Fidelity, our commercial manager, has established strong global relationships with charterers and brokers. We believe Fidelity’s relationships with these counterparties should provide us with access to attractive chartering opportunities.

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to manage and expand our fleet in a manner that produces strong cash flows and allows us to build our position as a reliable provider of international seaborne transportation services for drybulk commodities. The key elements of our business strategy include:

Expanding Our Fleet Through Accretive Acquisitions .   We intend to acquire drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 50,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view the Capesize and Supramax vessel classes as providing attractive return characteristics given the existing vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow expected to be earned by a vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.
Optimizing Vessel Revenues Primarily Through Spot Market Exposure.    The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased 307 percent from the record low levels of 290 on February 10, 2016 to 1,181 on November 25, 2016. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. Because the spot market is volatile, there can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will increase and the market could decline.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating a Modern, High-Quality Fleet .   Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.2 years as of the date of this prospectus, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.0, 8.3 and 7.2 years, respectively, as of that date. We believe that owning a young, well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters. All of our vessels have been and we expect will be built in shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building quality vessels. We expect that the combination of these factors will provide us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable employment for our vessels.

Our Current Fleet

As of the date of this prospectus, our Current Fleet consists of eight drybulk vessels, of which six are Capesize vessels and two are Supramax vessels. Our Current Fleet has a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,145,553 dwt and an average age of approximately 8.2 years. Additionally, we have agreed to acquire the Additional Vessels, two Capesize vessels, which are scheduled to be delivered between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016. Subject to the successful delivery of the Additional Vessels, our fleet will have an average age of 7.9 years and a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,503,369 dwt.

The following tables list the vessels in our Current Fleet and the Additional Vessels we have agreed to acquire as of the date of this prospectus:

Current Fleet

Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Flag
Type of Employment
Leadership
2001
Capesize
 
171,199
 
BA
Spot
Gloriuship
2004
Capesize
 
171,314
 
MI
Spot
Geniuship
2010
Capesize
 
170,057
 
MI
Spot
Premiership
2010
Capesize
 
170,024
 
IoM
Spot
Squireship
2010
Capesize
 
170,018
 
LIB
Spot
Championship
2011
Capesize
 
179,238
 
LIB
Spot
Gladiatorship
2010
Supramax
 
56,819
 
BA
Spot
Guardianship
2011
Supramax
 
56,884
 
MI
Spot
Average Age :
8.2 years
Total Dwt:
 
1,145,553
 
 
 

Additional Vessels to be Acquired *

Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Lordship (currently E.R. Bavaria)
2010
Capesize
 
178,838
 
Knightship (currently E.R. Bayern)
2010
Capesize
 
178,978
 
* Subject to successful delivery.

Key to Flags:

BA – Bahamas, IoM – Isle of Man, LIB – Liberia, MI – Marshall Islands

Management of Our Fleet

We manage our vessel’s operations, insurances and bunkering and have the general supervision of our third-party technical and commercial managers.

V.Ships, an independent third party, provides technical management for our vessels that includes general administrative and support services, such as crewing and other technical management, accounting related to vessels and provisions. Pursuant to our technical management agreements with V.Ships, we pay a monthly fee of $9,650 per vessel in exchange for V.Ships providing these technical, support and administrative services. The management fees do not cover expenses such as voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, maintenance expenses, crewing costs, which are reimbursed by us to V.Ships. Pursuant to our technical management agreement with V.Ships for the vessel Leadership , if the vessel is laid up for a period of more than two months, we are not obligated to pay a management fee to V.Ships for the period exceeding the two months until we give

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

written notice to re-activate the vessel. However, we are obligated to reimburse V.Ships for any costs that have been approved by us that may arise while Leadership is laid up following the two months. The technical management agreements are for an indefinite period until terminated by either party, giving the other notice in writing, in which event the applicable agreement shall terminate after one month from the date upon which such notice is received.

Seanergy Management Corp., or Seanergy Management, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, has entered into a commercial management agreement with Fidelity, an independent third party, pursuant to which Fidelity provides commercial management services for all of the vessels in our fleet. Fidelity serves as commercial broker for Capesize vessels exclusively to us. Under the commercial management agreement, we have agreed to reimburse Fidelity for all reasonable running and/or out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to, telephone, fax, stationary and printing expenses, as well as any pre-approved travelling expenses. In addition, we have agreed to pay commission fees to Fidelity equal to 0.5% calculated on the collected gross hire/freight/demurrage payable when the relevant hire/freight/demurrage is collected. The commercial management agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving one month prior written notice to the other party.

Shipping Committee

We have established a shipping committee. The purpose of the shipping committee is to consider and vote upon all matters involving shipping and vessel finance in order to accelerate the pace of our decision making in respect of shipping business opportunities, such as the acquisition of vessels or companies. The shipping industry often demands very prompt review and decision-making with respect to business opportunities. In recognition of this, and in order to best utilize the experience and skills that our directors bring to us, our board of directors has delegated all such matters to the shipping committee. Transactions that involve the issuance of our securities or transactions that involve a related party, however, shall not be delegated to the shipping committee but instead shall be considered by the entire board of directors. The shipping committee consists of three directors. In accordance with the amended and restated charter of the shipping committee, two of the directors on the shipping committee are nominated by Jelco and one of the directors on the shipping committee is nominated by a majority of our board of directors and is an independent member of the board of directors. The members of the shipping committee are Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis and Ms. Christina Anagnostara, who are Jelco’s nominees, and Mr. Elias Culucundis, who is the nominee of the board of directors.

In order to assure the continued existence of the shipping committee, our board of directors has agreed that the shipping committee may not be dissolved and that the duties or composition of the shipping committee may not be altered without the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of our board of directors. In addition, the duties of our chief executive officer, who is currently Mr. Tsantanis, may not be altered without a similar vote. These duties and powers include voting the shares of stock that Seanergy owns in its subsidiaries. In addition to these agreements, we have amended certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and by-laws to incorporate these requirements.

As a result of these various provisions, in general, all shipping- related decisions will be made by Jelco’s appointees to our board of directors unless 80% of the board members vote to change the duties or composition of the shipping committee.

Employment of Our Fleet

Our vessels are chartered on the spot charter market, either through trip charter contracts or voyage charter contracts. A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under time charters, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates. Downturns in the drybulk industry would result in a reduction in profit margins, and could lead to losses.

In the future, our vessels may be employed on period time charters. Period time charters provide a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Period time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to employ our vessels under time charter contracts should rates become more attractive.

Charter Hire Rates

Charter hire rates fluctuate by varying degrees among drybulk vessel size categories. The volume and pattern of trade in a small number of commodities, referred to as major bulks, affect demand for larger vessels. Therefore, charter rates and vessel values of larger vessels often show greater volatility. Conversely, trade in a greater number of commodities, referred to as minor bulks, drives demand for smaller drybulk carriers. Accordingly, charter rates and vessel values for those vessels are subject to less volatility.

Charter hire rates paid for drybulk carriers are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand, although at times other factors may play a role. Furthermore, the pattern seen in charter rates is broadly mirrored across the different charter types and the different drybulk carrier categories. However, because demand for larger drybulk vessels is affected by the volume and pattern of trade in a relatively small number of commodities, charter hire rates (and vessel values) of larger ships tend to be more volatile than those for smaller vessels.

In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period and vessel specific factors such as age, speed and fuel consumption.

In the voyage charter market, rates are influenced by cargo size, commodity, port dues and canal transit fees, as well as commencement and termination regions. In general, a larger cargo size is quoted at a lower rate per ton than a smaller cargo size. Routes with costly ports or canals generally command higher rates than routes with low port dues and no canals to transit. Voyages with a load port within a region that includes ports where vessels usually discharge cargo or a discharge port within a region with ports where vessels load cargo also are generally quoted at lower rates, because such voyages generally increase vessel utilization by reducing the unloaded portion (or ballast leg) that is included in the calculation of the return charter to a loading area.

Within the drybulk shipping industry, the charter hire rate references most likely to be monitored are the freight rate indices issued by the Baltic Exchange. These references are based on actual charter hire rates under charters entered into by market participants as well as daily assessments provided to the Baltic Exchange by a panel of major shipbrokers.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on reputation. Fidelity negotiates the terms of our charters (whether voyage charters, period time charters, bareboat charters or pools) based on market conditions. We compete primarily with other owners of drybulk carriers, many of which may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers than vessels we may operate. Ownership of drybulk vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state controlled companies and independent drybulk vessel owners. We compete primarily with owners of drybulk vessels in the Supramax and Capesize class sizes. Some of our publicly listed competitors include Diana Shipping Inc. (NYSE:DSX), Genco Shipping & Trading Limited (NYSE: GNK), Safe Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SB), Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SALT) and Star Bulk Carriers Corp. (NASDAQ: SBLK).

Customers

Our customers include or have included national, regional and international companies, such as Rio Tinto, BHP Billiton and Fortescue. Customers individually accounting for more than 10% of our revenues during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were:

Customer
2015
2014
2013
A
 
  47
%
 
  —
 
 
  —
 
B
 
15
%
 
 
 
 
C
 
12
%
 
 
 
 
D
 
10
%
 
 
 
 

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Customer
2015
2014
2013
E
 
 
 
59
%
 
18
%
F
 
 
 
29
%
 
 
G
 
 
 
 
 
16
%
H
 
 
 
 
 
12
%
I
 
 
 
 
 
10
%
Total
 
84
%
 
88
%
 
56
%

Seasonality

Coal, iron ore and grains, which are the major bulks of the drybulk shipping industry, are somewhat seasonal in nature. The energy markets primarily affect the demand for coal, with increases during hot summer periods when air conditioning and refrigeration require more electricity and towards the end of the calendar year in anticipation of the forthcoming winter period. The demand for iron ore tends to decline in the summer months because many of the major steel users, such as automobile makers, reduce their level of production significantly during the summer holidays. Grains are completely seasonal as they are driven by the harvest within a climate zone. Because three of the five largest grain producers (the United States of America, Canada and the European Union) are located in the northern hemisphere and the other two (Argentina and Australia) are located in the southern hemisphere, harvests occur throughout the year and grains require drybulk shipping accordingly.

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of the vessels we may acquire. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which the vessels we may acquire may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

A variety of government and private entities subject vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (United States Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (country of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates or approvals for the operation of the vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of the vessels we may acquire.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and operational safety concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the drybulk shipping industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of the vessels we may acquire that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of the vessels we may acquire. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill, could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Organization

The United Nations’ International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto (collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as MARPOL). MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, therefore it may include jurisdictions in which the vessels we may acquire operate. MARPOL sets forth pollution-prevention requirements applicable to drybulk carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of ‘ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship’s repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain tankers, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, known as Emission Control Areas, or ECAs (see below).

The IMO’s Maritime Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships.

On October 27, 2016 at its 70 th session, or MEPC 70, MEPC announced its decision concerning the implementation of regulations mandating a reduction in sulfur emissions from 3.5% currently to 0.5% as of the beginning of 2020 rather than pushing the deadline back to 2025. By 2020 ships will now have to either remove sulfur from emissions through the use of emission scrubbers or buy fuel with low sulfur content.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECA. As of July 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA are not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the Baltic Sea and the North Sea have been so designated. Effective August 1, 2012, certain coastal areas of North America were also designated ECAs. Effective January 1, 2014, applicable areas of the United States Caribbean Sea, including the coastal waters around Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands were also designated ECAs.

Ocean-going vessels in ECAs will be subject to stringent emissions controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. For example, Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. At MEPC 70, MEPC approved the North Sea and the Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxides, effective January 1, 2021. It is expected that these areas will be formally designated after the draft amendments are presented at MEPC’s next session. We cannot assure you that the jurisdictions in which the vessels we may acquire may operate will not adopt more stringent emissions standards independent of the IMO.

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. This included the requirement that all new ships utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, and all ships use the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan, or SEEMP.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

standards. May 2012 SOLAS amendments entered into force as of January 1, 2014. Recent amendments to the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, or LLMC, went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against shipowners.

The operation of our ships is also affected by the requirements set forth in Chapter IX of SOLAS, which sets forth the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that our technical manager has developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate, or SMC, for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s operators with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system, or SMS. No vessel can obtain an SMC under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, or DOC, issued in most instances by the vessel’s flag state.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. All ships will also have to carry a ballast water record book and an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. The BWM Convention enters into force 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping tonnage. On September 8, 2016, this threshold was met (with 52 contracting parties making up 35.14%). Thus, the BWM Convention will enter into force on September 8, 2017.

Many of the implementation dates originally written into the BWM Convention have already passed, so that once the BWM Convention enters into force, the period for installation of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements would be extremely short, with several thousand ships a year needing to install ballast water management systems, or BWMS. For this reason, on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of the BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This in effect makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date ‘existing’ vessels, and allows for the installation of BWMS on such vessels at the first renewal survey following entry into force of the Convention. In October 2016, at MEPC 70, MEPC adopted updated “guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8).” G8 updates previous guidelines concerning procedures to approve BWMS. The cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States, for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. Although we do not believe the costs of compliance with mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

In March 2006, the IMO amended Annex I to MARPOL, including a new regulation relating to oil fuel tank protection, which became effective August 1, 2007. The new regulation applies to various ships delivered on or after August 1, 2010. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow, a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable existing IMO requirements. In addition, we intend to comply with all future applicable IMO requirements.

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade with the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

(i) injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
(ii) injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
(iii) net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
(iv) loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
(v) lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
(vi) net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels (e.g. drybulk) to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA. For example, on August 15, 2012, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Economic Enforcement, or BSEE, issued a final drilling safety rule for offshore oil and gas operations that strengthens the requirements for safety equipment, well control systems, and blowout prevention practices. The Final Rule took effect on October 22, 2012. On August 21, 2013, the BSEE proposed a rule to revise existing federal regulations regarding oil and gas production safety systems to address technological advances. A new rule issued by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, or BOEM, that increased the limits of liability of damages for offshore facilities under OPA based on inflation took effect in January 2015. In April 2015, it was announced that new regulations are expected to be imposed in the United States regarding offshore oil and gas drilling and the BSEE announced a new Well Control Rule in April 2016. In December 2015, the BSEE announced a new pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of the vessels we may acquire that may be implemented in the future could adversely affect our business. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels may call. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable existing state requirements. In addition, we intend to comply with all future applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels may call.

Other Environmental Initiatives

The Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, authorizing ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. On March 28, 2013, the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years, which took effect December 19, 2013. The 2013 VGP contains numeric ballast water discharge limits

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in US waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. In 2009 the Coast Guard proposed new ballast water management standards and practices, including limits regarding ballast water releases. As of June 21, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard implemented revised regulations on ballast water management by establishing standards on the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged from ships in U.S. waters. The revised ballast water standards are consistent with those adopted by the IMO in 2004. Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on vessels we may acquire to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict vessels from entering U.S. waters.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG has provided waivers to vessels which cannot install the as-yet unapproved technology. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP will remains in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP. In the fall of 2016 sources reported that the EPA indicated it was working on a new VGP. It presently remains unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist.

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990), or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Vessels we may acquire will subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in each state. Although state-specific, SIPs may include regulations concerning emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris did not result in an agreement that directly limited greenhouse gas emissions from ships.

However, in January 2013 the MEPC’s two new sets of mandatory requirements that address greenhouse gas emissions from ships entered into force. Currently operating ships will be required to develop Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile, outlined in the Energy Efficiency Design Index, will apply to new ships. In April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large ships (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide omissions. Draft amendments, which included guidelines on this data collection system, were approved by the 69 th session of the MEPC in April 2016, and adopted at MEPC 70. This is expected to be an early step in the analysis of such data for international shipping by MEPC to aid in deciding future steps concerning greenhouse gas emissions and energy efficiency. A roadmap for a “comprehensive IMO strategy on a reduction of GHG emissions from ships” was also approved at MEPC 70.

The MEPC is also considering market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. For 2020, the EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states by 20% of 1990 levels. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s second period, from 2013 to 2020. In December 2013 the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide emissions from ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, such regulation of vessels is foreseeable, and the EPA has in recent years received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization, or ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2013, MLC 2006 entered into force. Amendments to MLC 2006 were adopted in 2014 and 2016. The MLC 2006 requires us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;
on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the development of vessel security plans;
ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;
a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and
compliance with flag state security certification requirements;

Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

Furthermore, additional security measures could be required in the future which could have a significant financial impact on us. The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to be aligned with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and occasional surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys .   For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classed, within three months before or after each anniversary date of the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys .   Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys are to be carried out at or between the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys .   Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive dry-docking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Most vessels are usually dry-docked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters and lenders make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending, respectively, that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. All our vessels are certified as being “in class” by American Bureau of Shipping Bureau Veritas and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, major classification societies. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance Generally

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of any vessel for oil pollution accidents in the United States Exclusive Economic Zone, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. While we maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our fleet in amounts that we believe will be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. Furthermore, while we believe that our insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull & Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which includes the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles of $150,000 per vessel per incident. We also maintain increased value coverage for our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our coverage is limited to approximately $7.5 billion, except for pollution which is limited to $1 billion.

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at approximately $7.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the P&I Associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business in the future.

Property, Plants and Equipment

We do not own any real estate property. We lease our executive office space in Athens, Greece from a third party entity up to and including January 11, 2018.

Legal Proceedings

We have previously reported that in 2010, certain of our then shareholders, including George Koutsolioutsos, who is also the former Chairman of the Board of the Company, brought suit in Greece against certain other shareholders of the Company, our former Chief Financial Officer, and the immediate successor to Mr. Koutsolioutsos as our Chairman. The suit seeks damages from the defendants for alleged willful misconduct that purportedly caused the plaintiffs damage both by way of diminution of the value of their shares in the Company and harm to their reputations. The defendants have advised us that they do not believe the action has merit, and that they intend vigorously to defend it. The next hearing date in this action is currently scheduled for November 15, 2018.

Mr. Koutsolioutsos also commenced three actions in Greece during 2014 against his immediate successor as our Chairman, on substantially the same or related set of grounds. The plaintiff seeks money damages in two of these cases. The next hearing date in these actions is also currently scheduled for November 15, 2018. The third case, in which the plaintiff sought an injunction, was discontinued by the plaintiff in September 2014.

Neither we nor our current Chairman is named in any of these actions. We have also notified our insurance underwriters of these actions, and our underwriters are advancing a portion of the defendants’ legal expenses.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE DRYBULK SHIPPING INDUSTRY

The information and data in this section has been provided by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., a privately owned group that, among other sources, provides research and statistics to the maritime industry. Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. based its analysis on information drawn from published and private industry sources. These included in-house databases and proprietary information related to freight and asset price data. Although data is taken from the most recently available published sources, these sources do revise figures and forecasts from time to time.

Overview

The drybulk shipping industry is concerned with the transport of dry cargoes in bulk (as opposed to containerized drybulk cargo) by ways of seaborne movement of cargo. Drybulk vessels can be utilized for the transport of a diverse range of cargoes varying from project and break bulk cargo (such as machinery and equipment) to steel products to iron ore and coal. However, in terms of value and volume of cargo, the transportation of grains, coal and iron ore is the most important for bigger-sized drybulk vessel trade.

Few countries globally have large deposits of high quality raw materials, while demand for such commodities is concentrated in countries and regions with large industrial bases, and often, also with large populations. For coal and iron ore, which constitute close to 55% of the drybulk trade by volume, production is dominated by mining companies in Australia and Brazil, while demand is concentrated in industrialized regions in North America, North Europe, and now, most prominently in the People’s Republic of China, or PRC or China. While for these two commodities there are several more producing and consuming regions worldwide, trends of economies of scale and price competition have led to an ever increasing role for Australia, Brazil and China that are expected to dominate these trades in the next decade.

For several more commodities such as bauxite, alumina, nickel ore and others and also intermediate (un-finished) products such as steel bars, steel rolls, and others that are transported on smaller sized drybulk vessels, there are many more trading patterns, whether regional or local. Such trades, although in general follow global macro-trends, are also influenced by local economies and trading patterns.

Likewise, for agricultural products, which in general tend to be transported on Handymax to Kamsarmax sized vessels, few countries worldwide have favorable geography and climate, and therefore there is a need to transport such products from producing countries to countries in need of such imports whether for human consumption or for livestock feed.

Drybulk vessels provide the most economic and efficient way of transportation of cargoes worldwide. The total ocean-going seaborne volume of drybulk cargoes is expected to exceed five billion tons in 2016, based on data from Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. Transportation of iron ore and coal is the largest segment of the drybulk market, accounting for more than 55% of total transported volume on drybulk vessels, and reflects the global imbalance between producing regions and consuming regions. Drybulk vessels represent a low cost, and still flexible and reliable, way of bridging such imbalances.

Coal and iron ore are normally transported over long distances from the production site to large facilities or receiving terminals. Accordingly, to benefit from economies of scale, coal and iron ore are typically carried on the largest vessels that fit the harbor facilities at loading and discharging ports. Smaller vessels will typically be used for regional trades, where the ports generally are too small or too shallow for the larger drybulk vessels.

Grains, minor bulk, bauxite, alumina, steel products, fertilizers are the cargo that make up most of the remaining drybulk market. These cargoes have a more complex trading pattern than coal and iron ore, reflecting the multitude of the cargoes and the trading routes, regional demand, smaller trading parcels, loading and discharging to smaller ports, multitude of sellers and buyers of cargoes and therefore charterers, and such trades reflect overall world trade growth.

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Types of drybulk vessels

Drybulk vessels are regularly categorized depending on their deadweight tonnage (total weight in metric tons of cargo, fuel, fresh water stores and crew that a ship can carry when immersed to her load line) and their cargo carrying capacity.

Generally, the following size vessels are used in the transportation of drybulk cargoes:

Asset Class / Definition
Standard Deadweight Tonnage
Standard Trading Routes
Primary Cargoes
Capesize / Newcastlemax
100,000 - 220,000 dwt
Brazil to China
Australia to China
iron ore, coal
Panamax (Kamsarmax,
Panamax, Neo-Panamax)
65,000 - 100,000 dwt
US to Far East
US to Europe
grains, iron ore, coal
Supramax (Handymax, Supramax, Ultramax)
40,000 – 65,000 dwt
Various regional trades
grains, fertilizers, coal,
break bulk

Capesize and Newcastlemax vessels are amongst the biggest drybulk vessels in the world and their intended trade is to carry large quantities of cargo over long distance in order to obtain efficiencies of size. Iron ore and coal (both coking coal for steel production and thermal coal for power generation) are the predominant cargoes carried on Capesize and Newcastlemax vessels, and primary trading routes are from Brazil to China, Australia to China, South Africa to Europe and South Africa to countries of the Pacific Rim and the Far East. Capesize / Newcastlemax vessels are gearless and they depend on port facilities for loading and unloading of their cargoes. Capesize vessels are an asset class in existence for several decades with typical size of approximately 160,000 dwt, and named after the Cape of Good Hope, the only route that would allow such large vessels to transit from the Atlantic Basin to the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Basin. Newcastlemax is a new asset class originated in the last decade and refers to the biggest size of vessels that can be accommodated in the Port of Newcastle, NSW, Australia, a major exporting coal port. Newcastlemax vessels have 300-meter maximum length, 50-meter maximum beam, and typically are 180,000 – 205,000 dwt.

Panamax drybulk vessels are the second largest asset class in the drybulk market. The term “panamax” derives from the maximum beam of the vessels capable of transiting the old locks of the Panama Canal. In this prospectus, “Panamax” drybulk vessels are defined as drybulk vessels of up to 100,000 tons in deadweight capacity, encompassing traditional “panamax” vessels of approximately 72,000 dwt, and also modern-sized panamax vessels of approximately 82,000 dwt, Kamsarmax drybulk vessels, and neo-panamax bulkers of approximately 92,000 dwt. The primary cargoes for the Panamax-class vessels are coal, grains and iron ore and their trading routes are from the US Gulf or South America to the Far East with grains, coal to China and the Far East, which collectively we refer to as the Pacific Basin, iron ore shipments to China shipped in smaller parcels. More than 80% of spot market fixtures in 2016 year-to-date had a discharge port in the Pacific Rim. Panamax drybulk vessels can be equipped with their own handling gear; however, they are predominantly gearless vessels.

Supramax vessels can be considered the work-horse of the drybulk market as they are big enough to be economically efficient for the international market and small enough that can enter many ports where larger vessels cannot access. Given their size and flexibility, there can be a wide range of cargoes that can be transported on this asset class, ranging from coal and iron ore, to grains, bauxite, alumina, fertilizers, break bulk, mini bulk, and others. Supramax vessels can trade regionally with the Atlantic or Pacific Basins. In the last decade, there has been a tendency of upsizing of vessels in this asset class, and under “Supramax”, we include “Handymax” vessels (typically 40,000 – 48,000 dwt), “Supramax” proper vessels (48,000 – 58,000 dwt) and “Ultramax” vessels (58,000 – 65,000 dwt). Supramax vessels are almost always geared with cranes and often with other cargo handling equipment (grabs, etc).

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Drybulk Vessel Supply

Fleet Overview

The supply side of the drybulk market consists of the existing fleet of drybulk vessels adjusted for the addition of newbuilding deliveries from shipbuilders and the withdrawal by scrapping, recycling and conversion of older vessels. In addition, drybulk vessel supply can be affected in the short term by several factors ranging from vessels being idled or on lay-up, waiting at anchorage for orders or idling due to port congestion at loading or discharging ports delaying the availability of the vessels, and in certain cases by geographical dislocation of vessels due to unforeseen factors such as extreme weather conditions.

The world fleet of drybulk vessels has increased materially since January 2009, almost doubling since then. The total world drybulk fleet was approximately 790 million deadweight tons as of the beginning of the third quarter of 2016; drybulk vessels of 40,000 – 220,000 dwt comprised approximately 633 million deadweight of the world’s drybulk tonnage. The growth of the world drybulk fleet has been tapering off since 2014 when the freight market materially declined, reflecting minimal newbuilding activity, slippage, delays and cancellations with newbuilding vessels on order, and increased demolition activity. Drybulk tonnage supply can fluctuate as it depends on many factors; however, based on present trends and all else being equal, it is expected that the world drybulk fleet will marginally decrease in the next couple of years; it is worth noting that the last time that the world’s drybulk fleet declined was in 1987.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When one takes into consideration the different asset classes of drybulk vessels, the following chart confirms that most of the drybulk fleet development has occurred prior to early 2015. Fleet growth has been tapering off since then; most notably, fleet growth for panamax vessels has remained constant in the last year, at around 195 million deadweight tons.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The existing fleet of drybulk vessels numbered approximately 7,300 vessels between 40,000 and 220,000 dwt, with a total capacity of approximately 633 million dwt at the beginning of the third quarter of 2016, according to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. The larger size vessels such as Newcastlemax and Capesize vessels which primarily transport iron ore and coal number approximately 1,430 in the world fleet, totaling approximately 250 million deadweight ton capacity and having an average age of 7.4 years. Panamax class drybulk vessels of 65,000 – 100,000 dwt (class that includes Kamsarmax, Panamax, Neo-panamax and Mini Capes) which primarily are engaged in the transport of coal, iron ore and grains, number approximately 2,440 vessels worldwide, totaling approximately 196 million deadweight tonnage and averaging approximately 8.8 years of age. Supramax class drybulk vessels (class that includes Handymax, Supramax and Ultramax vessels), which are primarily engaged in the transport of grains, bauxite, minor bulk, break bulk, coal, number approximately 3,410 vessels in the world fleet, totaling approximately 186 million deadweight tonnage and having an average age of 8.1 years. An overview of our fleet is set out in the table below:

Category
Size in dwt
Vessels, no.
Total dwt (mil)
Average age
Newcastlemax / Capesize
100,000 - 220,000
1,426
250.5
7.4
Panamax
65,000 - 100,000
2,442
196.5
8.8
Supramax
40,000 - 65,000
3,409
186.0
8.1
Total
 
7,277
633.0
 

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The average age of the total drybulk world fleet of 40,000 – 220,000 dwt is approximately 8.1 years, with similar average age of the various size segments. The economic useful life of drybulk vessels depends on construction standards and maintenance, but can generally be estimated to around 25 years.

About 70% of our world fleet, as measured in cargo capacity, is less than 10 years old. About 5% of our fleet is above 20 years, and likely subject to scrapping partially due to technical obsolesce and economic inefficiencies.

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Construction of New Vessels

According to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., the worldwide drybulk vessel (sizes 40,000 – 220,000 dwt) orderbook stands at approximately 86 million dwt as of the middle of September 2016, corresponding to approximately 12% of the existing fleet. In particular, the outstanding orderbook for Newcastlemax / Capesize vessels stand at approximately 10% of the existing world fleet with 130 such vessels on order; the Panamax outstanding orderbook represents approximately 11% of the world’s existing similarly-sized fleet, with 274 vessels on order; in the Supramax market segment, approximately 30.1 million deadweight tons are on order, representing approximately 16% of the world fleet, with approximately 495 vessels on order.

The following table sets forth the orderbook in the various segments of the drybulk fleet, including the contracted year of delivery:

Vessel Type
Scheduled Delivery (in mil dwt)
Present
Fleet
Total Orderbook
2016
2017
2018+
Total
Orderbook
(as % of Present
Fleet, mil dwt)
Newcastlemax / Capesize
15.9
6.3
2.9
25.1
250.5
10.02%
Panamax
11.1
7.9
2.6
21.6
196.5
10.99%
Supramax
16.8
11.2
2.1
30.1
186.0
16.18%
Overall
43.8
25.4
7.6
76.8
633.0
12.40%

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., as of beginning of third quarter of 2016.

The backlog orderbook of 12% is sizeable in absolute terms but it is materially lower in comparison to the recent past when it had been as high as 25% of the world’s outstanding fleet. Given vessels have 25 years design life, the outstanding orderbook can still be considered cause for concern for tonnage oversupply.

Given the weak state of the freight market, drybulk vessels on order had been delayed in their delivery from the shipbuilders, which we refer to as slippage, as shipowners and shipbuilders agree on later deliveries. Slippage benefits the drybulk freight market in the short term as fewer vessels compete for cargoes; slippage also keeps the shipbuilders occupied for a longer period of time and blocking shipbuilding slot availability for additional newbuilding orders. Quantifying slippage and contract cancellations is difficult in a weak market, as typically shipowners and shipbuilders do not necessarily wish to report or publicize cancelled deals for reputational

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reasons. According to the estimates by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., slippage has averaged two months for the overall drybulk fleet in the last year, approximately 2% of the outstanding capesize orderbook has been converted to tanker orders, while approximately 5% of the Supramax orderbook has been cancelled due to prolonged delays by the shipbuilders.

Several shipyards have experienced challenges with meeting contracted delivery terms. As much as approximately one-fifth of the orderbook has been placed with shipyards that have limited construction experience, to which we refer as “green field” yards. The ability of these yards to complete orders in a timely manner remains uncertain. Several yards have also experienced liquidity challenges from reduced order intake and a difficult financing environment, although some of this is mitigated by government aid to shipyards and owners, especially in Asia. Given the weak state of the freight market, shipowners are keen to refuse delivery of the vessels from shipbuilders beyond the contractual deadlines for delivery or when the vessels are of inferior quality; typically such vessels eventually find their way to the market, but still with further delays (once legal, arbitration, refund procedures have been addressed) and the vessels have been sold to new buyers. Thus, it can be expected that actual deliveries of the total number of the remaining drybulk vessels on order may take place later than contracted, and that the net fleet growth in each period may be lower.

The extent of such cancellations in the future is uncertain, as is the extent of postponement of contracts based on agreement between owners and yards.

Several owners with vessels on order have been interested in cancelling their orders, due to a decline in earnings and ship prices and limited financing availability. Shipyards are less willing to accept such cancellations, but may have to do so if delays go beyond contracted dates. Shipbuilding contracts normally allow owners to cancel the order if the vessel is not delivered within a set time frame, often 180 or 270 days, after the contracted delivery date.

Besides the state of the freight market, shipbuilding activity is influenced by availability of financing whether in the form of direct financing for the shipowner (buyer) or via export credit and other financing arrangements from the country of the shipbuilder. Presently, shipping finance is available on a limited basis and for exceptionally strong clients, leaving the majority of the shipowning community underfunded; this is especially true for newbuilding financing which always has been a more complicated form of shipping finance. Similarly, export credit financing has stopped as China has been shifting its macro-economic strategy from an industrial economy to a service economy and has stopped stimulating their shipbuilding industry; likewise, export credit in South Korea has materially been diminished as the focus of the government has been shifting of directly supporting ailing shipbuilders. Given the weak state of the shipping finance market, in the opinion of Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., shipbuilding activity is expected to remain subdued in the foreseeable future, which will maintain drybulk tonnage supply at approximately currently projected levels.

Demolition of Drybulk Vessels

Commercial, ocean-going drybulk vessels have 25 years design life. Vessels at the end of their commercial lives are withdrawn from the market and are sold for demolition (scrapping). The age and time at which vessels are sold for demolition can vary depending not only on the age and condition of the vessel but also on other indirect factors such as the state of the freight market. When vessels trade in strong freight markets, shipowners typically hold on to their vessels until the last possible moment, despite the increasing operating and maintenance expenses which increase as a vessel gets older. When the freight market is weak and the prospects of a market recovery are poor, vessels may be destined for demolition before the end of their design life as shipowners do not wish to keep operating uneconomic vessels or undertaking capital investments and passing statutory dry-dockings and other enhanced maintenance. Typically, in weak freight markets, the level of demolition activity increases.

The following chart illustrates the demolition activity since January 2009, which in general looks inversely related to the state of the drybulk market. 2013, when the freight market had been relatively strong, demolition

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

activity had been minimal, while since 2014, when the freight market had been establishing all-time lows, demolition activity has increased substantially, with capesize demolition levels increasing threefold between 2014 and 2016 on an annualized basis and panamax drybulk vessel demolitions almost doubling in the same period.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Vessel Values

Newbuilding and Secondhand Markets

Vessels can be acquired through an order for a newbuilding vessel to a shipbuilder or by purchase in the second-hand market of a vessel from another shipowner. Each acquisition method has its trade-offs.

Orders for newbuilding vessels require a lead-time from the time of the order until delivery. It takes about nine months to one year for the actual construction of a drybulk vessel; however, due to backlog of orders in certain cases several years might be required until the delivery of a vessel. Typically the cost of a newbuilding vessel is higher than the cost of a second-hand comparable vessel, at least in a typical freight market when no premium for prompt ownership is paid. The placing of a newbuilding contract usually requires that the shipowner undertakes the supervision of the construction, but the payment for the vessel is extended over a period of time commensurate with the delivery of the vessel. In exchange for the higher cost of the acquisition, the shipowner takes delivery of a brand new vessel conforming to the latest standards and with a design and customization, if any, of their choosing that might be specifically suitable to the shipowners’ expertise in certain trades.

Newbuilding activity varies during the phases of the business cycle, as newbuilding contracts are placed when future expectations are robust and newbuilding prices are comparatively low to expected future earnings. Similarly, newbuilding prices can vary during the business cycle and can be influenced by the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates. In the last decade, high levels of new ordering were recorded across most sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly. However, after the financial events of 2008 and the drop in trade and freight rates, there has been a significant slow down in placing new orders and also a drop in the prices of newbuilding contracts. Since 2014 specifically, when drybulk freight rates deteriorated, export credit financing dried up and the overall lack of debt financing has driven down newbuilding activity and prices for newbuilding contracts.

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The following chart illustrates newbuilding prices for drybulk vessels in the three main asset classes, Capesize, Panamax and Supramax drybulk vessels, since January 2009 until the end of August 2016:


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The second method of vessel acquisition, purchase in the second-hand market, allows for immediate possession of a vessel and therefore immediate generation of revenue. At times of high freight rates, there is increased demand for vessels in the second-hand market due to vessels’ earnings potential. Therefore second-hand vessel prices can vary in comparison to newbuilding prices, and at times of very strong freight rates, second-hand vessels may be valued significantly higher than newbuilding contracts. The drawback of acquiring vessels in the second-hand market is that one acquires a vessel that was ordered and maintained to another shipowner’s standards, and therefore due diligence is required during the negotiations for the acquisition of a vessel in the second-hand market. The sale and purchase (S&P market) of vessels in the second-hand market is competitive and transparent and usually involves the assistance of sale and purchase shipbrokers.

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unlike the newbuilding market where the shipowner has broader options from choosing the shipbuilder to opting for additional modifications with the vessel design, buyers of vessels in the secondary market have to accept the vessel as offered for sale by the previous owner. Besides the strength of the freight market and availability of financing that affect pricing of vessels in the secondary market, the vessel’s shipbuilder, design and specification, equipment list onboard and also the state of its maintenance can also materially impact vessel prices. Vessels built at inferior or “green field” yards or vessels which are poorly equipped and maintained are priced at discount to the market. The discount level that can range from 10% to 40%, on average, and generally is more pronounced in weak markets. Also, vessels built at inferior or “green field” yards or vessels which are poorly equipped and maintained generally depreciate on a steeper negatively sloped curve, as there is smaller or softer buying interest for such vessels. Dealing with quality tonnage built at quality shipyards and kept to high maintenance standards is a critical sign of a good shipowner with good business practices.

The following chart illustrates second-hand prices for drybulk vessels in the Capesize, Panamax and Supramax vessels; specifically for five-year old vessels based on indexed data produced on sales reports between January 2009 and August 2016.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

In general, drybulk vessel asset pricing has been weak reflecting a weak freight market and also lack of debt financing for the shipping industry.

Employment of Drybulk Vessels

Types of Charter

Drybulk vessels in general may be operated either in the spot market or the period market, which can further be sub-divided into the time charter market or the bareboat charter market.

In the spot market (voyage charter or trip time charter), the vessel is employed for one voyage at a time; after the voyage, new employment has to be found at market prevailing rates. Depending on the position of the vessel at the end of the voyage and the state of the market, prevailing market conditions might be higher or lower than the terms of the voyage charter just ended. Since these charters are entered at prevailing market rates, the charter rate reflects market conditions and therefore offers the potential for higher rates in an improving market, but also the risk of lower rates at in a declining market.

In the period market, the vessel is employed for a period of time, which can vary from a few months to several years. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides to the charterer a fully operational and crewed vessel for a period of time against payment of a fixed rate by the charterer. In exchange for the fixed charter rate

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

paid by the charterer, the vessel owner is responsible for the costs of the vessel operation, the cost of capital, and any profit to the owner. A time charter type of employment provides a certain degree of stability and predictability for the vessel owner and the charterer as it shields both from market exposure during the period of the charter.

Under a bareboat charter, the vessel is employed at a fixed rate for a period of time but in this case the charterer assumes the operation of the vessel. The bareboat fixed rate is to cover the cost of capital and any profit to the owner, but not the cost of operation since this is borne directly by the charterer. These charters tend to be longer than time charters, and may be likened to financial leasing arrangements. Bareboat charters give an even higher degree of stability and predictability than time charters to the vessel owner, by transferring the risk of cost changes to the charterer.

Dynamics of the Drybulk Charter market

The drybulk market is fragmented and highly competitive with no one owner or charterer exerting monopolistic control over the market. The market is characterized by a high number of participants, shipowners and charterers, where vessel owners compete for cargoes and charters, and where cargo owners and charterers compete for vessels. Although charters may be entered into on private terms, most charters are fixed through the use of shipbrokers and reported through market channels available to the industry.

Drybulk freight rates historically have been influenced by long- and short-term supply and demand factors, including factors such as available export volumes from countries rich in raw materials (commodities), world economic growth, geopolitical events, and demand for specific drybulk cargoes and commodities on a seasonal basis. Historically, drybulk freight rates have shown significant volatility.

The following graph depicts indexed drybulk freight rates between January 2009 and the middle of September 2016 for the overall drybulk freight market as shown by the Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, and also for sub-segments of the drybulk market; specifically, indexed provided for the capesize, panamax and supramax drybulk market as shown by the Baltic Capesize Index, or BCI, the Baltic Panamax Index, or BPI, and the Baltic Supramax Index, or BSI. The indices are comprised daily by the Baltic Exchange and incorporate standard trading routes in each of the sectors for both the spot and the period market.

Source: The Baltic Exchange

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Present State of the Drybulk Market

Since the financial crisis of 2008, drybulk freight rates have weakened substantially. Drybulk freight rates have remained low and moved within a band since 2013 when the BDI shortly exceeded 4,000 points. In February 2016, the BDI dropped as low as 400 points, its worse recording since the inception of the index in the 1980’s. As of the middle of September 2016], the index stands at approximately 900 points, a material improvement in such short period of time. Overall, all segments of the drybulk market have shown improvement in the present environment since February 2016, with the Capesize market, showing the best performance.

Source: The Baltic Exchange

The weakness of the drybulk market since 2014 can be attributed to several factors, most important among them being deliveries of a substantial amount of newly built vessels from shipbuilders. The expansion of tonnage supply and China’s slowing down of importing raw materials and commodities, which has been detrimental for the drybulk freight market, especially for larger vessels such as Newcastlemax / Capesize and Panamax vessels whose primary trading routes serve such market.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following two charts illustrate the average drybulk freight market and the period charter market (for one-year time charter) for Newcastlemax / Capesize, Panamax and Supramax vessels since January 2009 until the middle of September 2016. As one would expect, there is a high level of correlation between the spot and the period charter market, and also with the drybulk Baltic Indices, showing a relative decline from 2009 until 2012, a strong performance in 2013, a weakening since early 2014 that lead to all time lows in February 2016 and a steady improvement till present.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The drybulk market is influenced by the supply of vessels in the market, and such vessel supply is primarily driven by construction and delivery of drybulk newbuildings. However, there are several other indirect drivers such as vessel idling, referred to as lay-ups, fleet utilization and also average trading speed, referred to as steaming speed, at which vessels proceed in laden condition from the loading to the discharge ports.

When the freight market is weak, shipowners may consider idling their vessels in order to minimize operating expenses while waiting for the freight market to improve. As one would expect, idling of vessels comes into focus when freight rates are below operating break-even levels, as this was the case in the last two years. There are two types of vessel idling, the so-called warm lay-up where vessels stop operating temporarily and remain anchored at select locations around the world with reduced crew; savings from warm lay-up can be up to 50% of the vessel’s ordinary daily operating expenses with the vessel in relatively ready condition to be reactivated and enter the market within short notice. Alternatively, the vessels can be prepared for cold lay-up when they can be de-activated for long periods of time (more than one year); cold lay-up typically can reduce the vessel’s daily operating expenses by as much as 90%; however, there is high preparation cost to de-active and then re-activate the vessel for and from the cold lay-up condition, and usually there can be a lag of more than one month; therefore, cold lay-ups are a high commitment strategy. When drybulk freight rates dropped significantly during the last two years, there have been reports of idling vessels, which however never reached high volumes. At worst, no more than 20% of the world fleet was at warm lay-up or more than 8% in cold lay-up when the market was at its worst in February 2016; now, with improved freight rates that match operating break-even levels, the world’s overall idling drybulk fleet is less than 8%. As a result, given the present state of the market, there is little idling spare tonnage capacity to enter the market.

Drybulk vessel supply is also influenced by the speed at which vessels move: faster moving vessel arrives to port sooner, discharges sooner and can be in the charter market sooner completing for new cargoes. One of the primary drivers for steaming speed is the price of bunkers as a vessel’s fuel consumption is a geometric function of the vessel’s speed; when bunker prices are expensive, vessel operators are motivated to trade their vessels at slower speeds in order to achieve fuel savings. Inversely, as is the case at present, where price of crude oil is relatively low, vessel operators are incentivized to trade their vessels at maximum speed since fuel savings are reflected in the low price of bunkers. Our estimates indicate that the world drybulk fleet presently trades at significantly above vessel’s average speed of 13 knots, and we estimate that world fleet drybulk vessel supply has increased by 15% given the higher trading speed of our fleet. Given that vessel’s speed is highly correlated to the price of crude oil, we expect drybulk vessel supply to decrease (via lowering steaming speeds) once the price of crude oil starts increasing from the currently low historical levels.

Global Drybulk Demand and Drybulk Vessels Demand

Overview

The business function of the maritime transport, in general, and the drybulk vessel industry, in particular, is to bridge producers and consumers in the drybulk cargoes, raw materials and commodities markets. Drybulk vessels are utilized for the transportation of commodities ranging from large parcels over long distances (380,000 tons of iron ore per shipment from Brazil to China on a Very Large Ore Carrier, or VLOC) to shipments as small as a few thousand tons within local markets and regions (special cargo vessels of 5,000 dwt).

For the Newcastlemax / Capesize, Panamax and Supramax drybulk vessels, the primary commodities are iron ore, thermal coal, metallurgical coal, grains, and minor bulk.

Iron Ore

Iron ores are rocks from which metallic iron can be extracted. Iron ore is the raw material used to make pig iron, which is one of the main raw materials to make steel. It is estimated that 98% of the global supply of iron ore is used to make steel, which accounts for over 90% of all metals used in the world. Iron ore, one of the most abundant rock elements, constitutes approximately 5% of the Earth’s crust and has been mined commercially in approximately fifty countries. Countries with the highest production of iron are China, Australia, Brazil, India and Russia. Ores containing very high quantities of hematite or magnetite (greater than ~60% iron) are known as ‘natural ore’ or ‘direct shipping ore’ and can be fed directly into iron-making blast furnaces. The quality of iron ore from Australia and Brazil is considered to be of the highest caliber, and these two countries constitute the top exporters of iron ore worldwide. Mining for iron ore is a capital-intensive industry and the mining industry is dominated by a handful of major participants, such as Vale in Brazil, Rio Tinto Group, BHP Billiton and Fortescue Metals in Australia.

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Steel is extensively utilized in the construction of structures and products inherent to modern daily life, such as high-rise buildings, bridges, machinery, engines, cars, trains and ships, but also piping, roofs, nails, nuts, bolts, tools, and white goods. Production of crude steel worldwide, excluding China, has grown in aggregate by 17% during the last twenty-five years to reach approximately 800 million metric tons. However, during the same period, China’s crude steel production has increased by more than twenty-fold to more than 800 million metric tons, comprising the majority in world market share.


Source: World Steel Association; Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co

China’s production of crude steel is dependent upon both domestic production of iron ore but primarily on imports of iron ore from abroad, namely from Australia and Brazil. Chinese production of 62% Fe content iron ore is relatively expensive to produce and of lower quality, and an increasing share of imported iron ores are used for the production of crude steel.


Source: Bloomberg and National Bureau of Statistics China

China’s iron ore imports approximated one-half billion metric tons in the first half of 2016, indicated a 9% increase over the same period from the previous year. It is estimated that in 2016 China’s imports of iron ore will exceed one billion tons, for the first time ever. Approximately 77% of China’s iron ore imports are sourced from Australia and Brazil. In the next five years, approximately 90% of China’s iron ore is expected to be sourced from Australia and Brazil, according to a recent study by the Australia Department of Industry.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

According to a current presentation by BHP Billiton, one of world’s largest mining companies, approximately 70% of the world’s iron ore exports originate from Australia and Brazil at present, while by 2030, it is projected that close to 88% of iron exports will originate from those two regions, indicating the increasing importance of a handful of mining companies in those two regions. We expect that concentration of export market share to fewer but larger major participants will result in demand for shipowners with large and efficient fleets with critical mass and a solid capital structure.


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., BHP Billiton

According to a current presentation by Rio Tinto, one of world’s largest mining companies, demand for iron ore is projected to grow by 2.0% CAGR until 2030, primarily driven from demand from emerging markets excluding China. Such demand growth is substantial over such extended period of time and will be a positive development for the capesize trade.

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Rio Tinto

Coal

According to the Energy International Agency (EIA), coal is a combustible black or brownish-black sedimentary rock with a high amount of carbon and hydrocarbons. Coal is classified as a nonrenewable energy source since it takes millions of years to form, and contains the energy stored by plants that lived hundreds of millions of years ago in swampy forests. Coal was formed as the plants were covered by layers of dirt and rock over millions of years, and the resulting pressure and heat turned the plants into the substance now known as coal.

Coal is classified into four main types (ranks) based on the amount of carbon contained, which is an indicator of the commodity’s calorific value:

Lignite (~25%–35% carbon) with the lowest energy content of all coal ranks.
Subbituminous (~ 35%–45% carbon) of lower heating value than bituminous coal.
Bituminous (~45%–86% carbon) is the most abundant rank of coal found. Bituminous coal is used to generate electricity, and it is an important fuel and raw material for making iron and steel.
Anthracite (~86%–97% carbon) with highest heating value and mainly used by the metals industry.

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: University of Kentucky

Coal is primarily used for the production of energy and electricity. It is estimated that approximately 33% of the electricity generated in the United States in 2015 was derived from coal. Power plants produce steam by burning coal, and the steam, in turn, is used to turn turbines to generate electricity. Such coal of high calorific value is referred to as steaming coal. Another major use of coal is for the production of steel. High quality bituminous coal (preferably low in sulfur and phosphorous content) can be heated in the absence of air to produce ‘coke’ which further can be processed to produce iron and steel. Such coal is typically referred to as metallurgical coal or coking coal, to distinguish it from steaming coal used for the production of energy. Due to its better quality and the higher value of the end product, coking coal is priced significantly higher than steaming coal. The demand drivers can be distinct for each type of coal and therefore can be analyzed separately.

Steaming Coal

According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) and its International Energy Outlook 2016, worldwide coal production is expected to grow from approximately 9 billion (short) tons in 2016 to more than 10 billion (short) tons in 2040. Most of the production growth is expected to take place in Australia, India and China who are expected to see their global market share to increase from 60% at present to 64% by 2040. However, it should be noted, that despite the additional production capacity in China, the country’s overall market share in the world coal production stage will drop from 48% in 2016 to 44% in 2040, indicating the country’s dependence on additional coal imports from overseas.

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: EIA

According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, and its International Energy Outlook 2016, coal is expected to remain the second-largest energy source worldwide until 2030 (behind petroleum and other liquids). Between 2030 and 2040, coal is expected to drop to the third place, after liquid fluids and natural gas. Under such scenario, world coal demand is expected to keep growing by 0.6% per annum, from approximately 157 quadrillion BTU in 2016 to 180 quadrillion BTU in 2040. Still, when Clean Power Plan (CPP) regulations come into effect, demand for coal is expected to be 175 quadrillion BTU in 2040.


Source: EIA

The United States of America, or U.S., India and China have been the top three global consumers of coal, a status expected to be maintained throughout EIA’s projections till 2040. Coal demand in the U.S. is expected to remain relatively flat under the reference case, or to drop by approximately 20% by 2040 under the CPP scenario. The latter scenario potentially can be considered a positive development for the seaborne trade of coal as US-produced coal is of high quality and lower consumption in the US may lead to a great share for exports, increasing the seaborne trade. Coal demand in India is expected to keep growing and by 2030, India is expected to surpass the USA to become world’s second largest consumer and increase its market share from approximately 9% at present to 14% in 2014. Most of the coal demand in India is expected to be fulfilled by increased

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

domestic production; however, we expect that there will be increased collateral seaborne demand growth from both coal imports by and exports from India, as higher production will lead to increased exports. Coal demand in China is expected to keep increasing in the next decade by slightly more than 2% per annum , but it is expected to fall overall from approximately 52% at present to 46% of the world coal consumption in 2040.


Source: EIA

The U.S. is the largest coal consumer among the countries of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, accounting for more than 40% of OECD consumption between 2012 and 2040, under a normal Reference Case scenario. Under a Clean Power Plan, or CPP, scenario, coal consumption is expected to decline in the US and European OECD countries, gradually, until 2040. However, overall OECD coal demand worldwide will increase in the same time interval, driven by increased consumption from Asian OECD countries such as South Korea. The following chart from EIA’s most recent annual review underlines that even OECD countries will continue to play an important role in the growing consumption for coal.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: EIA

Consumption of coal is much greater for non-OECD countries, close to 115 quadrillion Btu in 2016 (vs. only 42 quadrillion Btu for OECD countries at the same time), and the expected growth in such consumption will be very important in absolute terms, given the greater baseline. Consumption of coal is expected to grow to 137 quadrillion Btu by 2040, implying a 0.8% annual growth for all non-OECD countries, according to EIA. Consumption will be much more pronounced for non-OECD Asian countries, primarily India and China, the groups top two consumers. India is expected to account for almost one-half of the increase in coal consumption from 2012 to 2040. China is the leading consumer of coal in the world, using an estimated 80 quadrillion Btu in 2016, which is one-half of the world’s consumption, and four times as much of the coal consumption of the US, the world’s second largest coal consumer.


Source: EIA

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

China’s coal demand has been monumental during the last decade, when it grew by more than 30%. While demand for coal has slowed down in China in the last couple of years due to economic deceleration, industry restructuring and new energy and environment policies, it is projected that overall demand for coal will remain important to China’s economy.


Source: EIA

China is simultaneously the world’s largest coal producer and also consumer, and to a great extent, the country is self-sufficient with thermal coal, despite the strong growth in demand in the last decade. The domestic coal mining industry had been well supported by state policies and also domestic banks for its capital needs, and accordingly, approximately 78% of the country electricity demands have been met by burning coal. Anecdotal evidence of major air pollution in China’s main metropolitan areas has led to commitments by President Xi in 2014 to stop increasing CO2 emissions from growing after 2030, and ambitious plans to replace coal and natural gas with renewables as primary source of power after such date. In the interim, in addressing immediate pollution concerns, there has been an effort to replace burning of domestic coal – which is typically of lower quality and with higher concentrations of contaminants, with higher quality imported coal. In March 2016, it was announced that a five-day working week was to be implemented in order to curtail production.

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., Enerdata

Reduced domestic coal production in 2016 has been achieved by drawing down from coal inventories at major Chinese ports. Inventories of imported thermal coal stands substantially lower than average inventories of the last two years, implying that there will be a need, at least in the short term, for increased coal imports to replenish inventories and supplement lowered domestic supply by mining fewer hours per week.


Source: Morgan Stanley

Metallurgical Coal

Metallurgical coal (also known as met coal or coking coal or even coke) is the type of coal primarily sold to steel mills and used in the integrated steel mill process –as opposed to thermal coal utilized for the production of energy.

For the production of steel, the two key resources that are required are iron ore and coking coal. Coke is used to convert the iron ore into molten iron. Coke is made by heating coking coal to about 2000°F (1100°C) in the absence of oxygen in a coke oven. The lack of oxygen prevents the coal from burning. The coking process drives off various liquids, gases and volatile matter. The remaining solid matter forms coke, a solid mass of nearly pure carbon.

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Metallurgical coal has similar geographic distribution with thermal coal, and countries such as Australia and China dominate world production. Similarly, since the utility of met coal is associated with steel production, in parallel with iron ore, consumption of met coal is concentrated to steel producing countries and driven by the dynamics of the steel market.

According to BHP Billiton’s 2016 Annual Report, for metallurgical coal, “uneconomic high-cost supply continued to be slowly withdrawn from the seaborne market. However, prices remained subdued as industry-wide cost reductions and weaker producer currencies against the US dollar supported continued production from marginal suppliers. Prices are expected to moderate in the short term as committed growth projects ramp-up production and demand growth remains modest. The key uncertainty for the seaborne market is how China’s domestic supply will respond to government capacity controls, which have the potential to impact seaborne demand. The long-term outlook remains robust, as the supply of premium hard coking coal becomes scarce and demand is driven by steel production growth in emerging markets, particularly India.”

In the short term, seaborne trade of metallurgical coal in 2016 was lower by approximately 3% than the last year, to an estimated annualized 240 million tons. However, in the short term, as working hour restrictions have been placed on Chinese coal mines since early in this year.


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Grains

Grains (wheat, corn, soybean, rice) are a distinct type of cargo for drybulk vessels, comprising approximately 15% of the worldwide seaborne drybulk trade by volume, according to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. Grains primarily are traded on Panamax and Supramax vessels with major trades from grain producing countries to grain importing countries, notably Japan, China, S. Korea and Saudi Arabia. Typically, populous countries with little arable land or poor climatological conditions are prime candidates for the import of grains, whether for human consumption (nutrition) or livestock feed. The trade of grains can be influenced by macro-economic factors and the development of a middle class worldwide, but also it is influenced by several external factors, including political factors. In Argentina, a major grain producing and exporting country, the new government has lifted the export tax on farmers for grains, which effectively as of December, 2015 opened Argentina’s grain stockpiles to the world market. Ukraine is another major grain producing countries presently facing geo-political uncertainty which may favorably impact the seaborne trade of grains if production is affected by geo-political events in the country. Growing grains requires favorable weather conditions, and the expected weather patterns of El Niño and La Niña in the next two years, especially in the Pacific Rim, is expected to disruption grain production which will entail higher volume of imports from producing countries not affected by these weather phenomena.

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

According to the International Grains Council, global wheat production in 2016 is estimated to reach all time high at 743 tons, with wheat production in the United States reaching 45 tons, a 25% increase since 2015. As a result, world grains storage facilities are approaching full capacity while the price of grains has dropped by 70% since 2008 (presently below $4/bushel for US wheat). Increased production and lower commodity prices can have a positive effect in the drybulk market, especially for Panamax and Supramax vessels. For the next two years, Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. estimates that increased ton-mile demand to be among the highest in the drybulk market, in the range of 4-5%.


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Senior Management

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our current directors and executive officers. Members of our board of directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director elected holds office for a three-year term. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece.

Name
Age
Position
Director Class
Stamatios Tsantanis
44
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer & Director
A (term expires in 2019)
Christina Anagnostara
45
Director
B (term expires in 2017)
Elias Culucundis
73
Director*
A (term expires in 2019)
Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
69
Director*
C (term expires in 2018)
* Independent Director

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and our executive officer is set forth below.

Stamatios Tsantanis has been a member of our board of directors and our chief executive officer since October 1, 2012. Mr. Tsantanis has also been the Chairman of our Board of Directors since October 1, 2013 and our Interim Chief Financial Officer since November 1, 2013. Mr. Tsantanis brings more than 18 years of experience in shipping and finance and held senior management positions in prominent shipping companies. Prior to joining us, from September 2008 he served as Group Chief Financial Officer of Target Marine S.A. and was responsible for its corporate and financial strategy. Mr. Tsantanis previously served as the Chief Financial Officer and as a Director of Top Ships Inc. from its initial public offering and listing on NASDAQ in 2004 until September 2008. Prior to that, he was an investment banker at Alpha Finance, a member of the Alpha Bank Group, with active roles in a number of shipping corporate finance transactions. Mr. Tsantanis holds a Master’s degree in Shipping Trade and Finance from the City University Business School in London, and a Bachelor’s degree in Shipping Economics from the University of Piraeus.

Christina Anagnostara served as our chief financial officer from November 17, 2008 until October 31, 2013 and has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2008. From February 2007 to November 2008, she served as chief financial officer and a board member for Global Oceanic Carriers Ltd, a drybulk shipping company listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, or AIM. Between 1999 and 2006, she was a senior manager at EFG Audit & Consulting Services, the auditors of the Geneva-based EFG Group, an international banking group specializing in global private banking and asset management. Prior to working at EFG Group, she worked from 1998 to 1999 in the internal audit group of Eurobank EFG, a bank with a leading position in Greece; and between 1995 and 1998 as a senior auditor at Ernst & Young Hellas, SA, Greece, the international auditing firm. Ms. Anagnostara studied Economics in Athens and has been a Certified Chartered Accountant since 2002.

Elias Culucundis has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Since 2006, Mr. Culucundis has been an executive member of the board of directors of Hellenic Duty Free Shops S.A. Since 1999, Mr. Culucundis has been president, chief executive officer and director of Equity Shipping Company Ltd., a company specializing in starting, managing and operating commercial and technical shipping projects. From 2002 until 2010, Mr. Culucundis was a member of the board of directors of Folli Follie S.A. Additionally, from 1996 to 2000, he was a director of Kassian Maritime Shipping Agency Ltd., a vessel management company operating a fleet of ten bulk carriers. During this time, Mr. Culucundis was also a director of Point Clear Navigation Agency Ltd, a marine project company. From 1981 to 1995, Mr. Culucundis was a director of Kassos Maritime Enterprises Ltd., a company engaged in vessel management. While at Kassos, he was initially a technical director and eventually ascended to the position of chief executive officer, overseeing a large fleet of Panamax, Aframax and VLCC tankers, as well as overseeing new vessel building contracts, specifications and the construction of new vessels. From 1971 to 1980, Mr. Culucundis was a director and the chief executive officer of Off Shore Consultants Inc. and Naval Engineering Dynamics Ltd. Off Shore Consultants Inc. He worked in Floating Production, Storage and Offloading vessel, or FPSO, design and construction and responsible

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for the technical and commercial supervision of a pentagon-type drilling rig utilized by Royal Dutch Shell plc. Seven FPSOs were designed and constructed that were subsequently utilized by Pertamina, ARCO, Total and Elf-Aquitaine. Naval Engineering Dynamics Ltd. was responsible for purchasing, re-building and operating vessels that had suffered major damage. From 1966 to 1971, Mr. Culucundis was employed as a Naval Architect for A.G. Pappadakis Co. Ltd., London, responsible for tanker and bulk carrier new buildings and supervising the technical operation of our fleet. He is a graduate of Kings College, Durham University, Great Britain, with a degree in Naval Architecture and Shipbuilding. He is a member of several industry organizations, including the Council of the Union of Greek Shipowners and American Bureau of Shipping. Mr. Culucundis is a fellow of the Royal Institute of Naval Architects and a Chartered Engineer.

Dimitris Anagnostopoulos has been a member of our board of directors since May 2009. Mr. Anagnostopoulos has over forty years of experience in shipping and ship finance. His career began in the 1970’s at Athens University of Economics followed by four years with the Onassis Group in Monaco. Mr. Anagnostopoulos has also held various posts at the National Investment Bank of Industrial Development (ETEBA), Continental Illinois National Bank of Chicago, the Greyhound Corporation, and with ABN AMRO, where he has spent nearly two decades with the Bank as Senior Vice-President and Head of Shipping. In June 2010 he was elected a board member of the Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. Mr. Anagnostopoulos has been a speaker and panelist in various shipping conferences in Europe, and a regular guest lecturer at the City University Cass Business School in London and the Erasmus University in Rotterdam. He is a member (and ex-vice chairman) of the Association of Banking and Financial Executives of Greek Shipping. In 2008 he was named by the Lloyd’s Organization as Shipping Financier of the Year.

No family relationships exist among any of the directors and executive officers.

Board Practices

Our directors do not have service contracts and do not receive any benefits upon termination of their directorships. Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating committee and a shipping committee. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Dimitris Anagnostopoulos and Elias Culucundis. Our board of directors has determined that the members of the audit committee meet the applicable independence requirements of the Commission and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Dimitris Anagnostopoulos is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” under the Commission’s rules and the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

The audit committee has powers and performs the functions customarily performed by such a committee (including those required of such a committee by NASDAQ and the Commission). The audit committee is responsible for selecting and meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other matters, audits and the adequacy of our accounting and control systems.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Dimitris Anagnostopoulos and Elias Culucundis, each of whom is an independent director. The compensation committee reviews and approves the compensation of our executive officers.

Nominating Committee

Our nominating committee consists of Messrs. Elias Culucundis and Dimitris Anagnostopoulos, each of whom is an independent director. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors.

Shipping Committee

We have established a shipping committee. The purpose of the shipping committee is to consider and vote upon all matters involving shipping and vessel finance in order to accelerate the pace of our decision making in respect of shipping business opportunities, such as the acquisition of vessels or companies. The shipping industry

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

often demands very prompt review and decision-making with respect to business opportunities. In recognition of this, and in order to best utilize the experience and skills that our directors bring to us, our board of directors has delegated all such matters to the shipping committee. Transactions that involve the issuance of our securities or transactions that involve a related party, however, shall not be delegated to the shipping committee but instead shall be considered by the entire board of directors. The shipping committee consists of three directors. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Charter of the Shipping Committee, two of the directors on the shipping committee are nominated by Jelco and one of the directors on the shipping committee is nominated by a majority of our board of directors and is an independent member of the board of directors. The members of the shipping committee are Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis and Ms. Christina Anagnostara, who are Jelco’s nominees, and Mr. Elias Culucundis, who is the Board’s nominee.

In order to assure the continued existence of the shipping committee, our board of directors has agreed that the shipping committee may not be dissolved and that the duties or composition of the shipping committee may not be altered without the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of our board of directors. In addition, the duties of our chief executive officer, who is currently Mr. Tsantanis, may not be altered without a similar vote. These duties and powers include voting the shares of stock that Seanergy owns in its subsidiaries. In addition to these agreements, we have amended certain provisions in its articles of incorporation and by-laws to incorporate these requirements.

As a result of these various provisions, in general, all shipping-related decisions will be made by Jelco’s appointees to our board of directors unless 80% of the board members vote to change the duties or composition of the shipping committee.

Employees

We currently have one executive officer, Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis. In addition, we employ Ms. Theodora Mitropetrou, our general counsel, and a support staff of nineteen employees.

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid our executive officers and directors aggregate compensation of $0.3 million. Our executive officers are employed by us pursuant to employment and consulting contracts.

Each member of our board of directors receives a fee of $20,000 per year. The Shipping Committee fee has been suspended from July 1, 2013 until the board of directors decides otherwise. The aggregate director fees paid by us for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $80,000, $80,000 and $263,500, respectively.

On January 12, 2011 our board of directors adopted the Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The Plan was amended and restated on July 2, 2015, to increase the aggregate number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan from 583,334 shares to 4,283,334 shares. The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. Under the Plan, our officers, key employees, directors, consultants and service providers may be granted incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, and unrestricted stock at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. Any awards granted under the Plan that are subject to vesting are conditioned upon the recipient’s continued service as an employee or a director of the Company, through the applicable vesting date.

On October 1, 2015, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 189,000 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the Plan. Of the total 189,000 shares issued, 36,000 shares were granted to our board of directors and the other 153,000 shares were granted to certain of our other employees. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $3.70 and will be expensed over three years. The shares to our board of directors will vest over a period of two years, which commenced on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 12,000 shares vested, on October 1, 2016, 12,000 shares vested, and 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017. All the shares granted to certain of our employees will vest over a period of three years, commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 25,000 shares vested, on October 1, 2016, 33,000 shares vested, 44,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017 and 51,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2018.

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreement for the Acquisition of Seven Vessels

On August 6, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These included all of the vessels in our current fleet other than Leadership . We took delivery of the seven vessels between September and December 2015. The acquisition costs of the seven vessels were funded with proceeds from a $44.4 million senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship and Gloriuship , a $52.7 million secured term loan facility with Unicredit Bank AG to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership , Gladiatorship and Guardianship , a $33.8 million secured loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Squireship , a $39.4 million secured term loan facility with Natixis to partly finance the acquisition of the Championship , the Share Purchase Agreement and an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note issued to Jelco initially for an amount up to $6.8 million.

Share Purchase Agreements

On June 24, 2014 we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, which are all companies affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares for $1.134 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with a share purchase agreement discussed above, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares to each of Plaza and Comet. Our Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On June 27, 2014, we completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on June 27, 2014.

On September 29, 2014 we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, which are all companies affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares for $0.96 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with a share purchase agreement discussed above, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares to each of Plaza and Comet. Our Board of Directors obtained an updated fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On September 30, 2014, we completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on September 30, 2014.

On December 19, 2014 we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares for $1.11 million, equal to a price per share of $1.25, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with a share purchase agreement discussed above, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares to Jelco. Our Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange. On December 30, 2014, we completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on December 30, 2014.

On March 12, 2015 we entered into a share purchase agreements with Jelco, an entity affiliated with one of our major shareholders, and Stamatios Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares to Jelco for $4.5 million and 333,400 of our common shares Mr. Tsantanis for $0.3 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90, and on the same date we entered into registration rights agreements with Jelco and Mr. Tsantanis with respect to these common shares. Our Board of Directors obtained fairness opinions from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange.

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 10,022,240 of its common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9.0 million. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the capital market multiples and the discounted cash flow methods. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of 3,889,980 common shares was sold for $3.5 million. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of 2,655,740 common shares was sold for $2.4 million. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of 3,476,520 common shares was sold for $3.1 million. The transaction was approved by an independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. The note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $0.2 million, along with a balloon installment of $2.0 million payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. We have the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this prospectus, we have deferred two installments due for payment on March 19, 2016 and on September 16, 2016 to the final maturity date. At Jelco’s option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of November 25, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the note.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following seven amendments to the note between December 2015 and June 2016, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. The Applicable Limit will be reduced by $3.1 million each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The aggregate outstanding principal is repayable on September 10, 2020, however, principal is also repayable earlier to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal exceeds the Applicable Limit (as it may be reduced from time to time). The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. At Jelco’s option, our obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of November 25, 2016, $21.2 million was outstanding under the note.

Jelco Loan Facility

On October 4, 2016, we entered into the Jelco Loan Facility, initially a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, to fund the initial deposit for the Additional Vessels. On November 17, 2016 and November 28, 2016, we entered into amendments to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that may be borrowed under the facility to up to $12.8 million and extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2018 and (ii) the date falling 14 months from the final drawdown date, and the maturity date may, in certain circumstances, be extended to the earlier of (i) February 28, 2019 and (ii) the date falling 26 months from the final drawdown date. The Jelco Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 9% and is repayable in one bullet payment together with accrued interest thereon on the maturity date. The margin may be decreased to LIBOR plus 7% upon a $5 million prepayment by the Company. The Jelco Loan Facility further provides that we are required to prepay Jelco (i) in the event of any public offering by us of our common shares, an amount equal to 25 percent of the net offering proceeds and (ii) $1.9 million upon the delivery of the second of the Additional Vessels. The Jelco Loan Facility is secured by second priority mortgages and general assignments covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation on the Additional Vessels, and the vessel owning subsidiaries that will acquire the Additional Vessels have provided a guarantee to Jelco for our obligations under this facility. As of November 28, 2016, $12.8 million was outstanding under the Jelco Loan Facility.

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Commercial Real Estate Sublease Agreement

We previously leased our executive office space in Athens, Greece pursuant to the terms of a sublease agreement between Seanergy Management and Waterfront S.A., a company affiliated with a member of the Restis family. The initial sublease was subsequently amended, including on January 1, 2015 to provide that for the remaining term of the sublease agreement the sublease fee would be EUR 25,000 and that the term of the agreement was extended to January 31, 2015, on February 1, 2015 to extend the sublease term to February 28, 2015, and on March 13, 2015 to extend the sublease term to March 15, 2015, at a lease payment of EUR 12,500, following which we relocated our executive office space to premises owned by an unaffiliated third party.

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK AND WARRANTS

For the complete terms of our capital stock, please refer to our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our second amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The Business Corporation Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or the BCA, may also affect the terms of our capital stock.

For purposes of the following description of capital stock, references to “us,” “we” and “our” refer only to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and not any of its subsidiaries.

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

Authorized Capitalization

Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 registered common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 21,999,410 shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and 25,000,000 registered preferred shares with par value of $0.0001, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. Our board of directors has the authority to establish such series of preferred stock and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such preferred stock.

Share History

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, originally under the name Seanergy Merger Corp., as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seanergy Maritime Corp. We changed our name to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. on July 11, 2008. Seanergy Maritime Corp.’s shares of common stock were originally listed on the American Stock Exchange. On October 15, 2008, Seanergy Maritime Corp.’s shares of common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. Following the dissolution of Seanergy Maritime Corp., our shares of common stock started trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on January 28, 2009. Effective December 21, 2012, we transferred our stock listing to the Nasdaq Capital Market. The following information gives effect to a one-for-five reverse stock split of our common shares that became effective on January 8, 2016.

On January 31, 2012, we completed an equity injection plan with four entities affiliated with the Restis family. In exchange for $10 million, we issued an aggregate of 928,324 of our common shares to the four entities at a price of $10.7721 per share.

On June 24, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza Shipholding Corp., or Plaza, and Comet Shipholding Inc., or Comet, which are both companies affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares for $1.134 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with such share purchase.

On September 29, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares for $0.96 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with such share purchase.

On December 19, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, which is a company affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares for $1.11 million, equal to a price per share of $1.25, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with such share purchase.

On March 12, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreements with Jelco and our Chief Executive Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares for $4.5 million to Jelco and 333,400 of our common shares to our Chief Executive Officer for $0.3 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90. On the same date, we entered into registration rights agreements with Jelco and our Chief Executive Officer with respect to these common shares.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On September 7, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, under which we sold 10,022,240 of our common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9.0 million or $0.90 per share. On the same date, we entered into registration rights agreement with Jelco with respect to these common shares.

On August 5, 2016, we sold 1,180,000 of our common shares in a registered direct offering to an unaffiliated institutional investor at a public offering price of $4.15 per share.

On November 18, 2016, we sold 1,305,000 of our common shares in a registered direct offering to unaffiliated institutional investors at a public offering price of $2.75 per share.

Class A Warrants

Duration and Exercise Price

Each Class A Warrant offered hereby will have an exercise price per share equal to $    per common share. The Class A Warrants will be immediately exercisable and will expire on the fifth anniversary of the original issuance date. The exercise price and number of common shares issuable upon exercise is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of share dividends, share splits, reverse share splits, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common shares. The exercise price and number of common shares issuable upon exercise is also subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of extraordinary dividends and other distributions, which does not include regularly or other periodic dividends that we may initiate in the future. The Class A Warrants will be issued separately from the common shares, and all of the Class A Warrants may be transferred separately immediately thereafter. A Class A Warrant to purchase     common shares will be issued for every one share sold in this offering.

Exercisability

The Class A Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice accompanied by payment in full for the number of common shares purchased upon such exercise (except in the case of a cashless exercise as discussed below). A holder (together with its affiliates and any persons acting together with the holder as a group) may not exercise any portion of a Class A Warrant to the extent that the holder would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common shares after exercise, except that upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may increase or decrease the amount of ownership of outstanding shares after exercising the holder’s Class A Warrants, as applicable, up to 9.99% of the number of our common shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Class A Warrants. No fractional common shares will be issued in connection with the exercise of a Class A Warrant. In lieu of fractional shares, we will round down to the next whole share. We and the warrant agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Class A Warrants are registered in the applicable warrant register as the absolute owner of such Class A Warrants for the purpose of any exercise.

Cashless Exercise

If, at the time a holder exercises its Class A Warrant, there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for an issuance of, the shares underlying the Class A Warrants, then in lieu of making the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to us upon such exercise in payment of the aggregate exercise price, the holder may elect instead to receive upon such exercise (either in whole or in part) the net number of common shares determined according to a formula set forth in the Class A Warrant.

Fundamental Transactions

In the event of any fundamental transaction, as described in the Class A Warrants, and generally including any merger with or into another entity, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, tender offer or exchange offer, or reclassification of our common shares, then upon any subsequent exercise of a Class A Warrant, the holder will have the right to receive as alternative consideration, for each share of our common shares that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such fundamental transaction, the number of common shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of our company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable upon or as a result of such transaction by a holder of the

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of shares of our common shares for which the Class A Warrants are exercisable immediately prior to such event. In addition, in the event of a fundamental transaction that is (1) an all cash transaction, (2) a “Rule 13e-3 transaction” as defined in Rule 13e-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or (3) a fundamental transaction involving a person or entity not traded on a trading market, we or any successor entity will be required to purchase, at a holder’s option, exercisable at any time concurrently with or within thirty (30) days after the consummation of the fundamental transaction, such holder’s Class A Warrants for cash in an amount equal to the value of the unexercised portion of such holder’s Class A Warrants, determined in accordance with the Black-Scholes option pricing model as specified in the Class A Warrants.

Transferability

Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth in the Class A Warrants, the Class A Warrants may be transferred at the option of the holder upon surrender of the Class A Warrants to us together with the appropriate instruments of transfer.

Listing

We have applied to list the Class A Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW”. However, no assurance can be given that an active trading market for the Class A Warrants will develop and continue. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Class A Warrants will be limited.

Right as a Shareholder

Except as otherwise provided in the Class A Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of our common shares, the holders of the Class A Warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common shares, including any voting rights, until they exercise their Class A Warrants.

Waivers and Amendments

Subject to certain exceptions, any term of the Class A Warrants may be amended or waived with our written consent and the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Class A Warrants.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. The note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $0.2 million, along with a balloon installment of $2.0 million payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest at three month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. We have the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this prospectus, we have deferred two installments due for payment on March 19, 2016 and on September 16, 2016 to the final maturity date. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The holder also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of November 25, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the note.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following certain amendments to the note, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. The Applicable Limit will be reduced by $3.1 million each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The aggregate outstanding principal is repayable on September 10, 2020, however, principal is also repayable earlier to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal exceeds the Applicable Limit (as it may be reduced from time to time). The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The holder also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of November 25, 2016, $21.2 million was outstanding under the note.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Bylaws

Under our second amended and restated bylaws, annual shareholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings of the shareholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called for any purpose or purposes at any time exclusively by the board of directors. Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders shall be given at least 15 but not more than 60 days before such meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Directors

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors.

The board of directors must consist of at least one member and not more than thirteen. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his term of office. The board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of our board of directors, and to members of any committee, for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of our company. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

Election and Removal

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our second amended and restated bylaws provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the BCA, our shareholders generally have the right to dissent from the sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. However, the right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the appraised fair value of his shares is not available under the BCA for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of the shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-takeover Provisions of our Charter Documents

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Limited Actions by Shareholders

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws provide that only our board of directors may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares and the warrant agent for our Class A Warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

Our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. We have applied to list the Class A warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW”.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARE OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information, of which we are aware as of November 25, 2016, regarding (i) the beneficial owners of five percent or more of our common shares and (ii) our executive officers and directors individually and as a group. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each common share held.

Identity of Person or Group
Number of
Shares Owned
Percent of Class
Claudia Restis (1)
 
44,502,664|
 
 
89.5
%
CVI Investments, Inc. (2)
 
1,180,000|
 
 
5.4
%
Stamatios Tsantanis
 
333,400
 
 
1.5
%
Christina Anagnostara
 
 
 
 
*
Elias Culucundis
 
 
 
 
*
Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
 
 
 
 
*
Directors and executive officers as a group (4 individuals)
 
369,533
 
 
1.7
%
* Less than one percent.
(1) Based on Schedule 13D/A filed by Jelco, Comet and Claudia Restis on August 25, 2016. Claudia Restis may be deemed to beneficially own 43,649,230 of our common shares through Jelco and 853,434 of our common shares through Comet, each of which is controlled through a revocable trust of which she is the beneficiary. The shares Claudia Restis may be deemed to beneficially own through Jelco include (i) 4,222,223 shares that Jelco may be deemed to beneficially own, which shares are issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco and (ii) 23,516,667 shares that Jelco may be deemed to beneficially own, which shares are issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco.
(2) Based on Schedule 13G filed by CVI Investments, Inc. and Heights Capital Management, Inc. on August 12, 2016. Heights Capital Management, Inc. is the investment manager to CVI Investments, Inc. and as such may exercise voting and dispositive power over these shares.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation, second amended and restated bylaws and the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States, including Delaware. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands, and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as Delaware or other courts in the United States. Accordingly, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests under Marshall Islands law in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. Further, the Marshall Islands lacks a bankruptcy statute, and in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Company, the bankruptcy laws of the United States or of another country having jurisdiction over the Company would apply. The following table provides a comparison between certain statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Shareholder Meetings
 
 
 
 
Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.
May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
 
 
 
 
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
 
 
 
 
May be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands.
May be held in or outside of Delaware.
 
 
 
 
Notice:
Notice:
 
 
 
 
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.
 
 
 
 
A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Voting Rights
 
 
 
 
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
 
 
 
 

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
 
 
 
 
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or the bylaws, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the common shares entitled to vote at a meeting.
For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.
 
 
 
 
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
 
 
 
 
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
 
 
 
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
 
 
 
 
Removal:
Removal:
 
 
 
 
If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.
Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote except: (1) unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (2) if the corporation has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.
Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.
 
 
 
 
Directors
 
 
 
 
Number of board members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.
Number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
 
 
 
 
If the board of directors is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board of directors and so long as no decrease in the number shortens the term of any incumbent director.
 
 

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal
 
 
 
 
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. However, the right of a dissenting shareholder under the BCA to receive payment of the appraised fair value of his shares is not available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of the shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed shares are the offered consideration or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
 
 
 
 
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or
 
 
 
 
 
 
Creates, alters or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Derivative Actions
 
 
 
 
An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time the action is brought and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.
In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort. Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attorneys’ fees may be awarded if the action is successful.
 
 
 
 
 
 
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the common shares have a value of less than $50,000.
 
 

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and Marshall Islands tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock and warrants as well as the material U.S. federal and Marshall Islands income tax consequences applicable to us and our operations. The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our common stock and/or warrants that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; or
an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are not described as a U.S. Holder and are not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to Non-U.S. Holders is described below under the heading “United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders.”

This discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our common stock or warrants through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our common stock or warrants, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that will own and hold our common stock and warrants as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions or “financial services entities”;
broker-dealers;
taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting;
tax-exempt entities;
governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
insurance companies;
regulated investment companies;
real estate investment trusts;
certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting shares;
persons that hold our common stock or warrants as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; or
persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This summary does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local or non-U.S. tax laws.

We have not sought, nor will we seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the description herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.

Because of the complexity of the tax laws and because the tax consequences to any particular holder of our common stock and warrants may be affected by matters not discussed herein, each such holder is urged to consult with its tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock and warrants, including the applicability and effect of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws, as well as U.S. federal tax laws.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

Taxation of Operating Income: In General

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to United States federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a shipping pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, code sharing arrangements or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to as “shipping income,” to the extent that the shipping income is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, exclusive of certain U.S. territories and possessions, constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as “U.S. source gross shipping income.”

Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. We are prohibited by law from engaging in transportation that produces income considered to be 100% from sources within the United States.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.

For our 2015 taxable year, we did not have any U.S. source gross shipping income and consequently we were not subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax.

We may, however, realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequent taxable years. If we realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequent taxable year, we would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions for such taxable year, as described in “ – Taxation in the Absence of Exemption,” unless we qualify for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, the requirements of which are described in detail below.

Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation

Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on our U.S.-source shipping income if:

we are organized in a foreign country (our “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and
more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” that are persons (i) who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States, and (ii) we satisfy certain substantiation requirements, which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test;” or
our stock is “primarily” and “regularly” traded on one or more established securities markets in our country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The jurisdictions where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated grant “equivalent exemptions” to United States corporations. Therefore, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our U.S. source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.

50% Ownership Test

Under the regulations, a foreign corporation will satisfy the 50% Ownership Test for a taxable year if (i) for at least half of the number of days in the taxable year, more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned, directly or constructively through the application of certain attribution rules prescribed by the regulations, by one or more shareholders who are residents of foreign countries that grant “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States and (ii) the foreign corporation satisfies certain substantiation and reporting requirements with respect to such shareholders. Holders of warrants will not be treated as constructive owners of shares for purposes of the 50% Ownership Test.

These substantiation requirements are onerous and therefore there can be no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. Even if we were not able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test for a taxable year, we may nonetheless qualify for exemption from tax under Section 883 if we are able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test, which is described below.

Publicly-Traded Test

The regulations provide that the stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during the taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country.

Under the regulations, the stock of a foreign corporation will be considered “regularly traded” if one or more classes of its stock representing 50% or more of its outstanding shares, by total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and by total combined value of all classes of stock, are listed on one or more established securities markets (such as NASDAQ Capital Market), which we refer to as the “listing threshold.”

The regulations further require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing requirement: (i) such class of the stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least sixty (60) days during the taxable year or one-sixth (1/6) of the days in a short taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year. Even if a foreign corporation does not satisfy both tests, the regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied by a class of stock if such class of stock is traded on an established market in the United States and such class of stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class of stock are owned, actually or constructively under specified attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own directly or indirectly 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of stock, who we refer to as “5% Shareholders.” We refer to this restriction in the regulations as the “Closely-Held Rule.”

For purposes of being able to determine our 5% Shareholders, the regulations permit a foreign corporation to rely on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the Commission. The regulations further provide that an investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

Additionally, holders of warrants will not be treated as constructive owners of shares for purposes of the Closely Held Rule.

The Closely-Held Rule will not disqualify a foreign corporation, however, if it can establish or substantiate that qualified shareholders own, actually or constructively under specified attribution rules, sufficient shares in the closely-held block of stock to preclude the shares in the closely-held block that are owned by non-qualified

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5% Shareholders from representing 50% or more of the value of such class of stock for more than half of the days during the tax year. These substantiation requirements are onerous and consequently there can be no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them.

Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurance that we or any of our subsidiaries will qualify for the benefits of Section 883 of the Code for our 2016 or subsequent taxable year.

Taxation in Absence of Exemption

To the extent the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our U.S. source gross shipping income, to the extent not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, otherwise referred to as the “4% Tax.” Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% Tax.

To the extent the benefits of the Section 883 exemption are unavailable and our U.S. source gross shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S. source gross shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the U.S. federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

Our U.S. source gross shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and
substantially all of our U.S. source gross shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our U.S. source gross shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

Allocation of Purchase Price

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of cash paid for shares of common stock and warrants at their original offering must be allocated between the common stock and the warrants on the basis of their relative fair market values. The allocation of the purchase price to common stock and warrants is relevant to the timing and manner of inclusion of income with respect to the common stock and warrants as described below.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Common Stock

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, any distributions made by us with respect to common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us.

Dividends paid on common shares to a U.S. Holder which is an individual, trust, or estate (a “U.S. Non-Corporate Holder”) will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such shareholders at preferential U.S. federal income tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NASDAQ Global Market on which the common shares were listed and the Nasdaq Capital Market on which the common shares are currently listed); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be); (3) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) certain other conditions are met.

Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”—generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted basis in a common share—paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Shares

Assuming we do not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in the common shares is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Exercise, Sale, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition of Warrants

Neither we nor a U.S. Holder of a warrant will recognize gain or loss as a result of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of our common stock upon exercise of a warrant. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares received will be an amount equal to the sum of (i) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the warrant exercised plus (ii) the amount of the exercise price for the warrant. If the warrants lapse without exercise, the U.S. Holder will recognize capital loss in the amount equal to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the warrants. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for common shares received upon exercise of a warrant will commence on the date the warrant is exercised.

Upon the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of a warrant, the U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss to the extent of the difference between the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property received in exchange therefor and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrant. Any such gain or loss recognized by a holder upon the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of a warrant will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the warrant has been held for more than one year.

The exercise price of a warrant is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If an adjustment increases a proportionate interest of the holder of a warrant in the fully diluted common stock without proportionate adjustments to the holders of our common stock, U.S. Holder of the warrants may be treated as having received a constructive distribution, which may be taxable to the U.S. Holder as a dividend.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock or warrants in a foreign corporation classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held our common shares or warrants, either:

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the corporation during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income, which includes bareboat hire, would generally constitute “passive income” unless we are treated under specific rules as deriving rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Based on our current operations and future projections, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, our belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, we believe that such income does not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and Internal Revenue Service pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. It should be noted that in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the Internal Revenue Service or a court could disagree with this position. In addition, although we intend to conduct its affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, there can be no assurance that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election is referred to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to the common shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2013, a U.S. Holder would be required to file an IRS Form 8621 for the year with respect to such holder’s common stock.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election, which U.S. Holder is referred to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report each year for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of the our ordinary earnings and its net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common shares and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares. A U.S. Holder would make a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with his, her or its U.S. federal income tax return. After the end of each taxable year, we will determine whether we were a PFIC for such taxable year. If we determine or otherwise

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

become aware that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with all necessary information, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable such holder to make a QEF election for such taxable year. A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its ownership of a warrant.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Mark-to-Market Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as anticipated, our common stock is treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder. The mark-to-market election is generally available to U.S. Holders of warrants.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

Finally, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock or warrants in a taxable year in excess of 125 percent of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common stock or warrants), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock or warrants. Under these special rules:

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holders’ aggregate holding period for the common stock or warrants;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year before we became a passive foreign investment company would be taxed as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

These penalties would not apply to a pension or profit sharing trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow funds or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common stock or warrants. If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such Non-Electing Holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such stock or warrants.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to our common stock generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our common stock or warrants unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case such gain from United States sources may be subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally should be subject to tax in the same manner as for a U.S. Holder and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

A Non-U.S. Holder will not recognize any gain or loss on the exercise or lapse of the warrants.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our common stock within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker by a non-corporate U.S. Holder. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances.

In addition, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax, currently at a rate of 28%, generally should apply to distributions paid on our common stock to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our common stock by a non-corporate U.S. Holder, who:

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or
fails in certain circumstances to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding generally should be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, certain individuals who are Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, the common shares, unless the shares held through an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under this legislation.

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payment of dividends by us to its shareholders, and holders of our common stock or warrants that are not residents of or domiciled or carrying on any commercial activity in the Marshall Islands will not be subject to Marshall Islands tax on the sale or other disposition of our common stock or warrants.

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Maxim Group LLC is acting as the Representative and sole book-running manager have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of units indicated below:

Name
Number of common shares and
Class A Warrants
Maxim Group LLC
 
      
 
Total
 
      
 

The underwriters are offering the common shares and Class A Warrants subject to their acceptance of the common shares and Class A Warrants from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common shares and Class A Warrants offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common shares and Class A Warrants offered by this prospectus if any such common shares and Class A Warrants are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the common shares and Class A Warrants covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

We have agreed to pay the underwriters a cash fee equal to eight percent (8%) of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in this offering. We have also agreed to issue to the Representative a warrant to purchase that number of common shares equal to an aggregate of five percent (5%) of the common shares sold in the offering, including the additional common shares that the underwriters may purchase at their option (or        shares in total). Such Representative’s Warrant will be non-exercisable for 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, shall have an exercise price equal to $          per share, which is 125% of the public offering price, will provide for cashless exercise and shall terminate three years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and otherwise have the same terms as the Class A Warrants sold in this offering except that (1) they will not be subject to redemption by the Company and (2) if a registration statement is not available to use to sell the underlying shares, for a period of seven years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, they will provide for unlimited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the underlying shares, and, (3) if a registration statement is not available to use to sell the underlying shares, for a period of five years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, one demand registration of the sale of the underlying common shares at our expense and an additional demand registration at the warrant holders’ expense. Such Representative’s Warrant will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1) in that, except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the Representative’s Warrant shall not be (A) sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or (B) the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person except as permitted by FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2).

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus supplement, to purchase up to an additional        common shares and/or        Class A Warrants at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised in whole or in part, and may be exercised more than once, during the 45 day option period. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional common shares and Class A Warrants as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of common shares and Class A Warrants listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The Representative has advised us that it proposes to offer the common shares and Class A Warrants to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $       per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $       per share to certain brokers and dealers. After

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

this offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the Representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The following table shows the price per common share and Class A Warrant and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional        common shares and/or        Class A Warrants.

 
Total
 
Per Common
Share and
Class A
Warrant
No
Exercise
Full
Exercise
Public offering price
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us:
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
         
 
$
         
 
$
         
 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $      . We have also agreed to pay the Representative accountable expenses, including legal fees for Representative’s legal counsel, at the closing of the offering in an aggregate amount of up to $100,000. The Representative is entitled to an advance against expenses of $30,000, of which $15,000 has been advanced as of the date of this prospectus. Any advance received will be included in the aggregate expense reimbursement cap of $100,000, and any advances received must be returned to us if not offset by actual out-of-pocket expenses.

Our common shares trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. We have applied to list the Class A Warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW”.

Subject to certain exceptions, we, all of our executive officers and directors, and certain affiliates have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the Representative to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 120 days after the date of the closing of this offering.

The Representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lockup agreements, the Representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

In addition, during the lock-up period, we will not be permitted, subject to certain exceptions, to file any registration statement relating to, and each of our executive officers, directors and the aforementioned shareholders have agreed not to make any demand for, or exercise any right relating to, the registration of any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, without the prior written consent of the Representative.

Upon the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will enter into an underwriting agreement with the Representative. The terms of the underwriting agreement provide that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certain certificates, opinions and letters from us, our counsel and our auditors.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common shares and Class A Warrants, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common shares and Class A Warrants. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more common shares and Class A Warrants than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

is no greater than the number of common shares and Class A Warrants available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market. In determining the source of common shares or Class A Warrants to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of common shares and Class A Warrants compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell common shares or Class A Warrants in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market to stabilize the price of our common shares or Class A Warrants. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our common shares or Class A Warrants above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common shares or Class A Warrants. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification between the underwriters and us against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and for contribution by us and the underwriters to payments that may be required to be made with respect to those liabilities. We have been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, indemnification liabilities under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore, unenforceable.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The Representative may agree to allocate a number of common shares and Class A Warrants to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates from time to time have performed investment banking, commercial banking and advisory services to us, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time perform investment banking and advisory services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.

Maxim Group LLC acted as our placement agent for a registered direct offering of our common shares to an institutional investor in August 2016. Under FINRA Rule 5110, Maxim Group LLC’s compensation for the registered direct offering included a right of first refusal to participate to act as our underwriter or placement agent in future offerings for a period of 12 months from the commencement of sales of the August 2016 offering, will be included in the aggregate compensation payable to Maxim Group LLC for this offering.

Selling Restrictions

Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Shares Generally

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the common shares and Class A Warrants or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common shares and Class A Warrants may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common shares and Class A Warrants may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

In addition to the public offering of the common shares and Class A Warrants in the United States, the underwriters may, subject to the applicable foreign laws, also offer the common shares and Class A Warrants to certain institutions or accredited persons in certain countries.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any common shares or Class A Warrants may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares or Class A Warrants may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of common shares or Class A Warrants shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common shares or Class A Warrants in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common shares or Class A Warrants to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any common shares or Class A Warrants, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the common shares or Class A Warrants in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

We estimate the expenses in connection with the distribution of our securities in this offering, other than underwriting discounts, will be as set forth in the table below.

Commission registration fee
$
4,694.00
 
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Filing fee
$
6,575.00
 
Printing expenses
$
*
 
Legal fees and expenses
$
*
 
Accounting fees and expenses
$
*
 
Miscellaneous fees
$
*
 
Total
$
*
 
* To be provided by amendment.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered by this prospectus and certain other legal matters relating to United States and Marshall Islands law are being passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 (including the schedule appearing therein) appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1d to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The address of Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A. is 8B Chimarras str., Maroussi, 151 25 Athens, Greece and it is registered as a corporate body with the public register for company auditors-accountants kept with the Body of Certified Auditors-Accountants, or SOEL, Greece with registration number 107.

The details on the industry trends in “Prospectus Summary—Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends” and on the drybulk newbuilding order book in “Risk Factors―Risks Relating to Our Industry― An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability,” and the section titled “The Drybulk Shipping Industry” have been prepared by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., our industry expert, who has confirmed to us that such sections accurately describe the international drybulk market.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to the common shares, Class A Warrants and Representative’s Warrant offered hereby. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement on Form F-1 means the original registration statement on Form F-1 and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement on Form F-1 we filed. Each statement made in this prospectus concerning a document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 is qualified by reference to that exhibit for a complete statement of its provisions. The registration statement on Form F-1, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information Provided by the Company

We will furnish holders of our common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. While we furnish proxy statements to shareholders in accordance with the rules of Nasdaq, those proxy statements do not conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” our officers and directors are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to short swing profit reporting and liability.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Commission allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the information we file with, and furnish to it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those filed or furnished documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus. However, statements contained this prospectus or in documents that we file with or furnish to the Commission and that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus will automatically update and supersede information contained in this prospectus, including information in previously filed or furnished documents or reports that have been incorporated by reference into this prospectus, to the extent the new information differs from or is inconsistent with the old information. We hereby incorporate by reference the documents listed below:

our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016; and
our reports on Form 6-K furnished to the Commission on June 16, 2016, excluding the statements attributed to Stamatis Tsantanis, August 5, 2016, September 29, 2016 and November 18, 2016 .

We will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon his or her written or oral request, a copy of any or all documents referred to above which have been or may be incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You may obtain a copy of these documents by writing to or telephoning us at the following address: Attn: General Counsel Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece, Tel: +30 210 8913507. Alternatively, copies of these documents are available via our website (http://www.seanergymaritime.com/). The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income/(loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 18.1. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and schedule have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1d to the consolidated financial statements, the Company reports a working capital deficit and estimates that it may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain its continuing operations for a reasonable period of time, that in turn raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Note 1d describes management’s plans to address this issue. The consolidated financial statements and schedule do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.

April 20, 2016

Athens, Greece

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands of US dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Notes
2015
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
3,304
 
 
2,873
 
Restricted cash
 
 
 
 
50
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
 
 
 
1,287
 
 
30
 
Inventories
5
 
2,980
 
 
 
Other current assets
6
 
657
 
 
304
 
Total current assets
 
 
8,278
 
 
3,207
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessels, net
7
 
199,840
 
 
 
Office equipment, net
 
 
40
 
 
61
 
Total fixed assets
 
 
199,880
 
 
61
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred charges
2
 
1,194
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
8
 
718
 
 
 
Current portion of convertible promissory notes
3
 
103
 
 
 
Trade accounts and other payables
9
 
5,979
 
 
264
 
Due to related parties
4
 
 
 
105
 
Accrued liabilities
 
 
2,296
 
 
223
 
Deferred revenue
 
 
154
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
9,250
 
 
592
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred finance costs
8
 
176,787
 
 
 
Long-term portion of convertible promissory notes
3
 
31
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
 
186,068
 
 
592
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
11
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at December 31, 2015 and 2014; 19,522,413 and 3,977,854 shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
12
 
2
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
3
 
337,121
 
 
307,559
 
Accumulated deficit
 
 
(313,839
)
 
(304,883
)
Total Stockholders’ equity
 
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Income / (Loss)
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Notes
2015
2014
2013
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
 
 
 
 
11,661
 
 
2,075
 
 
23,838
 
Commissions
 
 
 
 
(438
)
 
(65
)
 
(759
)
Vessel revenue, net
 
 
 
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
 
 
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,274
)
 
(8,035
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
 
 
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
Voyage expenses - related party
3
 
 
 
(24
)
 
(313
)
Management fees - related party
3
 
 
 
(122
)
 
(743
)
Management fees
 
 
(336
)
 
 
 
(194
)
General and administration expenses
 
 
(2,804
)
 
(2,987
)
 
(3,966
)
General and administration expenses - related party
3
 
(70
)
 
(309
)
 
(412
)
Loss on bad debts
 
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(232
)
Depreciation
 
 
(1,865
)
 
(3
)
 
(982
)
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
2
 
 
 
 
 
(3,564
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
1
 
 
 
 
 
25,719
 
Gain on restructuring
1
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
Operating (loss) / income
 
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
Other income / (expenses), net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
13
 
(1,460
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
3 & 13
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
 
 
14
 
 
13
 
Loss on interest rate swaps
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8
)
Foreign currency exchange (losses) / gains, net
 
 
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
19
 
Total other expenses, net
 
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,365
)
(Loss) / income before taxes
 
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,906
 
Income tax benefit
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
Net (loss) / income
 
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
14
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
14
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Diluted
14
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share data)

 
Common stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total
stockholders’
equity /
(deficit)
 
# of Shares
Par Value
Balance, January 1, 2013
 
2,391,856
 
 
 
 
294,520
 
 
(396,138
)
 
(101,618
)
Cancellation of equity incentive plan shares
 
(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation (Note 15)
 
 
 
 
 
15
 
 
 
 
15
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,907
 
 
10,907
 
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
2,391,854
 
 
 
 
294,535
 
 
(385,231
)
 
(90,696
)
Related parties liabilities released (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
9,819
 
 
 
 
9,819
 
Issuance of common stock (Note 12)
 
1,586,000
 
 
 
 
3,205
 
 
 
 
3,205
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80,348
 
 
80,348
 
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
3,977,854
 
 
 
 
307,559
 
 
(304,883
)
 
2,676
 
Issuance of common stock (Note 12)
 
15,355,559
 
 
2
 
 
13,819
 
 
 
 
13,821
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
15,765
 
 
 
 
15,765
 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
(200
)
 
 
 
(200
)
Stock based compensation (Note 15)
 
189,000
 
 
 
 
178
 
 
 
 
178
 
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8,956
)
 
(8,956
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
19,522,413
 
 
2
 
 
337,121
 
 
(313,839
)
 
23,284
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars)

 
2015
2014
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) / income to net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
1,865
 
 
3
 
 
982
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
38
 
 
 
 
232
 
Amortization of deferred finance charges
 
72
 
 
 
 
1,090
 
Amortization of convertible promissory note beneficial conversion feature
 
334
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible promissory notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation
 
178
 
 
 
 
15
 
Loss on bad debt
 
30
 
 
38
 
 
 
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
(85,563
)
 
 
Impairment of vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
 
 
3,564
 
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
(25,719
)
Change in fair value of financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
8
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
(1,287
)
 
1,188
 
 
1,025
 
Inventories
 
(2,980
)
 
61
 
 
(1,005
)
Other current assets
 
(353
)
 
661
 
 
1,113
 
Deferred charges
 
(1,232
)
 
 
 
(1,041
)
Other non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
141
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
5,715
 
 
(1,884
)
 
(658
)
Due to related parties
 
(105
)
 
875
 
 
2,914
 
Accrued liabilities
 
1,990
 
 
(10,380
)
 
7,147
 
Deferred revenue
 
154
 
 
(205
)
 
315
 
Net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of vessels
 
(201,684
)
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from sale of vessels
 
 
 
105,959
 
 
3,998
 
Additions to office furniture & equipment
 
 
 
(64
)
 
 
Cash disposed of upon disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
(2,005
)
Cash paid at subsidiary disposal
 
 
 
 
 
(1,000
)
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
13,820
 
 
3,204
 
 
 
Proceeds from long term debt
 
179,047
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
 
15,765
 
 
 
 
 
Payments of financing costs
 
(930
)
 
 
 
 
Repayments of long term debt
 
(600
)
 
(94,443
)
 
(5,246
)
Repayments of convertible promissory notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash (retained)/released
 
(50
)
 
 
 
2,000
 
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
431
 
 
(202
)
 
(1,223
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
 
4,298
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
3,304
 
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
855
 
 
10,557
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information:

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Company” or “Seanergy”) was formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, with executive offices located in Athens, Greece. The Company provides global transportation solutions in the drybulk shipping sector through its vessel-owning subsidiaries.

On January 8, 2016, the Company effected a one-to-five reverse stock split on its issued and outstanding common stock (Note 16). In connection with the reverse stock split 181 fractional shares were issued. All share and per share amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and notes give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Seanergy”).

a. Disposal of Subsidiaries:

On January 29, 2013, Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (“MCS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, sold its 100% ownership interest in the four subsidiaries that owned the Handysize drybulk carriers Fiesta, Pacific Fantasy, Pacific Fighter and Clipper Freeway. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a gain from the sale of the four MCS subsidiaries, of $5,538.

On July 19, 2013, MCS sold its 100% ownership interest in the three subsidiaries that owned the Handysize drybulk carriers African Joy, African Glory and Asian Grace. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a gain from the sale of the three MCS subsidiaries of $20,181.

b. Disposal of Vessels:

On March 11, 2014, the Company closed on its delivery and settlement agreement with its then remaining lender, Piraeus Bank, for the sale of its then four remaining vessels, to a nominee of the lender, in exchange for a nominal cash consideration and full satisfaction of the underlying loan facilities. The Company provided a corporate guarantee for these facilities. The four vessels were the drybulk carriers M/V Bremen Max, M/V Hamburg Max, M/V Davakis G. and M/V Delos Ranger. In exchange for the sale, approximately $145,597 of outstanding debt and accrued interest were discharged and the Company’s guarantee was fully released.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a gain from the sale of the four remaining vessels under the facility agreements with Piraeus Bank of $85,563.

c. Vessels Acquisitions:

On December 23, 2014 the Company entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of a second hand Capesize vessel, the 2001, 171,199 DWT vessel M/V Leadership. The acquisition was funded by secured senior bank debt, as well as financing by one of the Company’s major shareholders. The transaction was approved by the Board of Directors. The vessel was delivered on March 19, 2015 (Note 7).

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholder to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels (Notes 3 and 7).

d. Going Concern:

The Company acquired eight vessels in 2015 in accordance with its business plan to grow the fleet on a sustainable basis.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all its financial covenants and asset coverage ratios contained in its debt agreements. Most financial covenants and asset coverage ratios will be tested commencing in 2017. Scheduled debt installment payments for 2016 amount to only $1,000, related to the Alpha Bank AE facility associated with the vessel Leadership. For the other facility agreements, debt repayments will commence in 2017 at the earliest.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Given the current drybulk charter rates, the Company’s cash flow projections indicate that cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover the liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2016.

The Company has relied on Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, a company affiliated with Claudia Restis, who is also the Company’s major shareholder, for both vessel acquisitions and general corporate purposes during 2015 and for further funding during 2016.

The Company also intends to apply additional measures to reduce potential cash flow shortfall if current drybulk charter rates remain at today’s historical low levels. The Company has undertaken a cost-cutting initiative to decrease its daily vessel operating expenses. The Company is also exploring raising additional equity from both capital markets and private investors.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Accordingly, they do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities, or any other adjustments that might result in the event the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

e. Subsidiaries in Consolidation:

Seanergy’s subsidiaries included in these consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

Company
Country of
Incorporation
Date of
Incorporation
Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Date of
Sale/Disposal
Financed by
Seanergy Management Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
May 9, 2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Seanergy Shipmanagement Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sea Glorius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Sea Genius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Leader Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
January 15, 2015
Leadership
March 19, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Premier Marine Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Premiership
September 11, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Gladiator Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Guardian Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Champion Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Championship
December 7, 2015
N/A
Natixis
Squire Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Squireship
November 10, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Pembroke Chartering Services Limited (4)
Malta
December 2, 2015
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Amazons Management Inc. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Davakis G.
August 28, 2008
March 6, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Lagoon Shipholding Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Delos Ranger
August 28, 2008
March 11, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Cynthera Navigation Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
March 18, 2008
African Oryx
August 28, 2008
April 10, 2013
Piraeus Bank
Martinique International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
May 14, 2008
Bremen Max
September 11, 2008
March 7, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Harbour Business International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
April 1, 2008
Hamburg Max
September 25, 2008
March 10, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Waldeck Maritime Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
African Zebra
September 25, 2008
February 15, 2012
Piraeus Bank
Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (1)
Bermuda
April 30, 2007
N/A
May 21, 2010
N/A
N/A
Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited (3)
Hong Kong
June 16, 2006
N/A
May 21, 2010
N/A
N/A
Maritime Glory Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Glory
May 21, 2010
December 4, 2012
HSBC

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Company
Country of
Incorporation
Date of
Incorporation
Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Date of
Sale/Disposal
Financed by
Maritime Grace Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Grace
May 21, 2010
October 15, 2012
HSBC
Atlantic Grace Shipping Limited (5)
British Virgin Islands
October 9, 2007
N/A
May 21, 2010
N/A
N/A
(1) Subsidiaries wholly owned
(2) Vessel owning subsidiaries owned by MCS
(3) Management company
(4) Chartering services company
(5) Dormant company
2. Significant Accounting Policies:
(a) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts and operating results of Seanergy and its wholly-owned subsidiaries where Seanergy has control. Control is presumed to exist when Seanergy through direct or indirect ownership retains the majority of voting interest. In addition, Seanergy evaluates its relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities and to assess whether it is the primary beneficiary of such entities. If the determination is made that the Company is the primary beneficiary, then that entity is included in the consolidated financial statements. The Company deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets when the Company no longer controls the subsidiary or group of assets, and a gain or loss is recognized. When the Company does not have a controlling interest in an entity, but exerts a significant influence over the entity, the Company applies the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany balances and transactions and any intercompany profit or loss on assets remaining with the Group have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

A parent company deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets when that parent company no longer controls the subsidiary or group of assets specified in ASC 810-10-40-3A. When control is lost, the parent-subsidiary relationship no longer exists and the parent derecognizes the assets and liabilities of the qualifying subsidiary or group of assets. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) concluded that the loss of control and the related deconsolidation of a subsidiary or derecognition of a group of assets specified in ASC 810-10-40-3A is a significant economic event that changes the nature of the investment held in the subsidiary or group of assets. Based on this consideration, a gain or loss is recognized upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or derecognition of a group of assets.

(b) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates include evaluation of relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities, determination of vessel useful lives, allocation of purchase price in a business combination, determination of vessels impairment and determination of goodwill impairment.

(c) Foreign Currency Translation

Seanergy’s functional currency is the United States dollar since the Company’s vessels operate in international shipping markets and therefore primarily transact business in US Dollars. The Company’s books of accounts are maintained in US Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies are translated into the United States dollar using exchange rates, which are in effect at the time of the transaction. At the balance sheet dates,

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in other currencies, are translated to United States dollars at the foreign exchange rate prevailing at year-end. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency translation are reflected in the consolidated statement of income/(loss).

(d) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions in which it places its deposits. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Customers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were:

Customer
2015
2014
2013
A
 
47
%
 
 
 
 
B
 
15
%
 
 
 
 
C
 
12
%
 
 
 
 
D
 
10
%
 
 
 
 
E
 
 
 
59
%
 
18
%
F
 
 
 
29
%
 
 
G
 
 
 
 
 
16
%
H
 
 
 
 
 
12
%
I
 
 
 
 
 
10
%
Total
 
84
%
 
88
%
 
56
%
(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Seanergy considers time deposits and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash is excluded from cash and cash equivalents. Restricted cash represents minimum cash deposits or cash collateral deposits required to be maintained with certain banks under the Company’s borrowing arrangements or in relation to bank guarantees issued on behalf of the Company. In the event that the obligation relating to such deposits is expected to be terminated within the next twelve months, these deposits are classified as current assets; otherwise they are classified as non-current assets.

(f) Accounts Receivable Trade, Net

Accounts receivable trade, net at each balance sheet date, includes receivables from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of a provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. The provision for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $43 and $13, respectively.

(g) Inventories

Inventories consist of lubricants and bunkers which are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined by the first in, first out method.

(h) Insurance Claims

The Company records insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to fixed assets and for insured crew medical expenses and for legal fees covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time the Company’s fixed assets

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

suffer insured damages or when crew medical expenses are incurred, recovery is probable under the related insurance policies, the claim is not subject to litigation and the Company can make an estimate of the amount to be reimbursed. The classification of the insurance claims into current and non-current assets is based on management’s expectations as to their collection dates.

(i) Vessels

Vessels acquired as a part of a business combination are recorded at fair market value on the date of acquisition. Vessels acquired as asset acquisitions are stated at historical cost, which consists of the contract price less discounts, plus any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (delivery expenses and other expenditures to prepare for the vessel’s initial voyage). Vessels acquired from entities under common control are recorded at historical cost. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are capitalized, when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

(j) Vessel Depreciation

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the vessels, after considering the estimated salvage value. Up to September 30, 2015, management estimated the useful life of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. On October 1, 2015, the Company changed that estimate to 25 years. This change increased depreciation expense by $289 (approximately $0.03 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015. Salvage value is estimated by the Company by taking the cost of steel times the weight of the ship noted in lightweight ton (“LWT”). Salvage values are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revisions of salvage values affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affects depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. On October 1, 2015, the Company revised the salvage value of its vessels. This change increased depreciation expense by $235 (approximately $0.02 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(k) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Vessels)

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as undiscounted projected operating cash flows, business plans to dispose a vessel earlier than the end of its useful life and prevailing market conditions, indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The current conditions in the drybulk market with decreased charter rates and decreased vessel market values are conditions that the Company considers indicators of a potential impairment for its vessels.

The Company determines undiscounted projected operating cash flows, for each vessel and compares it to the vessel’s carrying value. When the undiscounted projected operating cash flows expected to be generated by the use of the vessel and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount, the Company impairs the carrying amount of the vessel. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as determined by independent valuators. The undiscounted projected operating cash inflows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter equivalent for the non-fixed days (based on a combination of 2-year forward freight agreements and the median of the trailing 10-year historical charter rates available for each type of vessel) adjusted for brokerage commissions and expected outflows for scheduled vessels’ maintenance. The undiscounted projected operating cash outflows are determined by reference to the Company’s actual vessel operating expenses, assuming an average annual inflation rate of 2%. Fleet utilization excluding dry-docking off-hire days is determined by reference to the actual utilization rate of the Company’s fleet in the recent years.

The Company recorded net impairment loss of $NIL, $ NIL and $3,564 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $867 for the vessel African Oryx that was sold on April 10, 2013 and $10,697 for the vessels Davakis G. and Delos Ranger, which were measured at their fair values, upon classification of the vessels financed by the Piraeus Bank loan facilities to current assets as of June 30, 2013, as per the Company’s restructuring plan. This was partially offset

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

with the impairment re measurement of $1,000 relating to the UOB vessels, and the impairment re measurement of $7,000 of Davakis G. and Delos Ranger as of December 31, 2013. The impairment loss was measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the vessel exceeded its fair value less cost to sell, which was determined using the valuation derived from market data available at December 31, 2013.

(l) Office equipment, net

Equipment consists of computer software and hardware. The useful life of the computer software and hardware is 3 years. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis.

(m) Dry-Docking and Special Survey Costs

The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for dry-docking costs and special survey costs whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the expected date of the next dry-docking which is scheduled to become due in 2 to 3 years. Dry-docking costs which are not fully amortized by the next dry-docking period are expensed. In 2015, the Company changed the presentation of dry-docking and special survey costs on its consolidated statement of cash flows. Payments for dry-docking, shown as an adjustment to reconcile net income / (loss) to net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities was eliminated, and a new line “Deferred charges” under Changes in operating assets and liabilities was added to show gross additions for dry-docking and special survey costs.

(n) Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, environmental and remediation obligations and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

(o) Revenue Recognition

Voyage revenues are generated from time charters, bareboat charters and voyage charters. A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate, which is generally payable in advance. Some of the time charters also include profit sharing provisions, under which additional revenue can be realized in the event the spot rates are higher than the base rates under the time charters. A bareboat charter is a contract in which the vessel is provided to the charterer for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate, which is generally payable in advance. Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage at a specified charter rate per ton of cargo.

Time charter revenue, including bareboat hire, is recorded over the term of the charter agreement as the service is provided and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured. Under a time charter, revenue is adjusted for a vessel’s off hire days due to major repairs, dry dockings or special or intermediate surveys. Voyage charter revenue is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage, when a voyage agreement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, service is provided and the collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured. A voyage is deemed to commence upon signing the charter party or completion of previous voyage, whichever is later, and is deemed to end upon the completion of the discharge of the delivered cargo.

Deferred revenue represents cash received prior to the balance sheet date and is related to revenue applicable to periods after such date.

(p) Commissions

Commissions, which include address and brokerage commissions, are recognized in the same period as the respective charter revenues. Address commissions to third parties are included in Commissions. Brokerage commissions to third parties are included in Direct voyage expenses.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(q) Vessel Voyage Expenses

Vessel voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal, bunker expenses and brokerage commissions that are unique to a particular charter and are paid for by the charterer under time charter agreements and other non-specified voyage expenses.

(r) Repairs and Maintenance

All repair and maintenance expenses, including major overhauling and underwater inspection expenses are expensed in the year incurred. Such costs are included in Vessel operating expenses.

(s) Financing Costs

Underwriting, legal and other direct costs incurred with the issuance of long-term debt or to refinance existing debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized fees relating to loans repaid are expensed in the period the repayment is made.

Following the early adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03 “Interest – Imputation of Interest” to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs, effective December 31, 2015, the Company presents unamortized deferred financing costs as a reduction of long term debt in the accompanying balance sheets. There was no retrospective effect as the Company had neither debt nor debt issuance costs at December 31, 2014.

(t) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized, when applicable, for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in general and administration expenses.

Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited, the Company’s management office in Hong Kong, is subject to Hong Kong profits tax at a rate of 16.5% on the estimated assessable profit for the year.

Seanergy Management Corp. (“Seanergy Management”), the Company’s management company, established in Greece under Greek Law 89/67 (as amended to date), is subject to an annual contribution calculated on the total amount of foreign exchange annually imported and converted to Euros during 2012-2015 according to a tax bill passed in 2013 under the laws of the Republic of Greece. The tax bill was retroactive to 2012. The contribution to be paid in 2016 by Seanergy Management for 2015 is estimated at approximately $32.

Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the “Code”), U.S. source income from the international operations of ships is generally exempt from U.S. tax if the company operating the ships meets both of the following requirements: (a) the Company is organized in a foreign country that grants an equivalent exception to corporations organized in the United States and (b) either (i) more than 50% of the value of the Company’s stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of the Company’s country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States (50% Ownership Test) or (ii) the Company’s stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in its country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States (Publicly-Traded Test).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that each class of the Company’s stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of such class of the Company’s outstanding stock (“5 Percent Override Rule”).

The Company and each of its subsidiaries expects to qualify for this statutory tax exemption for the 2015 taxable year, and the Company takes this position for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond the Company’s control that could cause it to lose the benefit of this tax exemption in future years and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on its United States source income such as if, for a particular taxable year, other shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in the Company’s stock were, in combination with the Company’s existing 5% shareholders, to own 50% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of its stock on more than half the days during the taxable year.

The Company estimates that since no more than the 50% of its shipping income would be treated as being United States source income, the effective tax rate is expected to be 2% and accordingly it anticipates that the impact on its results of operations will not be material. The Company has assessed that it satisfies the Publicly-Traded Test and all of its United States source shipping income is exempt from U.S. federal income tax for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013. Based on its U.S. source Shipping Income for 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company would be subject to U.S. federal income tax of approximately $NIL, $NIL and $25, respectively, in the absence of an exemption under Section 883.

(u) Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation represents vested and non-vested common stock granted to directors and employees for their services. The Company calculates stock-based compensation expense for the award based on its fair value on the grant date and recognizes it on an accelerated basis over the vesting period.

(v) Earnings (Losses) per Share

Basic earnings (losses) per common share are computed by dividing net income (loss) available to Seanergy’s shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (losses) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e. those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

(w) Segment Reporting

Seanergy reports financial information and evaluates its operations by total charter revenues and not by the length of vessel employment, customer, or type of charter. As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus, Seanergy has determined that it operates under one reportable segment. Furthermore, when Seanergy charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, disclosure of geographic information is impracticable.

(x) Financial Instruments

Derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) are recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the derivatives’ fair value recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company was party to interest swap agreements where it received a floating interest rate and paid a fixed interest rate for a certain period in exchange. These contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting and as such changes in their fair values were reported to earnings. The fair value of those agreements equated to the amount that would be paid by the Company if the agreements were cancelled at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(y) Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, which defines fair value and provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The guidance creates a fair value hierarchy of measurement and describes fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts. In accordance with the requirements of accounting guidance relating to Fair Value Measurements, the Company classifies and discloses its assets and liabilities carried at the fair value in one of the following categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data;
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
(z) Troubled Debt Restructurings

A restructuring of a debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring if the lender or creditor for economic or legal reasons related to the Company’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the Company that it would not otherwise consider. Troubled debt that is fully satisfied by foreclosure, repossession, or other transfer of assets or by grant of equity securities by the Company is included in the term troubled debt restructuring and is accounted as such.

The Company, when issuing or otherwise granting an equity interest to a lender or creditor to settle fully a payable or debt, accounts for the equity interest granted at its fair value. The difference between the fair value of the equity interest granted and the carrying amount of the payable or debt settled is recognized as a gain on restructuring of payables or debt. Legal fees and other direct costs incurred in granting an equity interest to a creditor reduce the fair value of the equity interest issued. All other direct costs incurred in connection with a troubled debt restructuring are charged to expense as incurred.

(aa) Convertible Promissory Notes and related Beneficial Conversion Features

The convertible promissory notes are accounted in accordance with ASC 470-20 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options.” The terms of each convertible promissory note included an embedded conversion feature which provided for a conversion at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a predetermined rate. The Company determined that the conversion features were beneficial conversion features (“BCF”) pursuant to ASC 470-20. The Company considered the BCF guidance only after determining that the features did not need to be bifurcated under ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” or separately accounted for under the cash conversion literature of ASC 470-20 “Debt, Debt with Conversion and Other Options”.

Accounting for an embedded BCF in a convertible instrument requires that the BCF be recognized separately at issuance by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of the BCF to additional paid-in capital, resulting in a discount on the convertible instrument. This discount is accreted from the date on which the BCF is first recognized through the stated maturity date of the convertible instrument using the effective yield method. If the intrinsic value of the BCF is greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF is limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

(ab) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a standard that will supersede virtually all of the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The standard establishes a five-step model that will apply to revenue earned from a contract with a customer (with limited exceptions), regardless of the type of revenue transaction or the industry. The standard’s requirements will also apply to the recognition and

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

measurement of gains and losses on the sale of some non-financial assets that are not an output of the entity’s ordinary activities (e.g., sales of property, plant and equipment or intangibles). Extensive disclosures will be required, including disaggregation of total revenue; information about performance obligations; changes in contract asset and liability account balances between periods and key judgments and estimates. Management is in the process of accessing the impact of the new standard on Company’s financial position and performance. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date”, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 (“Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”)” for public business entities to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Presently, the Company is assessing what effect the adoption of these ASUs will have on its financial statements and accompanying notes.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 – Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 requires an entity’s management to evaluate at each reporting period based on the relevant conditions and events that are known at the date when financial statements are issued, whether there are conditions or events, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and to disclose the necessary information. The guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810) - Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis”, which provides guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2015-02 on the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory”. Topic 330, Inventory, currently requires an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. Market could be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. The amendments in this update require an entity to measure inventory within the scope of this update at the lower of cost and net realizable value. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. While the Company has not yet adopted this ASU, its adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (SEC Update)” to add to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification SEC staff guidance that the SEC staff will not object to an entity presenting the costs of securing line-of-credit arrangements as an asset, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings. This updated does not have any effect on the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes presented herein.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) which provides new guidance related to accounting for leases and supersedes existing U.S. GAAP on lease accounting. The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

obligations created by those leases, unless the lease is a short term lease. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted for all public business entities upon issuance. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

3. Transactions with Related Parties:
a. Release from related parties liabilities:

On March 5, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Enterprises Shipping and Trading SA (“EST”) and Safbulk Pty Ltd (“Safbulk Pty”), both affiliates, in exchange of a full and complete release of all their claims upon the completion of the delivery of the then last four remaining vessels and settlement agreement with Piraeus Bank. The transaction was completed successfully on March 11, 2014 and total liabilities amounting to approximately $9,819 were released and recorded in additional paid-in capital.

b. Convertible Promissory Notes:

On March 12, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note of $4,000 to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The convertible note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $200, along with a balloon installment of $2,000 payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The Company has the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the convertible promissory note in accordance with the BCF guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument. The Company has paid the first installment as of December 31, 2015, with the entire payment recorded as a reduction to Additional paid-in capital. The gain or loss on the extinguishment of the convertible debt instrument is the difference between the carrying amount and the consideration allocated to the debt instrument. The partial extinguishment of debt as a result of the payment is being shown as a gain on extinguishment (Note 13).

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The movement of the debt and equity during the year ended December 31, 2015 is presented below:

 
December 31,
2015
Debt
 
 
 
Convertible promissory notes
 
4,000
 
Debt discount
 
(4,000
)
Amortization of debt discount (Note 13)
 
303
 
Partial extinguishment of debt
 
(200
)
Balance convertible promissory note
 
103
 
Short term portion
 
103
 
Long term portion
 
 
   
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
4,000
 
Consideration allocated to repurchase BCF
 
(200
)
Balance of intrinsic value of BCF
 
3,800
 

On September 7, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note of up to $6,765 (the “Applicable Limit”) to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The revolving convertible promissory note has a tenor of up to five years after the first drawdown and the Applicable Limit is reduced by $1,000 each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. On December 1, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $9,765. On December 14, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $11,765, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced from $1,000 to $2,000. The Company has drawn down the entire $11,765 as of December 31, 2015.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the revolving convertible promissory note in accordance with the BCF guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

The movement of the debt and equity during the year ended December 31, 2015 is presented below:

 
December 31,
2015
Debt
 
 
 
Convertible promissory notes
 
11,765
 
Debt discount
 
(11,765
)
Amortization of debt discount (Note 13)
 
31
 
Balance convertible promissory note
 
31
 
Short term portion
 
 
Long term portion
 
31
 
   
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
11,765
 
Balance of intrinsic value of BCF
 
11,765
 

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

c. Vessel Acquisitions:

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholders to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels. The acquisition cost of the vessels was funded by senior secured loans, a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and equity injections by Jelco. The transaction was completed on December 7, 2015, with the delivery of the last vessel. The transactions were approved by the independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Company’s Board of Directors. Below is a list of the vessels under the purchase agreement:

Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Vessel Class
DWT
Year Built
Premiership
September 11, 2015
Capesize
 
170,024
 
 
2010
 
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
Supramax
 
56,819
 
 
2010
 
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
Capesize
 
170,057
 
 
2010
 
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
Supramax
 
56,884
 
 
2011
 
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
Capesize
 
171,314
 
 
2004
 
Squireship
November 10, 2015
Capesize
 
170,018
 
 
2010
 
Championship
December 7, 2015
Capesize
 
179,238
 
 
2011
 
d. Technical Management Agreement:

A management agreement had been signed between the Company and EST for the provision of technical management services relating to certain vessels previously owned by Seanergy. The fixed daily fee per vessel for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $0.45. The technical management agreement was automatically terminated with the sale of Seanergy’s fleet in March 2014 and EST has released the Company from all its claims relating thereto.

The related expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $NIL, $122 and $743, respectively, and is included under management fees - related party.

e. Brokerage Agreement:

Under the terms of the brokerage agreements, Safbulk Pty and Safbulk Maritime S.A., both affiliates, together referred to as “Safbulk,” provided commercial brokerage services for certain vessels previously owned under the Company’s fleet in accordance with the instructions of Seanergy Management. Safbulk was entitled to receive a commission of 1.25% calculated on the collected gross hire/freight/demurrage payable when such amounts were collected. The brokerage agreements were automatically terminated with the sale of Seanergy’s fleet in March 2014 and Safbulk has released the Company from all its claims relating thereto.

The fees charged by Safbulk amounted to $NIL, $24 and $313 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are separately reflected as voyage expenses — related party.

f. Property Lease Agreement:

Until March 15, 2015, the Company’s executive offices were at premises leased from Waterfront S.A., a company affiliated with a member of the Restis family. On March 16, 2015, the Company relocated its executive offices to premises owned by an unaffiliated third party. A three month rent guarantee of $55 is included in other current assets at December 31, 2014.

The rent charged by Waterfront S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $70, $309 and $412, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses - related party.

4. Due to Related Parties:

As of December 31, 2015, due to related parties was $NIL. As of December 31, 2014, due to related parties of $105 consists of liabilities to Waterfront S.A. for common expenses for the leasehold property.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

5. Inventories:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Lubricants
 
739
 
 
 
Bunkers
 
2,241
 
 
 
Total
 
2,980
 
 
 
6. Other Current Assets:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Prepaid expenses
 
476
 
 
78
 
Insurance claims
 
14
 
 
22
 
Other
 
167
 
 
204
 
Total
 
657
 
 
304
 
7. Vessels, Net:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
 
 
 
- Additions
 
201,684
 
 
 
Ending balance
 
201,684
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
 
 
 
- Additions
 
(1,844
)
 
 
Ending balance
 
(1,844
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value
 
199,840
 
 
 

On March 19, 2015, the Company acquired the 2001 Capesize, 171,199 DWT vessel M/V Leadership from an unaffiliated party, for a net purchase price of $17,127, of which $8,750 was financed through a loan with Alpha Bank A.E., $3,827 was financed through a shareholder’s convertible promissory note by Jelco and $4,550 was financed through an equity injection on March 18, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 5,000,100 newly issuance shares of common stock.

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholder to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels. These seven vessels were acquired as follows:

On September 11, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Premiership for a purchase price of $29,951, of which $25,420 was financed through a loan with UniCredit Bank AG, $1,030 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and $3,501 was financed through an equity injection on September 11, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 3,889,980 newly issuance shares of common stock.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

On September 29, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Gladiatorship for a purchase price of $16,336, of which approximately $13,643 was financed through a loan with UniCredit Bank AG, $303 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and $2,390 was financed through an equity injection on September 29, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 2,655,740 newly issuance shares of common stock.
On October 13, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Geniuship for a purchase price of $27,597, which was financed through a loan with HSH Nordbank AG.
On October 21, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Guardianship for a purchase price of $17,168, of which approximately $13,642 was financed through a loan with UniCredit Bank AG, $397 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and $3,129 was financed through an equity injection on October 21, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 3,476,520 newly issuance shares of common stock.
On November 3, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Gloriuship for a purchase price of $16,833, which was financed through a loan with HSH Nordbank AG.
On November 10, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Squireship for a purchase price of $34,922, of which $33,750 was financed through a loan with Alpha Bank A.E. and $1,172 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco.
On December 7, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Championship for a purchase price of $41,750, of which $39,412 was financed through a loan with Natixis and $2,338 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco.

All vessels are mortgaged to secured loans (Note 8).

8. Long-Term Debt:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Secured loan facilities
 
178,447
 
 
 
Less: Deferred financing costs
 
(942
)
 
 
Total
 
177,505
 
 
 
Less - current portion
 
(718
)
 
 
Long-term portion
 
176,787
 
 
 

Secured credit facilities

On March 6, 2015, as amended, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $8,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Leadership. On March 17, 2015, the Company drew down the $8,750. The loan is repayable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments, the first four installments being $200 each and the next sixteen quarterly installments being $250 each, along with a balloon installment of $3,950 payable on the final maturity date, March 17, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.75% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company’s ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy’s net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy’s consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period. The Company has paid the first three installments as of December 31, 2015.

On September 1, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with HSH Nordbank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $44,430. The loan was used to pay for the acquisition of the vessels M/V Geniuship

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

and M/V Gloriuship. The loan was available in two advances, each advance comprised of two tranches. On October 13, 2015, the Company drew the first advance of $27,597 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Geniuship. On November 3, 2015, the Company drew the second advance of $16,833 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Gloriuship. The loan is repayable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $1,049 each, commencing on September 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $31,837 payable on the final maturity date, June 30, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus margins between 3.25% and 3.6% with quarterly interest payments. The loan facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the two vessels.

On September 11, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with UniCredit Bank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $52,705. The loan was made available in three tranches to partially finance the acquisition of the vessels M/V Premiership, M/V Gladiatorship and M/V Guardianship. On September 11, 2015, the Company drew the first tranche of $25,420 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Premiership. On September 29, 2015, the Company drew the second tranche of $13,643 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Gladiatorship. On October 21, 2015, the Company drew the third tranche of $13,642 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Guardianship. The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $1,552 each, commencing on June 26, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $29,425 payable on the final maturity date, December 28, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.20% if the value to loan ratio is lower than 125%, 3.00% if the value to loan ratio is between 125% and 166.67% and 2.75% if the value to loan is higher than 166.67% with quarterly interest payments. The loan bore a commitment fee of 1.00% calculated on the balance of the undrawn loan amount and amounted to $22. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the three vessels.

On November 4, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $33,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Squireship. On November 10, 2015, the Company drew down the $33,750. The loan is repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $844 each, commencing on February 12, 2018, along with a balloon installment of $20,250 payable on the final maturity date, November 10, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company’s ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy’s net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy’s consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period.

On December 2, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with Natixis, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $39,412. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Championship. On December 7, 2015, the Company drew down the $39,412. The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $985 each, commencing on June 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $24,637 payable on the final maturity date, February 26, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 2.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel.

All of the above five facilities are guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., the Corporate Guarantor.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The annual principal payments required to be made after December 31, 2015 are as follows:

Year ended December 31,
Amount
2016
 
950
 
2017
 
10,710
 
2018
 
18,721
 
2019
 
18,721
 
2020
 
81,083
 
Thereafter
 
48,262
 
Total
 
178,447
 
9. Trade Accounts and Other Payables:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Creditors
 
5,710
 
 
184
 
Insurances
 
162
 
 
3
 
Other
 
107
 
 
77
 
Total
 
5,979
 
 
264
 
10. Financial Instruments:
(a) Significant Risks and Uncertainties, including Business and Credit Concentration

The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, primarily with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk.

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 represent management’s best estimate of the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

a.   Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable trade, other current assets, trade accounts and other payables and due to related parties: the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

b.   Long-term debt: The carrying value approximates the fair market value as the long-term debt bears interest at floating interest rate.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

11. Commitments and Contingencies:

Various claims, lawsuits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

12. Capital Structure:
(a) Common Stock

On June 24, 2014, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 378,000 of its common shares to Plaza Shipholding Corp. and Comet Shipholding Inc., companies affiliated with certain members of the Restis family, for $1,134. The common shares were sold at a price of $3.00 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the Company’s net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On June 27, 2014, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on June 27, 2014.

On September 29, 2014, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 320,000 of its common shares to Plaza Shipholding Corp. and Comet Shipholding Inc., companies affiliated with certain members of the Restis family, for $960. The common shares were sold at a price of $3.00 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained an updated fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the Company’s net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On September 30, 2014, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on September 30, 2014.

On December 19, 2014, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 888,000 of its common shares to Jelco for $1,110. The common shares were sold at a price of $1.25 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the Company’s net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange. On December 30, 2014, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on December 30, 2014.

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 5,000,100 of its common shares to Jelco for $4,500. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on March 18, 2015.

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 333,400 of its common shares to its Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, for $300. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the CEO were issued on March 18, 2015. The funds were contributed for general corporate purposes.

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 10,022,240 of its common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9,020. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the capital market multiples and the discounted cash flow methods. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of $3,501 was contributed in exchange for 3,889,980 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 11, 2015. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of $2,390 was contributed in exchange for 2,655,740 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 29, 2015. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of $3,129 was contributed in exchange for 3,476,520 common shares of the Company, which shares were issued on October 21, 2015. The transaction was approved by an independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The purchasers of all above issued shares have received customary registration rights.

(b) Warrants and Unit Purchase Option

In connection with the public offering of January 28, 2010, the Company granted 1,041,667 warrants with an exercise price of $19.80 each on February 3, 2010 and on March 19, 2010, Seanergy granted 97,250 additional warrants. The fair value of these warrants amounted to $1,053. The warrants were exercisable beginning on August 3, 2010 and expired on January 28, 2015. No expenses were recorded in connection with these warrants which were classified in equity.

Following the Company’s reverse stock split in June 2011, with respect to the warrants from the Company’s 2010 secondary offering, as a result of the reverse stock split, each warrant reflected an increase in the per share exercise price and a decrease in the number of warrant shares at the same proportion as the reverse stock split. Accordingly, each warrant was exercisable for one-fifteenth of a share, following the reverse stock split at an exercise price of $19.80 for each such warrant share.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had outstanding underwriters’ warrants exercisable to purchase an aggregate of approximately NIL and 15,185 shares of Seanergy’s common stock, respectively.

(c) Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, no shares of preferred stock have been issued.

(d) Dividends

The declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of Seanergy’s board of directors and is dependent upon its earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability and restrictions in any applicable loan agreements. No dividends were declared for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

13. Interest and Finance Costs:

Interest and finance costs are analyzed as follows:

 
Year ended December 31
 
2015
2014
2013
Interest on long-term debt
 
1,353
 
 
811
 
 
5,075
 
Interest on revolving credit facility
 
 
 
396
 
 
2,144
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
 
72
 
 
 
 
1,090
 
Arrangement fees on undrawn facilities
 
 
 
246
 
 
 
Other
 
35
 
 
10
 
 
80
 
Total
 
1,460
 
 
1,463
 
 
8,389
 

Interest and finance costs-related party are analyzed as follows:

 
Year ended December 31
 
2015
2014
2013
Convertible notes interest expense
 
265
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible notes amortization of debt discount
 
334
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Total
 
399
 
 
 
 
 
14. Earnings per Share:

The calculation of net earnings per common share is summarized below:

 
For the years ended December 31
 
2015
2014
2013
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Net (loss) / income per common share – basic
$
(0.83
)
$
30.06
 
$
4.56
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Non-vested equity incentive shares
 
 
 
5
 
 
227
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income per common share – diluted
$
(0.83
)
$
30.06
 
$
4.56
 

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, securities that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS as mentioned above are:

 
2015
2014
2013
Non-vested equity incentive plan shares (Note 15)
 
152,000
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible promissory note shares (Note 3)
 
17,294,444
 
 
 
 
 
Private shares under warrants (Note 12)
 
 
 
15,185
 
 
15,185
 
Total
 
17,446,444
 
 
15,185
 
 
15,185
 
15. Equity Incentive Plan:

On January 12, 2011, the Board adopted the Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”). A total of 8,750,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan, which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, officers, key employees, directors, consultants and service providers may be granted incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock and restricted stock units at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In May 2012, the total number of shares originally reserved under the Plan was adjusted to 583,334 shares to reflect the one-for-fifteen reverse stock split of June 24, 2011.

On February 16, 2011, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 666 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the Plan. Of the total 666 shares issued, 533 shares were granted to Seanergy’s two executive directors and the other 133 shares were granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $66.40 and was expensed over three years. All the shares vested proportionally over a period of three years, commencing on January 10, 2012. 223 shares vested on January 10, 2012, 222 shares vested on January 10, 2013 and 219 shares vested on January 10, 2014.

On July 2, 2015, the total number of shares originally reserved under the Plan was increased to 856,667.

On October 1, 2015, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 189,000 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the Plan. Of the total 189,000 shares issued, 36,000 shares were granted to Seanergy’s board of directors and the other 153,000 shares were granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $3.70 and will be expensed over three years. The shares to Seanergy’s board of directors will vest over a period of two years commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 12,000 shares vested, 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016 and 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017. All the other shares granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees will vest over a period of three years, commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 25,000 shares vested, 33,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016, 44,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017 and 51,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2018.

The related expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $178, $NIL and $15, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses. The unrecognized cost for the non-vested shares as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $521 and $NIL, respectively.

On January 8, 2016, we effected a one-for-five reverse stock split of our issued common stock (Note 16). The reverse stock split ratio and the implementation and timing of the reverse stock split were determined by our Board of Directors. The reverse stock split did not change the authorized number of shares or par value of our common stock or preferred stock, but did effect a proportionate adjustment to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards, and the number of shares of common stock eligible for issuance under our Plan. All applicable outstanding equity awards discussed above have been adjusted retroactively for the one-for-five reverse stock split.

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

16. Subsequent Events:

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of these consolidated financial statements and, where it was deemed necessary, appropriate disclosures have been made.

a)   On January 8, 2016, the Company’s common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis, following a December 22, 2015 approval from the Company’s Board of Directors to reverse split the Company’s common stock at a ratio of one-for-five. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of the Company’s common stock.

b)   On January 27, 2016, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $13,765. On January 29, 2016, the Company drew down the additional undrawn balance of $2,000.

c)   On January 27, 2016 the Company received a letter from The Nasdaq Stock Market confirming that it has regained compliance with the minimum bid price requirement.

d)   On March 7, 2016, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $16,265, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced from $2,000 to $2,500. On March 8, 2016, the Company drew down the additional undrawn balance of $2,500.

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Balance Sheets
December 31, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
2015
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
2,078
 
 
2,578
 
Restricted cash
 
50
 
 
 
Other current assets
 
24
 
 
42
 
Total current assets
 
2,152
 
 
2,620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in subsidiaries*
 
21,613
 
 
271
 
Total non-current assets
 
21,613
 
 
271
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
23,765
 
 
2,891
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of convertible promissory notes
 
103
 
 
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
171
 
 
100
 
Accrued liabilities
 
176
 
 
115
 
Total current liabilities
 
450
 
 
215
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term portion of convertible promissory notes
 
31
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
481
 
 
215
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at December 31, 2015 and 2014; 19,522,413 and 3,977,854 shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
 
2
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
337,121
 
 
307,559
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(313,839
)
 
(304,883
)
Total Stockholders’ equity
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
23,765
 
 
2,891
 
* Eliminated in consolidation

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Income / (Loss)
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
2015
2014
2013
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and administration expenses
 
(1,256
)
 
(1,123
)
 
(1,958
)
Operating loss
 
(1,256
)
 
(1,123
)
 
(1,958
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other (expenses) / income, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance cost – related party
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
Other, net
 
(9
)
 
8
 
 
1
 
Total other (expenses) / income, net
 
(408
)
 
8
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in (loss)/earnings of subsidiaries*
 
(7,292
)
 
81,463
 
 
12,864
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
* Eliminated in consolidation

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars)

 
2015
2014
2013
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(1,202
)
 
(1,195
)
 
(2,806
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows used in investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in subsidiaries
 
(28,633
)
 
(2,198
)
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(28,633
)
 
(2,198
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
13,820
 
 
3,204
 
 
 
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
 
15,765
 
 
 
 
 
Repayments of convertible promissory notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash retained
 
(50
)
 
 
 
 
Due to subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
5,198
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
29,335
 
 
3,204
 
 
5,198
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(500
)
 
(189
)
 
2,392
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
2,578
 
 
2,767
 
 
375
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
2,078
 
 
2,578
 
 
2,767
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
222
 
 
 
 
 

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Notes To The Condensed Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars)

1. Basis of Presentation

In the parent-company-only condensed financial statements, the Parent Company’s (the “Company”) investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries. The Parent Company did not receive cash dividends from its subsidiaries during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

The parent-company-only condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

2. Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note of $4,000 to Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, a company affiliated with Claudia Restis, for general corporate purposes. The convertible note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $200, along with a balloon installment of $2,000 payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The Company has the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this annual report the Company has deferred the installment due for payment on March 19, 2016 to the balloon installment.

On September 7, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note of up to $6,765 (the “Applicable Limit”) to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The revolving convertible promissory note has a tenor of up to five years after the first drawdown and the Applicable Limit is reduced by $1,000 each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. On December 1, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $9,765. On December 14, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $11,765, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced from $1,000 to $2,000. The Company has drawn down the entire $11,765 as of December 31, 2015.

See Note 3 “Transactions with Related Parties” to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

3. Guarantee

All of the Company’s vessel-owning subsidiaries have long-term facilities. Under the terms of the loan agreements, the Company has guaranteed the payment of all principal and interest. In the event of a default under the loan agreements, the Company will be directly liable to the lenders. The facilities mature at various times between 2020 and 2021. The maximum potential amount that the Company could be liable for under the guarantee as of December 31, 2015 is $178,447.

See Note 8 “Long-Term Debt” to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of June 30, 2016 (unaudited) and December 31, 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Notes
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
3,059
 
 
3,304
 
Restricted cash
 
 
 
 
50
 
 
50
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
 
 
 
1,584
 
 
1,287
 
Inventories
 
4
 
 
2,455
 
 
2,980
 
Other current assets
 
5
 
 
888
 
 
657
 
Total current assets
 
 
 
 
8,036
 
 
8,278
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessels, net
 
6
 
 
195,655
 
 
199,840
 
Office equipment, net
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
40
 
Total fixed assets
 
 
 
 
195,684
 
 
199,880
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred charges
 
 
 
 
913
 
 
1,194
 
Other non-current assets
 
 
 
 
5
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
 
 
 
204,638
 
 
209,352
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
7
 
 
2,683
 
 
718
 
Current portion of convertible promissory notes
 
3
 
 
249
 
 
103
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
8
 
 
3,212
 
 
5,979
 
Accrued liabilities
 
 
 
 
2,254
 
 
2,296
 
Deferred revenue
 
 
 
 
668
 
 
154
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
 
 
9,066
 
 
9,250
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred finance costs
 
7
 
 
174,407
 
 
176,787
 
Long-term portion of convertible promissory notes
 
3
 
 
261
 
 
31
 
Total liabilities
 
 
 
 
183,734
 
 
186,068
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015; 19,514,410 and 19,522,413 shares issued and outstanding as at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively
 
11
 
 
2
 
 
2
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
3
 
 
346,600
 
 
337,121
 
Accumulated deficit
 
 
 
 
(325,698
)
 
(313,839
)
Total Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
20,904
 
 
23,284
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
204,638
 
 
209,352
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Loss
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
 
Six-month period ended June 30,
 
Notes
2016
2015
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
 
 
 
 
15,719
 
 
1,826
 
Commissions
 
 
 
 
(554
)
 
(69
)
Vessel revenue, net
 
 
 
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
 
 
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
 
 
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
Management fees
 
 
 
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
General and administration expenses
 
 
 
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,315
)
General and administration expenses - related party
3
 
 
 
(70
)
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
 
(240
)
 
 
Depreciation
6
 
(4,196
)
 
(158
)
Operating loss
 
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
Other expenses, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
12
 
(3,442
)
 
(124
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
3 & 12
 
(937
)
 
(149
)
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
 
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Total other expenses, net
 
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
Net loss
 
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
13
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
13
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share data)

 
Common stock
 
 
 
 
# of Shares
Par
Value
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2015
 
3,977,854
 
 
 
 
307,559
 
 
(304,883
)
 
2,676
 
Issuance of common stock (Note 11)
 
5,333,500
 
 
 
 
4,800
 
 
 
 
4,800
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
4,000
 
 
 
 
4,000
 
Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,056
)
 
(2,056
)
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
9,311,354
 
 
 
 
316,359
 
 
(306,939
)
 
9,420
 
 
Common stock
 
 
 
 
# of Shares
Par
Value
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2016
 
19,522,413
 
 
2
 
 
337,121
 
 
(313,839
)
 
23,284
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
9,400
 
 
 
 
9,400
 
Stock based compensation (Note 14)
 
(8,003
)
 
 
 
79
 
 
 
 
79
 
Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11,859
)
 
(11,859
)
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
19,514,410
 
 
2
 
 
346,600
 
 
(325,698
)
 
20,904
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 3016 and 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars)

 
Six-month period ended June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
4,196
 
 
158
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
240
 
 
 
Amortization of deferred finance charges
 
120
 
 
20
 
Amortization of convertible promissory note beneficial conversion feature
 
376
 
 
89
 
Stock based compensation
 
79
 
 
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
(297
)
 
(472
)
Inventories
 
525
 
 
(677
)
Other current assets
 
(231
)
 
(11
)
Deferred charges
 
41
 
 
 
Other non-current assets
 
(5
)
 
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
(2,767
)
 
788
 
Due to related parties
 
 
 
(105
)
Accrued liabilities
 
(127
)
 
360
 
Deferred revenue
 
514
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of vessels
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
 
 
4,800
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
 
 
 
8,750
 
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
 
9,400
 
 
4,000
 
Payments of financing costs
 
 
 
(144
)
Repayments of long-term debt
 
(450
)
 
(200
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
 
(245
)
 
(1,827
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
3,304
 
 
2,873
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
3,059
 
 
1,046
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
3,749
 
 
125
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information:

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Company” or “Seanergy”) was formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, with executive offices located in Athens, Greece. The Company provides global transportation solutions in the drybulk shipping sector through its vessel-owning subsidiaries.

On January 8, 2016, the Company’s common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis, following a December 22, 2015 approval from the Company’s Board of Directors to reverse split the Company’s common stock at a ratio of one-for-five. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of the Company’s common stock. Following the reverse stock split, the number of shares issued and outstanding was reduced by 3 shares due to rounding. All share and per share amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and notes give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Seanergy”).

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for certain financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These statements and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2016.

In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016.

a. Going Concern:

The Company acquired eight vessels in 2015 in accordance with its business plan to expand the fleet.

As of June 30, 2016, the Company was in compliance with or has cured any events of non-compliance of all its financial covenants and asset coverage ratios contained in its debt agreements as amended (Notes 7 and 15). Most financial covenants and asset coverage ratios will be tested commencing in mid-2017. Scheduled debt installment payments for the twelve month period ending June 30, 2017, amount to $2,937 (Note 7).

Given the current drybulk charter rates, the Company’s cash flow projections indicate that cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover the liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has relied on Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, a company affiliated with Claudia Restis, who is also the Company’s major shareholder, for both vessel acquisitions and funding for general corporate purposes during 2015 and for further funding during 2016.

On August 5, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party, which is an institutional investor, under which the Company sold 1,180,000 of its common shares in a registered direct offering at a public offering price of $4.15 per share. On August 10, 2016, the Company completed the registered direct offering for net proceeds of approximately $4,147, which proceeds are expected to be used for general corporate purposes (Note 15).

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Company has applied additional measures to reduce potential cash flow shortfall if current drybulk charter rates remain at today’s historical low levels. The Company has undertaken a cost-cutting initiative to decrease its daily vessel operating expenses. The Company is continuously exploring raising additional equity from both capital markets and private investors.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Accordingly, they do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities, or any other adjustments that might result in the event the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

b. Subsidiaries in Consolidation:

Seanergy’s subsidiaries included in these consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2016, are as follows:

Company
Country of
Incorporation
Date of
Incorporation
Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Date of
Sale/Disposal
Financed by
Seanergy Management Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
May 9, 2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Seanergy Shipmanagement Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sea Glorius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Sea Genius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Leader Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
January 15, 2015
Leadership
March 19, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Premier Marine Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Premiership
September 11, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Gladiator Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Guardian Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Champion Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Championship
December 7, 2015
N/A
Natixis
Squire Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Squireship
November 10, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Pembroke Chartering Services Limited (4)
Malta
December 2, 2015
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Amazons Management Inc. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Davakis G.
August 28, 2008
March 6, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Lagoon Shipholding Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Delos Ranger
August 28, 2008
March 11, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Cynthera Navigation Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
March 18, 2008
African Oryx
August 28, 2008
April 10, 2013
Piraeus Bank
Martinique International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
May 14, 2008
Bremen Max
September 11, 2008
March 7, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Harbour Business International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
April 1, 2008
Hamburg Max
September 25, 2008
March 10, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Waldeck Maritime Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
African Zebra
September 25, 2008
February 15, 2012
Piraeus Bank
Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (1)
Bermuda
April 30, 2007
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited (3)
Hong Kong
June 16, 2006
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Maritime Glory Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Glory
May 21, 2010
December 4, 2012
HSBC
Maritime Grace Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Grace
May 21, 2010
October 15, 2012
HSBC
Atlantic Grace Shipping Limited (5)
British Virgin Islands
October 9, 2007
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(1) Subsidiaries wholly owned
(2) Vessel owning subsidiaries owned by Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (or “MCS”)
(3) Management company
(4) Chartering services company
(5) Dormant company

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies:

A discussion of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2016. There have been no material changes to these policies in the six-month period ended June 30, 2016.

On January 1, 2016, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-02 Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis effective for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and interim periods within this fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and net assets for any period.

On January 1, 2016, the Company adopted ASU No. 2015-15 Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (SEC Update) effective for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and interim periods within this fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and net assets for any period.

Recent accounting pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued the following amendments which clarifies the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 and has the same effective date as the original standard: ASU No. 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients and ASU No. 2016-11 Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting issued in May 2016; ASU No. 2016-10 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing issued in April 2016; and ASU No. 2016-08 Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) issued in March 2016. On August 12, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which amends ASU No. 2014-09 (issued by the FASB on May 28, 2014 and which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This standard is effective for public entities with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption of this new standard and amendments.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting which is intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. This standard is effective for public entities with annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. The Company believes that the implementation of this update will not have any material impact on its financial statements and has not elected early adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments affect entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off-balance-sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. This standard is effective for public business entities that are U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(“SEC”) filers, with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption of this new standard.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) – Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments which addresses the following eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice: Debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (COLIs) (including bank-owned life insurance policies (BOLIs)); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim periods within that reporting period, however early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this guidance and assessing its impact on its consolidated financial statements and notes disclosures.

(a) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions in which it places its deposits. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Customers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, were:

Customer
2016
2015
A
 
20
%
 
 
B
 
15
%
 
 
C
 
10
%
 
 
D
 
 
 
100
%
Total
 
45
%
 
100
%
3. Transactions with Related Parties:
a. Convertible Promissory Notes:

On March 12, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note of $4,000 to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The convertible note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $200, along with a balloon installment of $2,000 payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the outstanding principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (as adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The Company has the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the final maturity date.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the convertible promissory note in accordance with the beneficial conversion features (“BCF”) guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares converted from the convertible note times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had paid the first installment, with the entire payment recorded as a reduction to Additional paid-in capital. As of June 30, 2016, the Company has deferred the installment due for payment on March 19, 2016 to the final maturity date. The gain or loss on the extinguishment of the convertible debt instrument is the difference between the carrying amount and the consideration allocated to the debt instrument. The partial extinguishment of debt as a result of the payment is shown as a gain on extinguishment and is included under interest and finance costs – related party.

The debt movement is presented below:

 
Applicable limit
Debt discount
Accumulated
deficit
Debt
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
 
89
 
 
89
 
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
89
 
 
89
 
Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
214
 
 
214
 
Partial extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
 
 
(200
)
 
(200
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
103
 
 
103
 
Amortization (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
 
146
 
 
146
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
249
 
 
249
 

The equity movement is presented below:

 
Additional paid-in
capital
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
4,000
 
Consideration allocated to repurchase BCF
 
(200
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
3,800
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
3,800
 
   
 
 
 

On September 7, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note of up to $6,765 (the “Applicable Limit”) to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The revolving convertible promissory note has a tenor of up to five years after the first drawdown and the Applicable Limit will be reduced by $1,000 each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (as adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The unsecured revolving convertible promissory note has been amended seven times, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $21,165, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced to $3,100. The Company has drawn down the entire $21,165 as of June 30, 2016.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the revolving convertible promissory note in accordance with the BCF guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares converted from the convertible note times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The debt movement is presented below:

 
Applicable limit
Debt discount
Accumulated
deficit
Debt
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
11,765
 
 
(11,765
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
31
 
 
31
 
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
11,765
 
 
(11,765
)
 
31
 
 
31
 
Additions
 
9,400
 
 
(9,400
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
 
230
 
 
230
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
21,165
 
 
(21,165
)
 
261
 
 
261
 

The equity movement is presented below:

 
Additional paid-in
capital
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
11,765
 
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
11,765
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
9,400
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
21,165
 
b. Vessel Acquisitions:

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholders to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels. The acquisition cost of the vessels was funded by senior secured loans, a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and equity injections by Jelco. The transaction was completed on December 7, 2015, with the delivery of the last vessel. The transactions were approved by the independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Company’s Board of Directors. Below is a list of the vessels purchased under the purchase agreement:

Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Vessel Class
DWT
Year Built
Premiership
September 11, 2015
Capesize
 
170,024
 
 
2010
 
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
Supramax
 
56,819
 
 
2010
 
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
Capesize
 
170,057
 
 
2010
 
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
Supramax
 
56,884
 
 
2011
 
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
Capesize
 
171,314
 
 
2004
 
Squireship
November 10, 2015
Capesize
 
170,018
 
 
2010
 
Championship
December 7, 2015
Capesize
 
179,238
 
 
2011
 
c. Property Lease Agreement:

Until March 15, 2015, the Company’s executive offices were at premises leased from Waterfront S.A., a company affiliated with a member of the Restis family. On March 16, 2015, the Company relocated its executive offices to premises owned by an unaffiliated third party.

The rent charged by Waterfront S.A. for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, amounted to $NIL and $70, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses - related party.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

4. Inventories:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Lubricants
 
438
 
 
739
 
Bunkers
 
2,017
 
 
2,241
 
Total
 
2,455
 
 
2,980
 
5. Other Current Assets:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Prepaid expenses
 
524
 
 
476
 
Insurance claims
 
22
 
 
14
 
Other
 
342
 
 
167
 
Total
 
888
 
 
657
 
6. Vessels, Net:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
201,684
 
 
 
- Additions
 
 
 
201,684
 
Ending balance
 
201,684
 
 
201,684
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
(1,844
)
 
 
- Additions
 
(4,185
)
 
(1,844
)
Ending balance
 
(6,029
)
 
(1,844
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value
 
195,655
 
 
199,840
 

All vessels are mortgaged to secured loans (Note 7).

7. Long-Term Debt:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Secured loan facilities
 
177,997
 
 
178,447
 
Less: Deferred financing costs
 
(907
)
 
(942
)
Total
 
177,090
 
 
177,505
 
Less - current portion
 
(2,683
)
 
(718
)
Long-term portion
 
174,407
 
 
176,787
 

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Secured credit facilities

On March 6, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $8,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Leadership . On March 17, 2015, the Company drew down the $8,750. The loan is repayable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments, the first four installments being $200 each and the next sixteen quarterly installments being $250 each, along with a balloon installment of $3,950 payable on the final maturity date, March 17, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.75% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company’s ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy’s net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy’s consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period. The Company has paid the first five installments as of June 30, 2016. On December 23, 2015, the Company amended the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E. in order to amend certain of financial definitions. On July 28, 2016, the Company further amended the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E. (Note 15) in order to defer part of the next four installments to the final maturity date. In line with ASC 470-10-45 “Debt: Short-Term Obligations Expected to Be Refinanced”, an amount of $600 has been transferred to “Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred financing costs” in the related unaudited consolidated balance sheet, in accordance with the repayment terms of the amended agreement. In addition, the application of certain covenants is deferred to July 1, 2017 (Note 15).

On September 1, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with HSH Nordbank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $44,430. The loan was used to pay for the acquisition of the vessels M/V Geniuship and M/V Gloriuship . The loan was available in two advances, each advance comprised of two tranches. On October 13, 2015, the Company drew the first advance of $27,597 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Geniuship . On November 3, 2015, the Company drew the second advance of $16,833 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Gloriuship . The loan is repayable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $1,049 each, commencing on September 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $31,837 payable on the final maturity date, June 30, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus margins between 3.25% and 3.6% with quarterly interest payments. The loan facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the two vessels. On May 16, 2016, the Company entered into a supplemental letter to the senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG. Effective as of March 1, 2016, the supplemental letter has deferred certain prepayments to June 30, 2018.

On September 11, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with UniCredit Bank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $52,705. The loan was made available in three tranches to partially finance the acquisition of the vessels M/V Premiership , M/V Gladiatorship and M/V Guardianship . On September 11, 2015, the Company drew the first tranche of $25,420 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Premiership . On September 29, 2015, the Company drew the second tranche of $13,643 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Gladiatorship . On October 21, 2015, the Company drew the third tranche of $13,642 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Guardianship . The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $1,552 each, commencing on June 26, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $29,425 payable on the final maturity date, December 28, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.20% if the value to loan ratio is lower than 125%, 3.00% if the value to loan ratio is between 125% and 166.67% and 2.75% if the value to loan is higher than 166.67% with quarterly interest payments. The loan bore a commitment fee of 1.00% calculated on the balance of the undrawn loan amount and amounted to $22. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the three vessels. On June 3, 2016, the Company entered into a supplemental letter in order to split the margin into a cash portion and a capitalized portion. The capitalized portion of the margin will be repaid in full by June 30, 2017. In addition, the application of certain covenants is deferred to at least June 30, 2017.

On November 4, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $33,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Squireship . On November 10, 2015, the Company drew down the $33,750. The loan is repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $844 each, commencing on February 12, 2018, along with a balloon installment of $20,250 payable on the final maturity date, November 10, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company’s ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy’s net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy’s consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period.

On December 2, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with Natixis, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $39,412. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Championship . On December 7, 2015, the Company drew down the $39,412. The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $985 each, commencing on June 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $24,637 payable on the final maturity date, February 26, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 2.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel.

The borrowers under each facility are the applicable vessel owning subsidiaries, and all of the above five facilities are guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

The annual principal payments required to be made after June 30, 2016 are as follows:

Twelve month periods ending
Amount
June 30, 2017
 
2,937
 
June 30, 2018
 
20,033
 
June 30, 2019
 
18,721
 
June 30, 2020
 
51,858
 
June 30, 2021
 
62,511
 
Thereafter
 
21,937
 
Total
 
177,997
 
8. Trade Accounts and Other Payables:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Creditors
 
2,902
 
 
5,710
 
Insurances
 
163
 
 
162
 
Other
 
147
 
 
107
 
Total
 
3,212
 
 
5,979
 
9. Financial Instruments:
(a) Significant Risks and Uncertainties, including Business and Credit Concentration

The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, primarily with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk.

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, represent management’s best estimate of the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

a.   Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable trade, other current assets and trade accounts and other payables: the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

b.   Long-term debt: The carrying value approximates the fair market value as the long-term debt bears interest at floating interest rate.

10. Commitments and Contingencies:

Various claims, lawsuits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

11. Capital Structure:
(a) Common Stock

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 5,000,100 of its common shares to Jelco for $4,500. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on March 18, 2015.

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 333,400 of its common shares to its Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, for $300. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the CEO were issued on March 18, 2015. The funds were contributed for general corporate purposes.

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 10,022,240 of its common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9,020. The common shares were sold at a

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the capital market multiples and the discounted cash flow methods. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of $3,501 was contributed in exchange for 3,889,980 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 11, 2015. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of $2,390 was contributed in exchange for 2,655,740 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 29, 2015. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of $3,129 was contributed in exchange for 3,476,520 common shares of the Company, which shares were issued on October 21, 2015. The transaction was approved by an independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The purchasers of all above issued shares have received customary registration rights.

On January 8, 2016, the Company effected a one-for-five reverse stock split of the Company’s issued common stock (Note 1). The reverse stock split ratio and the implementation and timing of the reverse stock split were determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The reverse stock split did not change the authorized number of shares or par value of the Company’s common stock or preferred stock, but did effect a proportionate adjustment to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards, and the number of shares of common stock eligible for issuance under the Plan. All applicable outstanding equity awards discussed below have been adjusted retroactively for the one-for-five reverse stock split.

On August 10, 2016, the Company completed a registered direct offering to an unaffiliated third party. The company sold 1,180,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $4.15 (Note 15).

12. Interest and Finance Costs:

Interest and finance costs are analyzed as follows:

 
Six month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Interest on long-term debt
 
3,310
 
 
103
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
 
120
 
 
20
 
Other
 
12
 
 
1
 
Total
 
3,442
 
 
124
 

Interest and finance costs-related party are analyzed as follows:

 
Six month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Convertible notes interest expense
 
561
 
 
60
 
Convertible notes amortization of debt discount (Note 3)
 
376
 
 
89
 
Total
 
937
 
 
149
 
13. Losses per Share:

The calculation of net losses per common share is summarized below:

 
Six month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted
$
(0.61
)
$
(0.29
)

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, securities that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS as mentioned above are:

 
2016
2015
Non-vested equity incentive plan shares (Note 14)
 
144,000
 
 
 
Convertible promissory note shares (Note 3)
 
27,738,890
 
 
4,444,444
 
Total
 
27,882,890
 
 
4,444,444
 
14. Equity Incentive Plan:

On October 1, 2015, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 189,000 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Of the total 189,000 shares issued, 36,000 shares were granted to Seanergy’s board of directors and the other 153,000 shares were granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees. On February 3, 2016, 8,000 of the shares granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees were cancelled. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $3.70. The shares to Seanergy’s board of directors will vest over a period of two years commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 12,000 shares vested, 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016 and 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017. All the other shares granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees will vest over a period of three years, commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 25,000 shares vested, 31,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016, 42,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017 and 47,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2018.

The related expense for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, amounted to $79 and $NIL, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses. The unrecognized cost for the non-vested shares as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 amounted to $414 and $521, respectively.

15. Subsequent Events:

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of these consolidated financial statements and, where it was deemed necessary, appropriate disclosures have been made.

a)   On July 28, 2016, the Alpha Bank A.E. facility agreement, which was entered into on March 6, 2015, was further amended. The second supplemental agreement deferred part of the next four installments to the final maturity date. In addition, the application of certain liquidity covenants is deferred to July 1, 2017. The outstanding balance under this facility agreement is $7,700 as of June 30, 2016.

b)   On July 28, 2016, the Company further amended the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E. entered into on November 4, 2015 in order to defer certain liquidity covenants to July 1, 2017 and to also waive any event of non-compliance with such covenant that occurred post December 31, 2015.

c)   On July 29, 2016, the Company further entered into a supplemental letter to the UniCredit Bank AG facility agreement, which was entered into on September 11, 2015 and was further amended on June 3, 2016, pursuant to which effective as of December 11, 2015, the requirement for Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., as guarantor, to maintain liquidity in a specified amount is delayed until July 1, 2017.

d)   On August 5, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party, which is an institutional investor, under which the Company sold 1,180,000 of its common shares in a registered direct offering at a public offering price of $4.15 per share. On August 10, 2016, the Company completed the registered direct offering for net proceeds of approximately $4,147. The net proceeds of this offering are expected to be used for general corporate purposes.

e)   On September 26, 2016, the Company entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two second hand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20,750 per vessel. The transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors and the delivery of the vessels is subject to standard closing documentation and is expected to take place between the end of November 2016 and mid December 2016.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

f)   On October 4, 2016, the Company entered into the Jelco Loan Facility, initially a $4,150 loan facility with Jelco, to fund the initial deposit for the purchase of two second hand Capesize vessels (Note 15e). On November 17, 2016 and November 28, 2016, the Company entered into amendments to the Jelco Loan Facility, which, among other things, increased the aggregate amount that the Company may borrow under the facility to up to $12,800. On November 28, 2016, the Company drew down $8,650 under the amended Jelco Loan Facility. As of November 29, 2016, $12,800 was outstanding under the Jelco Loan Facility.

g)   On November 28, 2016, the Company entered into a $32,000 secured term loan facility with Northern Shipping Fund III LP, or NSF, to partly finance the acquisition of the two second hand Capesize vessels (Note 15e). The facility bears interest at 11% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the principal is repayable in four consecutive quarterly instalments of $900 each, commencing on March 31, 2019 and a final payment of $28,400 due on December 31, 2019 (initial termination date), assuming that the borrowers will not choose to further extend the facility for one or two in maximum yearly periods from each relevant future termination date. The facility may only be extended twice so that the final termination date shall never extend beyond the date falling on the fifth anniversary of the final drawdown date. The option to extend the facility for up to another two years from the initial termination date is subject to an extension fee of 1.75% per extended year of each relevant loan outstanding amount. On November 28, 2016, the Company drew down $7,500 under the NSF loan facility. As of November 29, 2016, $7,500 is outstanding under the NSF loan facility.

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
   
   
   
   
   

$15 ,000,000
          Common Shares and
Class A Warrants to Purchase           Common Shares

   
   
   
   
   
   


   
   
   
   
   
   

PROSPECTUS

   
   
   
   
   
   

Maxim Group LLC

   
   
   
   
   
   

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Article VII of our bylaws and under Section 60 of the BCA, we may indemnify anyone who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. However, such person must have acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Under Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws, the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, does not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

In addition, under Section 60 of the BCA and under our bylaws, we may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Such indemnification may be made against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. Again, this is provided that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Further, and as provided by both our bylaws and Section 60 of the BCA, when a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the foregoing instances, or in the defense of a related claim, issue or matter, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such matter.

Likewise, pursuant to our bylaws and Section 60 of the BCA, expenses (our bylaws specifically includes attorneys’ fees in expenses) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by an officer or director may be paid in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification. The bylaws further provide that with respect to other employees, such expenses may be paid on the terms and conditions, if any, as the Board may deem appropriate.

Both Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws further provide that the foregoing indemnification and advancement of expenses are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in any person’s official capacity and/or as to action in another capacity while holding office.

Under both Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws, we also have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the foregoing.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under Section 60 of the BCA (and as provided in our bylaws), the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted under the foregoing continue with regard to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified. Additionally, under Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws, any repeal or modification of Article VII of our bylaws shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

In addition to the above, our bylaws provide that references to us includes constituent corporations, and defines “other enterprises” to include employee benefit plans, “fines” to include excise taxes imposed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan, and further defines the term “serving at the request of the corporation.”

Such limitation of liability and indemnification does not affect the availability of equitable remedies. In addition, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following information gives effect to a one-for-five reverse stock split of our common shares that became effective on January 8, 2016. The following transactions were deemed to be exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. There were no underwriters involved in any of the transactions, nor were there any forms of public solicitation or general advertising used in connection with the issuances.

On June 24, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares for $1.134 million.

On September 29, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares for $0.96 million.

On December 19, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares for $1.11 million.

On March 12, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreements with Jelco and our Chief Executive Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares for $4.5 million to Jelco and 333,400 of our common shares to our Chief Executive Officer for $0.3 million.

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following certain amendments to the note, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share.

On September 7, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, under which we sold 10,022,240 of our common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9.0 million.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The exhibits filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the index to exhibits immediately preceding such exhibits, which index to exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statements

The financial statements incorporated by reference into this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
2. For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
4. To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.
5. For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is relying on Rule 430B, each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
6. For the purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distributions of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

7.

(i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Athens, Country of Greece on November 29, 2016.

 
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
 
 
Name:
Stamatios Tsantanis
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Stamatios Tsantanis, Gary J. Wolfe, Robert E. Lustrin and Edward S. Horton his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on November 29, 2016 in the capacities indicated.

Signature
Title
   
 
/s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
Director, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Stamatios Tsantanis
   
 
/s/ Christina Anagnostara
Director
Christina Anagnostara
   
 
/s/ Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
Director
Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
   
 
/s/ Elias Culucundis
Director
Elias Culucundis

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware on November 29, 2016.

 
 
PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Donald J. Puglisi
 
 
Name:
Donald J. Puglisi
 
 
Title:
Managing Director

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit List

Number
Description
1.1
Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (1)
3.2
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (2)
3.3
Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (3)
3.4
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (4)
3.5
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (5)
3.6
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (6)
3.7
Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (7)
4.1
Specimen Common Stock Certificate (8)
4.2
Form of Class A Warrant Agreement
4.3
Form of Representative’s Warrant
5.1
Opinion of Seward & Kissel, LLP, as to the validity of the securities
8.1
Opinion of Seward & Kissel, LLP, with respect to certain tax matters
10.1
Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan of the registrant (9)
10.2
Share Purchase Agreement dated June 24, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (10)
10.3
Registration Rights Agreement dated June 24, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (11)
10.4
Share Purchase Agreement dated September 29, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (12)
10.5
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 29, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (13)
10.6
Share Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (14)
10.7
Registration Rights Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (15)
10.8
Memorandum of Agreement dated December 23, 2014 with respect to Leadership (16)
10.9
Ship Technical Management Agreement dated as of February 11, 2015 between Leader Shipping Co. and V.Ships Greece Ltd. (17)
10.10
Novation Agreement to Ship Technical Management Agreement dated July 27, 2015, among V.Ships Greece Ltd., Leader Shipping Co. and V.Ships Limited (18)
10.11
Addendum No. 1 to Technical Management Agreement dated March 18, 2016, between Leader Shipping Co. and V.Ships Limited (19)
10.12
Form of Ship Technical Management Agreement with V.Ships Limited (20)
10.13
Commercial Management Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015 between the registrant and Fidelity Marine Inc. (21)
10.14
Amendment No. 1 dated September 11, 2015 to Commercial Management Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015 between the registrant and Fidelity Marine Inc. (22)
10.15
Amendment No. 2 dated February 24, 2016 to Commercial Management Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015 between the registrant and Fidelity Marine Inc. (23)
10.16
Loan Agreement dated March 6, 2015 between Leader Shipping Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. (24)
10.17
First Supplemental Agreement dated December 23, 2015 between Leader Shipping Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. related to the Loan Agreement dated March 6, 2015 (25)
10.18
Second Supplemental Agreement, dated July 28, 2016, between Leader Shipping Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. related to the Loan Agreement dated March 6, 2015*
10.19
Convertible Promissory Note dated March 12, 2015 of the registrant to Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (26)
10.20
Share Purchase Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (27)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number
Description
10.21
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (28)
10.22
Share Purchase Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Stamatios Tsantanis. (29)
10.23
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Stamatios Tsantanis. (30)
10.24
Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 of the registrant to Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (31)
10.25
Amendment dated December 1, 2015 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (32)
10.26
Amendment dated December 14, 2015 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (33)
10.27
Amendment dated January 27, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (34)
10.28
Amendment dated March 7, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (35)
10.29
Amendment dated April 21, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (36)
10.30
Amendment dated May 17, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (37)
10.31
Amendment dated June 16, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (38)
10.32
Share Purchase Agreement dated September 7, 2015 between registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (39)
10.33
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 7, 2015 between registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (40)
10.34
Purchase Agreement dated August 6, 2015 between the registrant and the Sellers listed on Schedule I thereto (41)
10.35
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Geniuship (42)
10.36
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Gloriuship (43)
10.37
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Premiership (44)
10.38
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Gladiatorship (45)
10.39
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Guardianship (46)
10.40
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Squireship (47)
10.41
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Championship *
10.42
Loan Agreement dated September 1, 2015 between Sea Glorius Shipping Co., Sea Genius Shipping Co., HSH Nordbank AG and the Banks and Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto (48)
10.43
Supplemental Letter, dated May 16, 2016, to the Loan Agreement dated September 1, 2015 between Sea Glorius Shipping Co., Sea Genius Shipping Co., HSH Nordbank AG and the Banks and Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto*
10.44
Facility Agreement dated September 11, 2015 between Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co., Guardian Shipping Co., Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and UniCredit Bank AG (49)
10.45
Amendment No. 1, dated June 3, 2016, to the Facility Agreement dated September 11, 2015 between Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co., Guardian Shipping Co., Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and UniCredit Bank AG*
10.46
Supplemental letter, dated July 29, 2016, to the Facility Agreement dated September 11, 2015 between Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co., Guardian Shipping Co., Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and UniCredit Bank AG*
10.47
Loan Agreement dated November 4, 2015 between Squire Ocean Navigation Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. (50)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number
Description
10.48
First Supplemental Agreement, dated July 28, 2016, to the Loan Agreement dated November 4, 2015 between Squire Ocean Navigation Co. and Alpha Bank A.E.*
10.49
Facility Agreement dated December 2, 2015 between Champion Ocean Navigation Co., the registrant and Natixis (51)
10.50
Memorandum of Agreement dated September 26, 2016 with respect to E.R. Bavaria *
10.51
Memorandum of Agreement dated September 26, 2016 with respect to E.R. Bayern *
10.52
Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated November 28, 2016 between Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and Jelco Delta Holding Corp.
10.53
Loan Agreement dated November 28, 2016 between Lord Ocean Navigation Co., Knight Ocean Navigation Co. and Northern Shipping Fund III LP
21.1
List of Subsidiaries*
23.1
Consent of Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.
23.2
Consent of Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.
23.3
Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
23.4
Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 8.1)
24.1
Powers of Attorney (Included in the signature page hereto)
101 INS
XBRL Instance Document
101 SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101 CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101 DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document
101 LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101 PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* Previously filed.
(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Annex M to Exhibit 99.1 to Seanergy Maritime Corp.’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on July 31, 2008 (File No. 001-33690).
(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on July 20, 2011.
(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1MEF filed with the Commission on August 28, 2009 (File No. 333--161595).
(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on September 16, 2010 (File No. 001-34848).
(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on June 27, 2011.
(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2011.
(7) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on January 7, 2016.
(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on January 7, 2016.
(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(10) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on September 12, 2014.
(11) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on September 12, 2014.
(12) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(13) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(14) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(15) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit E to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(16) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(17) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.51 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(18) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(19) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(20) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(21) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.52 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(22) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(23) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(24) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.53 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(25) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(26) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on April 13, 2015.
(27) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on April 13, 2015.
(28) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on April 13, 2015.
(29) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.57 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(30) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.58 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(31) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on October 29, 2015.
(32) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on December 29, 2015.
(33) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on December 29, 2015.
(34) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on February 11, 2016.
(35) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 14, 2016.
(36) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2016.
(37) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2016.
(38) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2016.
(39) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on October 29, 2015.
(40) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on October 29, 2015.
(41) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(42) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(43) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(44) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(45) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(46) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.35 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(47) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(48) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(49) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.39 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(50) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.40 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(51) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.41 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

[______] Common Shares and  

Class A Warrants to Purchase [______] Common Shares

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

December [__], 2016

 

Maxim Group LLC 

405 Lexington Avenue 

New York, NY 10174 

As representative of the several Underwriters  

named in Schedule A annexed hereto.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), confirms its agreement with Maxim Group LLC (“ Maxim ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A to this agreement (this “ Agreement ”) (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Maxim is acting as a representative (in such capacity, the “ Representative ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of an aggregate of [______] common shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”), together with Class A warrants to purchase an aggregate of [______] Common Shares at an exercise price equal to US$[______] per Common Share (the “ Warrants ”) in the respective amounts set forth in said Schedule A , and with respect to the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [______] additional Common Shares and/or [______] additional Warrants. Each Common Share will be issued together with one Warrant. The Common Shares and Warrants will be separately transferable immediately upon issuance. The aforesaid [______] Common Shares each together with a Warrant (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be purchased by the Underwriters, all [or any part of] the aforesaid [_____] Common Shares and/or [_____] Warrants subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “ Option Securities ”), and the Representative’s Warrant (as defined below) and the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities .”

 

 
 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-214322), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, which registration statement has become effective under the rules and regulations of the Commission (the “ 1933 Act Regulations ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Such registration statement covers the registration of the sale of the Securities under the 1933 Act. After the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“ Rule 430A ”) of the 1933 Act Regulations and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 (“ Rule 424(b) ”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. Any information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of and included in such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A is referred to as “ Rule 430A Information .” Each prospectus used in connection with the offering of the Securities that omitted Rule 430A Information, is herein called a “ preliminary prospectus .” Such registration statement, at any given time, including the amendments thereto to such time, the exhibits and any schedules thereto at such time, the documents incorporated by reference therein and the Rule 430A Information otherwise deemed to be a part thereof or included therein by 1933 Act Regulations, is herein called the “ Registration Statement .” The Registration Statement at the time it originally became effective is herein called the “ Original Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as a “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” and after such filing the term “Registration Statement” shall include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the sale of the Securities, including the documents incorporated by reference therein and any amendments or supplements thereto, is herein called the “ Prospectus .” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”).

 

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Applicable Time ” means [____] __.m. (New York City time) on December [____], 2016, or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representative.

 

General Disclosure Package ” means any (i) Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time as set forth on Schedule B hereto, (ii) the prospectus (including any documents incorporated therein by reference) that is included in the Registration Statement as of the Applicable Time, and (iii) any other documents included on Schedule B hereto, all considered together. 

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), relating to the Securities that (i) is required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) is a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission or (iii) is exempt from filing pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B hereto.

 

2
 

Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Statutory Prospectus ” as of any time at or subsequent to the Applicable Time means the prospectus relating to the Securities that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any document incorporated by reference therein and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof.

 

All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained,” “included” or “stated” in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated by reference in or otherwise deemed by 1933 Act Regulations to be a part of or included in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”) which is expressly incorporated by reference in or otherwise deemed by 1933 Act Regulations to be a part of or included in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

 

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, as follows:

 

(i) Registration Statement, Prospectus and Disclosure at Time of Sale . (A) The Company meets the requirements for use of Form F-1 under the 1933 Act. Each of the Original Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto have become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement) has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.

 

(B) At the respective times the Original Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

3
 

(C) The Prospectus, at the time the Prospectus was issued and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(D) Each preliminary prospectus (including the prospectus or prospectuses filed as part of the Original Registration Statement or any amendment thereto) complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was substantially identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(E) As of the Applicable Time, neither (1) the General Disclosure Package, nor (2) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(F) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representative as described in Section 3(e), did not and does not include any information that conflicted or conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, including any document incorporated by reference therein and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. 

 

(G) The representations and warranties in this section 1(a)(i) shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein, which information, it is agreed, consists solely of: [(i) the names of the several Underwriters appearing in the Prospectus, (ii) the fifth paragraph in the section of the Prospectus captioned “Underwriting”; (iii) the tenth paragraph in the section of the Prospectus captioned “Underwriting”; and (iv) the thirteenth paragraph in the section of the Prospectus captioned “Underwriting” (the information set forth in clauses (i)-(iv) above, the “ Underwriter Information ”).]

 

(H) At the time of filing the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

4
 

(ii) Incorporated Documents . The documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, at the time they were or hereafter are filed with the Commission, complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “ 1934 Act Regulations ”), and, when read together with the other information in the Prospectus: (A) at the time the Original Registration Statement became effective and (B) at the Closing Time (and if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading..

 

(iii) Independent Accountants . Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A. (“ E&Y ”), the accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included and incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

(iv) No Restrictions . There are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Securities under the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s (as defined below) organizational documents or the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.

 

(v) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the documents in the General Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus constitute a fair summary of the information purported to be summarized and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act except as so included or incorporated by reference. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or incorporated by reference therein regarding “non GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply, in all material respects, with Regulation G of the 1934 Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act to the extent applicable.

 

(vi) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, except as otherwise disclosed therein: (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, other than to the Company, any Subsidiary on any class of its capital stock.

 

5
 

(vii) Good Standing of Company . The Company is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its respective obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing is not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(viii) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company set forth in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement (each a “ Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”) are the only Subsidiaries which are currently material to the business and operations of the Company, and each such Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing is not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The following direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company are inactive and/or have no or nominal assets: Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited, Maritime Glory Shipping Limited, Maritime Grace Shipping Limited, Atlantic Grace Shipping Limited, Amazons Management Inc., Cynthera Navigation Ltd., Harbour Business International Corp., Lagoon Shipholding Ltd., Martinique International Corp., and Waldeck Maritime Co. (the “ Inactive Subsidiaries ”). All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim except for those arising under any credit facility or loan agreement (“ Credit Facilities ”) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as disclosed in or contemplated in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any related Security Agreement or Pledge Agreement; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of such Subsidiary.

 

6
 

(ix) Capitalization . The Company has authorized capital stock as set forth in the sections of the Prospectus entitled “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock” (and any similar sections or information, if any, contained in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus), and, as of the Applicable Time and any as of each Date of Delivery (if any), as the case may be, the Company shall have an authorized capital stock as set forth in the sections of the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus entitled “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock” (and any similar sections or information, if any, contained in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus), the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). All of the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any security holder of the Company.

 

(x) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and the terms of the related warrant agreements against payment of the consideration set forth herein and therein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; all statements relating to the Common Shares, the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are a fair and accurate description of the instruments defining the terms of the same in all material respects; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability, other than any warrant exercise price, solely by reason of being such a holder and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any security holder of the Company. When issued, the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment of the exercise price therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; provided, however, the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Common Shares underlying the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant have been duly authorized for issuance, will conform to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, have been validly reserved for future issuance, will, upon exercise of the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant, respectively, and payment of the exercise price thereof, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. The issuance of such securities is not subject to any statutory preemptive rights under the Company’s organization documents as in effect at the time of issuance, or any rights of first refusal or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company pursuant to any agreement to which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party (except for such preemptive or contractual rights as have been waived).

 

7
 

(xi) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement and each document and instrument delivered by the Company hereunder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. The Company has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(xii) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(xiii) Agreements . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiaries has terminated any of the contracts or agreements filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or any document listed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and incorporated by reference therein, and no such termination has been threatened by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any such contract or agreement. Any descriptions of the terms of any of the foregoing contracts and agreements that are contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are accurate and fair in all material respects.

 

(xiv) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of its charter, by-laws or other organizational documents or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement (including any Credit Facility), note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, is subject (collectively, “ Agreements and Instruments ”) except for such violations or defaults, singly or in the aggregate, that are not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both: (A) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or organization document of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (B) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults, Repayment Events, liens, charges or encumbrances that are not, singly or in the aggregate, resulting or would not reasonably be expected, singly or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect), or result in any violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality, self-regulatory organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority (including without limitation, the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market (“ NASDAQ ”)) or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their assets, properties or operations, except for such violations that are not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  As used herein, a “ Repayment Event ” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all of such indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

8
 

(xv) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company, any of the Company’s affiliates controlled by it or any Subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, which currently is resulting in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which is resulting in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xvi) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that is not so disclosed, or which is resulting or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which is materially and adversely affecting or would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, are not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xvii) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts, instruments or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed.

 

(xviii) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and the Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them in any material respect, and none of the Company or any Subsidiary has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any Subsidiary therein, and which infringement or conflict (in the case of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, is currently resulting or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

9
 

(xix) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court, governmental authority or agency or regulatory authority or self-regulatory organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority (including without limitation, the rules and regulations of NASDAQ) or approval of the Company’s shareholders, is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance and sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (i) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities laws and (ii) under the by-laws and rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”).

 

(xx) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer, director, employee or affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer, director, employee or affiliate of the Company take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and each Subsidiary possess such permits, licenses, certificates, approvals, financial assurances, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”) issued by the appropriate international, national, state or local regulatory agencies or bodies (collectively, “ Governmental Authorities ”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess is not, singly or in the aggregate, resulting or would not reasonably be expected, singly or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and each Subsidiary are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply is not, singly or in the aggregate, resulting or would not reasonably be expected, singly or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect is not, singly or in the aggregate, resulting or would not reasonably be expected, singly or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and none of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, result in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxii) Title to Real or Leased Property . The Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all real property owned by them, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as: (A) are described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and Prospectus or (B) would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such Subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease in any material respect..

 

10
 

(xxiii) Maritime Matters .

 

(A) Each of the vessels described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being owned by the Company or any Subsidiary as described therein (“ Owned Vessels ”) has been duly and validly registered in the name of a Subsidiary under the laws and regulations and flag of the nation of its registration; no other action is necessary to establish and perfect such entity’s title to and interest in any of the Owned Vessels as against any third party; and each Owned Vessel is owned directly by the Company or such Subsidiary free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances, except such as are described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Each such Subsidiary has good title to the applicable Owned Vessel, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests and claims and all defects of the title of record except for maritime liens incurred in the ordinary course and those liens arising under Credit Facilities, each as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(B)  Each of the Owned Vessels is in good standing with respect to the payment of past and current taxes, fees and other amounts payable under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is registered, except for any failure which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(C) Each of the Owned Vessels is operated in compliance with the rules, codes of practice, conventions, protocols, guidelines or similar requirements or restrictions imposed, published or promulgated by any governmental authority, with moral jurisdiction over, or classification society or insurer applicable to the respective Owned Vessel (collectively, “ Maritime Guidelines ”) and all applicable international, national, state and local conventions, laws, regulations, orders, governmental licenses and other requirements (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws), in each case as in effect on the date hereof, except where such failure to be in compliance is not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each applicable Subsidiary are qualified to own or lease, as the case may be, and operate such Owned Vessels under all applicable international, national, state and local conventions, laws, regulations, orders, governmental licenses and other requirements (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws) and Maritime Guidelines, including the laws, regulations and orders of each such vessel’s flag state, in each case as in effect on the date hereof, except where such failure to be so qualified is not resulting or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11
 

(D) Each of the Owned Vessels is classed by a classification society which is a full member of the International Association of Classification Societies and such Owned Vessels are in class with valid class and trading certificates, without any overdue recommendations, in each case based on the classification and certification requirements in effect on the date hereof.

 

(E) [Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any memorandum of agreement or option agreement to purchase any currently operating or existing shipping vessels] [Each memorandum of agreement or option agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to purchase any vessels as described in or filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been duly authorized and has been executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, and the Company has no reason to believe that such agreements do not constitute valid and binding agreements of each such party enforceable in all material respects against each such party in accordance with its terms. Upon exercise of its rights to acquire any vessel as provided for in any such memorandum of agreement or option agreement, the Company or applicable Subsidiary will have an enforceable right to acquire the vessel subject to the same.]

 

(F)  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement pursuant to which it has contracted to build any shipping vessels.

 

(xxiv) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

 

(xxv) Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable international, national, state or local convention, law, regulation, order, Governmental License or other requirement relating to pollution or protection of human health or safety (as they relate to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern (as defined below)) or protection of the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or protection of natural resources, including without limitation, conventions, laws or regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum and petroleum products (collectively, “ Materials of Environmental Concern ”), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Materials of Environmental Concern (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary received any written communication, whether from a Governmental Authority, citizens group, employee or otherwise, that alleges that the Company or any such Subsidiary is in violation of any Environmental Law or Governmental License required pursuant to Environmental Law; except, in each case, as does not or would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (B) there is no claim, action or cause of action filed with a court or Governmental Authority and no investigation, or other action with respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary has received written notice alleging potential liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries, attorneys’ fees or penalties arising out of, based on or resulting from the presence, or release into the environment, of any Material of Environmental Concern at any location owned, leased or operated by the Company or any Subsidiary, now or in the past, or from any vessel owned, leased or operated by the Company or any Subsidiary, now or in the past (collectively, “ Environmental Claim ”), pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary or any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company or any Subsidiary has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law, except as does not or would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (C) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents, including, without limitation, the release, emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Material of Environmental Concern, that reasonably would be expected to result in a violation of any Environmental Law, require expenditures to be incurred pursuant to Environmental Law, or form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Company, any Subsidiary or against any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company or any Subsidiary has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law, except as does not or would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect (for the avoidance of doubt, the operation of vessels in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed, by itself, an action, activity, circumstance or condition set forth in this clause (C)); and (D) none of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject to any pending proceeding under Environmental Law to which a Governmental Authority is a party and which the Company reasonably believes is likely to result in monetary sanctions of US$100,000 or more.

 

12
 

(xxvi) Effect of Environmental Laws . The Company has reasonably concluded that associated costs and liabilities arising under Environmental Laws and resulting from the business, operations or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary does not or would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(xxvii) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act, who have not validly waived such rights in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the 120-day period after the date hereof as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or have not entered into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B . 1

 

(xxviii) Accounting Controls . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (I) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (II) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 and Rule 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

 

 

1 EGS – Would you please provide an acceptable form of waiver for Plaza to sign? They will not be signing a lock-up but are willing to temporarily waive their registration rights.

 

13
 

(xxix) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) that are in effect and which the Company is required to comply with.

 

(xxx) Taxes . No capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the Republic of Greece, the Republic of The Marshall Islands (assuming that none of the Underwriters are citizens or residents of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or are carrying on business or conducting transactions in the Republic of The Marshall Islands), Hong Kong or Liberia, or to any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters.

 

(xxxi) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. Any applicable United States federal income tax returns of the Company through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 have been filed and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company. The Company and Subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and Subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxii) Transfer Taxes . There are no documentary, stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or similar fees or charges under U.S. federal law or the laws of any U.S. state, the Republic of The Marshall Islands (assuming that none of the Underwriters are citizens or residents of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or are carrying on business or conducting transactions in the Republic of The Marshall Islands), Hong Kong, Liberia or Greece, or any political subdivision of any thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance, sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters.

 

14
 

(xxxiii) Insurance . The Company and its Subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers (which term shall include protection and indemnity associations or clubs), in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably considers adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is generally maintained by companies of a similar size engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. There are no material claims by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is currently required to make any payment, or is aware of any facts which would require the Company or any Subsidiary to make any payment, in respect of a call by, or a contribution to, any insurance club, except for any payment or claims which do not or would not reasonably be expected to, in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any Subsidiary will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxiv) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are provided by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. or based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxv) Pending Proceedings and Examinations . The Registration Statement is not the subject of a pending proceeding or examination under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act, and the Company is not the subject of a pending proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

(xxxvi) Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s best knowledge, any affiliate, employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its Subsidiaries, and, to the Company’s best knowledge, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

15
 

(xxxvii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(xxxviii) OFAC . (A) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any director or executive officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s best knowledge, any other officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is (1) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor (2) located, organized or resident in the Balkans, Belarus, Burma, Cote D'Ivoire, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Iran, Iraq, North Korea, Sudan, Syria or Zimbabwe .

 

(B) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person to fund or facilitate any activities or business of any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the Company’s knowledge the subject of Sanctions; or

 

(C) Since their inception, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in and will not knowingly engage in any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

16
 

(xxxix) Commissions and Fees . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person (other than contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and Maxim or any other Underwriter or contracts, agreements or understandings that have been disclosed to Maxim) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or, to the Company’s best knowledge, any arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuance with respect to the Company or any of its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, Subsidiaries or affiliates that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation as determined by FINRA.

 

(xl) No Association with FINRA . Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees or affiliates directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, or is a person associated with (within the meaning of Article I (dd) of the bylaws of the FINRA), any member firm of the FINRA.

 

(xli) No Outstanding Loans or Other Indebtedness . There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the executive officers or directors of the Company or any of the family members of any of them.

 

(xlii) Immunity from Jurisdiction . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the United States, the Republic of The Marshall Islands, Liberia, Hong Kong or Greece or any political subdivisions thereof.

 

(xliii) Foreign Private Issuer Status . The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act.

 

(xliv) PFIC Status . The Company did not qualify as a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its most recently completed taxable year, if any.

 

(xlv) Dividends and Distributions . Except in accordance with Marshall Islands law or otherwise as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends, from making any other distribution, from repaying any loans or advances or from transferring any of its property or assets. All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may, under the current laws and regulations of the Republic of The Marshall Islands be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (so long as not paid to a citizen or resident of the Republic of The Marshall Islands) and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction and without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body or any stock exchange authority in the Republic of The Marshall Islands.

 

17
 

(xlvi) No Limits on Distributions . Except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no limitations on the ability of the Company to make distributions in respect of or to redeem the Securities. Except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no encumbrances or restrictions on the ability of any Subsidiary: (A) to pay dividends or make other distributions on such Subsidiary’s capital stock or to pay any indebtedness to the Company and any such dividends and other distributions, under the current laws and regulations of the jurisdictions where such Subsidiaries are organized, may be freely transferred out of such jurisdictions and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of such jurisdictions, (B) to make loans or advances or pay any indebtedness to the Company or (C) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company.

 

(xlvii) Forward-Looking Statements . Each “forward-looking statement” (within the meaning of Section 27A of the 1933 Act or Section 21E of the 1934 Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed with a reasonable basis and has been disclosed in good faith.

 

(xlviii) Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 16 of this Agreement has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the jurisdiction of any federal or state court in the State of New York, County of New York, and has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to Section 16 of this Agreement has legally, validly and effectively designated, appointed and empowered, an agent for service of process in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Agreement in any federal or state court in the State of New York.

 

(xlix) XBRL . The interactive data in eXtensibile Business Reporting Language included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto. 

 

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

18
 

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per Common Share together with a Warrant of US$[____], the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof; provided, however that with respect to the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule C opposite the name of such Underwriter, each Underwriter agrees to pay US$[____] per Common Share together with a Warrant (the “ OCP Initial Securities ”).

 

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Securities, which may be purchased in any combination of Common Shares and/or Warrants, at the purchase price of US$[____] per Common Share, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities, and US$[____] per Warrant. The option hereby granted will expire 45 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time upon written notice by the Representative to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “ Date of Delivery ”) shall be determined by the Representative, but shall not be earlier than three full business days after delivery of such notice or later than seven full business days after the delivery of such notice, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as the Representative in its discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares or warrants.

 

(c) Payment .

 

(i) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Seward & Kissel LLP, One Battery Park Plaza, New York New York 10004, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at [____] a.m. (New York City time) on the third business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Time ”).

 

19
 

(ii) In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representative to the Company.

 

(iii) Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company (which at the Company’s election may be an account of the Company’s legal counsel), and, upon receipt thereof, delivery to the Representative for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of the Securities to be purchased by them shall be made. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representative, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.

 

(d) Denominations; Registration . The Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in book-entry form in such denominations and registered in the name of “Cede & Co.”, as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, or such other names as the Representative may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will promptly notify the Representative: (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or new registration statement relating to the Securities shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement, the filing of a new registration statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein or otherwise deemed to be a part thereof or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or such new registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment that is reasonable.

 

20
 

(b) Filing of Amendments and 1934 Act Documents . The Company will give the Representative notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or new registration statement relating to the Securities or any amendment, supplement or revision to either any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Original Registration Statement or amendment thereto at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or otherwise, and the Company will furnish the Representative with a copy of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Representative reasonable notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations prior to the execution of this Agreement; the Company will give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the execution of this Agreement to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representative with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver, upon written request, to the Representative, without charge, one signed copy of the Original Registration Statement and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein and documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein or otherwise deemed to be a part thereof), and will also deliver, upon written request, to the Representative, without charge, a conformed copy of the Original Registration Statement and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Original Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities anticipated hereby. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

21
 

(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or to file a new registration statement amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment, supplement or new registration statement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to comply with such requirements; the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to have such amendment or new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable (if it is not an automatic shelf registration statement with respect to the Securities); and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment, supplement or new registration statement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement (or any other registration statement relating to the Securities) or the Statutory Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus or included, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict.

 

(f) Blue Sky and Other Qualifications . The Company will arrange, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other applicable jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may reasonably designate (with the Company’s consent) and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action which would reasonably result in it having to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a broker or dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act or shall comply with Rule 158 of the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

(h)  Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

22
 

(i) Listing . The Company will use reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Shares and Warrants on NASDAQ for at least three (3) years after the Closing Date, except as a result of a transaction approved by, or otherwise with the vote on consent of, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. For a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date, if the Company fails to maintain the listing of the Securities on a nationally recognized exchange in the United States, the Company shall, at its expense, obtain and keep current a listing in the Standard & Poor’s Corporation Records Services or the Moody’s Industrial Manual; provided that Moody’s OTC Industrial Manual is not sufficient for these purposes.

 

(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 120 days from the Closing Time, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, directly or indirectly: (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the Company’s shares of common stock or any other securities so convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Company’s shares of common stock (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”) or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of any Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of any Lock-Up Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (i) the Securities to be sold or issued hereunder or the exercise of any of such Securities, (ii) any grants or issuances of securities, or the filing of a registration statement, related to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan or any other incentive compensation plan of the Company in effect at date hereof, provided such grants or issuances are undertaken in a manner consistent with past practice of the Company, and subject to the lock-up agreements referred to in Section 5(i), (iii) the issuance by the Company of any common shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, including the conversion of either of the convertible promissory notes issued by the Company to Jelco Delta Holding Corp., subject to the lock-up agreements referred to in Section 5(i), or (iv) any issuances of securities related to (A) the Company’s acquisition, leasing, management, or operation of business or assets (including, without limitation, vessels), or (B) the formations and operation of any joint venture or investment vehicle with respect to which the Company or any of the Company’s sponsor or affiliates is directly or indirectly a party, including the acquisition, leasing, management or operation of businesses or assets (including, without limitation, vessels) by such joint venture or investment vehicle; provided, however that the primary purpose of any issuance described in this clause (iv) shall be for operational or asset acquisition purposes and not capital raising purposes.

 

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations.

 

23
 

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission under Rule 433. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Representative or by the Company and the Representative, as the case may be, is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping.

 

(m) Publicity . The Company shall not, prior to the Closing Time or 48 hours prior to any Date of Delivery (if any), as the case may be, issue a press release or other communication directly or indirectly or hold a press conference with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, the financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, assets, or liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the offering of the Securities, without the Representative’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(n) Manipulation . The Company shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, take, directly or indirectly, any action designed, or which will constitute, or has constituted, or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses; Representative’s Warrant .

 

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of any certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any related stock or other transfer taxes or stamp or other duties incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection therewith, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of any Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto (which fees and disbursements shall not exceed $5,000), (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, and of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of any Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (ix) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the use of the iDeal or NetRoadshow systems, and the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations that are approved in writing by the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and travel and lodging expenses of any such consultants that are approved in writing by the Company, and the Company’s proportionate share (based on the number of Company personnel participating) of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (x) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities (which fees and disbursements shall not exceed $5,000), (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Common Shares and the Warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market; (xii) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors (which amounts shall not exceed $5,000 in the aggregate); and (xiii) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of legal counsel to the Underwriters; provided, however, that any expenses to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate (but the amount of such expenses shall be reduced by the $15,000 of aggregate expense advances previously paid by the Company to the Representative, and which will be returned to the Company to the extent not used for actual out-of-pocket expenses). All such expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Underwriters (except for legal fees and disbursements, which shall be paid at Closing) shall be payable by the Company within 30 days of the receipt of an invoice in respect thereof and may be deducted from the gross proceeds at the Closing Date.

 

24
 

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representative in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for their reasonable and documented accountable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided, however, that such expenses shall not exceed $30,000 in the aggregate (but the amount of such expenses shall be reduced by the $15,000 of aggregate expense advances previously paid by the Company to the Representative).

 

(c) Representative’s Warrant . In consideration of the services to be provided for hereunder, the Company shall issue to the Representative, or to such other parties designated by the Representative, a warrant to purchase an aggregate of [____] Common Shares (the “ Representative’s Warrant ”) in the form attached as Exhibit A .

 

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Filing of Prospectus . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and become effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A).

 

(b) Opinion of U.S. Counsel for Company . At Closing Time, the Representative and the Underwriters shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurances statements, dated as of Closing Time, of Seward & Kissel LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

25
 

(c) Opinion of Counsel on Issues of Marshall Islands Law for Company . At Closing Time, the Representative and the Underwriters shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Seward & Kissel LLP, special counsel on matters of Marshall Islands law for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(d) Opinion of Counsel on Issues of Liberian Law for Company . At Closing Time, the Representative and the Underwriters shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Seward & Kissel LLP, special counsel on matters of Liberian law for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(e) Negative Assurances Letter of Counsel for Underwriters . At Closing Time, the Representative and the Underwriters shall have received a negative assurances letter, dated as of Closing Time, of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(f) Company Officers’ Certificate . At Closing Time, there shall not have been since the Applicable Time, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representative shall have received a certificate of the chief executive officer of the Company or the chief financial officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act, no order preventing the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to his knowledge, contemplated.

 

(g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . The Representative shall have received from E&Y a letter dated the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (the “ Comfort Letter Condition ”).

 

26
 

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At Closing Time, the Representative shall have received from E&Y a letter, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(i) No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements related to the offering contemplated hereby, provided that the Underwriters shall have undertaken reasonable best efforts to secure such confirmation.

 

(j) Lock-Up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by the persons and entities listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

(k) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representative shall have received:

 

(i) Company Officers’ Certificates . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the chief executive officer of the Company and of the chief financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion and negative assurances statements of Seward & Kissel LLP, special U.S. counsel for the Company, together with the favorable opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, special counsel for the Company on issues of Marshall Islands law, Seward & Kissel LLP, special counsel for the Company on issues of Liberia law, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Sections 5(b) through 5(f) hereof.

 

(iii) Negative Assurances Statement of Counsel for Underwriters . A negative assurances letter of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the letter required by Section 5(g) hereof.

 

27
 

(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from E&Y, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representative pursuant to Section 5(j) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(l) Additional Documents . At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(m) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section (including, without limitation, the Comfort Letter Condition, but excluding any negative assurances letter to be delivered by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP) shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities, on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities or Option Securities, as applicable, may be terminated by the Representative by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 13, 16, 17 and 18 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

 

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “ Affiliate ”), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

28
 

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representative), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information or any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein.

 

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this section will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this section, notify in writing each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all papers served. No indemnification provided for in Section 6(a) or 6(b) shall be available to any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in this Section 6(c) if the party to whom notice was not given was unaware of the proceeding to which such notice would have related and was prejudiced by the failure to give such notice but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party of any such action, suit or proceeding shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Agreement. In case any such action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with one firm of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and the approval by the indemnified party of such counsel, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses, except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ another counsel in any such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment of counsel by such indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties, (ii) the indemnified party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (iii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of the commencement thereof, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, suit, and proceeding or claim effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

29
 

SECTION 7. Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 6(a) or 6(b) is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect to any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (including any investigation, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting any contribution received by any person entitled hereunder to contribution from any person who may be liable for contribution) incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above shall be deemed to include any reasonable legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 7, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have hereunder or otherwise than under this Section 7. No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled without its written consent. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

30
 

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any Subsidiary submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

 

(a) Termination; General . The Representative may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to Closing Time: (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representative, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been materially (with materiality being determined in sole judgment of the Representative) suspended or limited by the Commission or NASDAQ, or if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT or NASDAQ has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (iv) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities, or (vi) the Comfort Letter Condition has not been satisfied.

 

31
 

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

(c) Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representative shall have the right, within 36 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representative shall not have completed such arrangements within such 36-hour period, then: if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

(d) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default. In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 9.

 

SECTION 10. Tax Disclosure . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, from the commencement of discussions with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company (and each employee, representative or other agent of the Company) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the U.S. Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

32
 

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representative at Maxim Group LLC, 405 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10174, Attention: Equity Capital Markets, with a copy to Maxim Group LLC, 405 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10174, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy for information purposes only to Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, Attention: Barry I. Grossman., Esq., and notices to the Company shall be directed to it at the Company’s address indicated on the front cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis, with a copy to Seward & Kissel LLP, 1 Battery Park Plaza, New York, New York 10003, Attention: Gary J. Wolfe, Esq.

 

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company (on behalf of itself and each Subsidiary and affiliate of the Company) acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

SECTION 13. Integration . This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company or any affiliate thereof and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 14. Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

33
 

SECTION 15. Jurisdiction . The Company agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against the Company brought by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any federal or New York State court located in the City and County of New York (a “ New York Court ”), and waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Company hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Seward & Kissel LLP (the “ Process Agent ”) as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any Claim brought against the Company, it being understood that the designation and appointment of the Process Agent as such authorized agent shall become effective immediately without any further action on the part of the Company. The Company represents to each Underwriter that it has notified the Process Agent of such designation and appointment and that the Process Agent has accepted the same. The Company hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service. The Company further agrees that service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of said service to the Company, mailed by first-class mail and delivered to the Process Agent, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such Claim. Nothing herein shall affect the right of each Underwriter, its partners, directors, officers and members, any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or any “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) of such Underwriter, or the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action arising out of or based upon this Agreement may be instituted by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Republic of The Marshall Islands. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive any termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part.

 

SECTION 16. Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 17. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN ENTERED INTO, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

34
 

SECTION 18. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 19. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof.

 

SECTION 20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

SECTION 21. Effect of Headings . The Section headings and subheadings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

35
 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very Truly Yours,
     
  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

AGREED TO ACCEPTED:

 

MAXIM GROUP LLC, for itself and as Representative 

of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

36
 

SCHEDULE A

 

Initial Securities

 

Name of Underwriter  

Number of Common Shares,  

each Together with a Warrant  

Maxim Group LLC    
       
       
Total     [______]
       

 

 

37
 

SCHEDULE B

 

General Disclosure Package

 

 

 

38
 

SCHEDULE C

 

OCP Initial Securities

 

Name of Underwriter  

Number of Common Shares,  

each together with a Warrant

 

Maxim Group LLC    
       
       
Total     [______]

 

39
 

SCHEDULE D

 

LIST OF PERSONS AND ENTITIES SUBJECT TO LOCK-UP

 

Claudia Restis

 

Jelco Delta Holding Corp.

 

Comet Shipholding Inc.

 

Stamatios Tsantanis

 

Christina Anagnostara

 

Elias Culucundis

 

Dimitris Anagnostopoulos

 

40
 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT

 

 

 

41
 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[DATE]

 

Maxim Group LLC 

405 Lexington Avenue 

New York, NY 10174

 

For itself and as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

Re:  Proposed Public Offering by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, a stockholder, director or officer of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), understands that Maxim Group LLC (“ Maxim ”), as Representative of the several Underwriters named in Schedule A therein, proposes to enter into a Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with the Company providing for the public offering of an aggregate of [ ] of the Company’s common shares, par value US$0.0001 per share and Class A warrants to purchase an aggregate of [______]of the Company’s common shares (collectively, the “ Securities ”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement that, during a period of 120 days from the date of the closing of the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”), with respect to which the undersigned now owns and has the power of disposition, or file, or cause to be filed, any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the Lock-Up Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

42
 

The foregoing shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offerings, (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift or by will or intestacy, (c) if the undersigned is an entity, distributions of Lock-Up Securities to stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned, (d) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (e) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to the undersigned’s affiliates (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or to any investment fund or other entity controlled by or under common control or management with the undersigned or its affiliates, or (f) if the undersigned is an individual, dispositions to the Company in connection with the “cashless” exercise of stock options (the term “cashless” exercise in this agreement being intended to include the sale of a portion of the option shares or previously owned shares of Common Stock to cover payment of the exercise price), in each case upon the exercise of awards granted pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan or any other incentive compensation plan of the Company in effect at date hereof; provided that no public announcement or filing under the 1934 Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection with such transfer other than any required filing under the 1934 Act that indicates by footnote disclosure or otherwise the nature of such transfer or deemed transfer; provided further that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) through (e), each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this letter.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (1) the closing of the offering of the Securities has not occurred prior to December 31, 2016, (2) the Company notifies Maxim in writing prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it does not intend to proceed with the offering of the Securities, or (3) the Underwriting Agreement (other than any provision thereof which is expressed to survive termination) shall terminate, this agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations hereunder. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

43
 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

FORM OF CLASS A WARRANT AGREEMENT

 

THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of _________ ___, 2016, is by and between SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. , a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and [●], a [●] corporation, as the Warrant Agent (the “ Warrant Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company is engaged in a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”) and Class A warrants to purchase Common Shares and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to [●] Class A Warrants (including up to [●] Class A Warrants subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company) to public investors in the Offering, each such Class A Warrant evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase [●] Common Share for $[●] per share, subject to adjustment as described herein (the “ Warrants ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-214322) (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of the Common Shares and the Warrants to be sold to investors in the Offering and the Common Shares underlying the Warrants;

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange and exercise of the Warrants;

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants, or if the Warrants are held in “street name”, a Participant (as defined below) or a designee appointed by such Participant (each, a “ Holder ” or “ Registered Holder ”); and

 

WHEREAS , all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.    Appointment of Warrant Agent.  The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the express terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (and no duties or obligations shall be inferred or implied). The Warrant Agent shall not assume any obligations or relationship of agency or trust with any of the Holders.

 

2.    Warrants.

 

2.1    Form of Warrant.  Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only and shall be in substantially the form of  Exhibit A  hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein. Each Warrant shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary or other principal officer of the Company. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance. All of the Warrants shall initially be represented by one or more book-entry certificates (each, a “ Book-Entry Warrant Certificate ”).

 

1
 

2.2    Effect of Countersignature.  Unless and until countersigned by, or issued bearing the facsimile signature of the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

 

2.3    Registration.

 

2.3.1    Warrant Register.  The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (the “ Warrant Register ”) for the registration of the original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company. To the extent the Warrants are eligible for the book entry and depository services of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC Eligible ”) as of the date of issuance (the “ Issuance Date ”), all of the Warrants shall be represented by one or more Book-Entry Warrant Certificates deposited with The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depository ”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of the Depository. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Book-Entry Warrant Certificates shall be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership shall be effected through, records maintained (i) by the Depository or its nominee for each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate; (ii) by institutions that have accounts with the Depository (such institution, with respect to a Warrant in its account, a “ Participant ”); or (iii) directly on the book-entry records of the Warrant Agent with respect only to owners of beneficial interests represented by such direct registration. If the Warrants are not DTC Eligible as of the Issuance Date or the Depository subsequently ceases to make its book-entry settlement system available for the Warrants, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent regarding making other arrangements for book-entry settlement within ten (10) days after the Depository ceases to make its book-entry settlement available. In the event that the Company does not make alternative arrangements for book-entry settlement within ten (10) days or the Warrants are not eligible for, or it is no longer necessary to have the Warrants available in, book-entry form, the Warrant Agent shall provide written instructions, upon receipt of written instructions from the Company, to the Depository to deliver to the Warrant Agent for cancellation each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, and the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to deliver to the Depository definitive certificates (“ Warrant Certificates ”) in physical form evidencing such Warrants. Such Warrant Certificates shall be in substantially the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

 

2.3.2    Beneficial Owner; Registered Holder.  The term “beneficial owner” shall mean any person in whose name ownership of a beneficial interest in the Warrants evidenced by a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate is recorded in the records maintained by the Depository or its nominee. Prior to due presentment to the Warrant Agent for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant is registered in the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate (as defined below) made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

2.4    Uncertificated Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything else herein to the contrary, the Warrants may be issued in uncertificated form.

 

2
 

3.    Terms and Exercise of Warrants.

 

3.1    Exercise Price.  Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the Registered Holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Common Shares stated therein, at the price of $[●] per share, subject to the adjustments provided herein. The term “ Exercise Price ” as used in this Agreement shall mean the price per share at which Common Shares may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised.

 

3.2    Duration of Warrants.  A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (the “ Exercise Period ”) commencing on the Date of Issuance and ending on [●], 202[●] (the “ Expiration Date ”);  provided, however , that the exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions, as set forth in  Section 3.3.2  or with respect to an effective registration statement. Each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Expiration Date.

 

3.3    Exercise of Warrants.

 

3.3.1    Payment.  Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Agreement, a Warrant, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, may be exercised by the Registered Holder thereof by submitting a duly executed Election to Purchase attached to the applicable Warrant, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent, which may be done by fax or email delivery, and by paying, within two Trading Days of the date of exercise, in full the Exercise Price for each full Common Share as to which the Warrant is exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ”), in lawful money of the United States, by wire transfer or in good certified check or good bank draft payable to the order of the Company or by Cashless Exercise, if permitted under, and in accordance with,  Section 3.3.2 . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no ink-original Election to Purchase shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Election to Purchase form be required;  provided, however , that if the Company’s transfer agent is not participating in the Depository’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program and the Registered Holder requests that the Common Shares be issued or registered to a holder other than the Registered Holder, then an ink-original Election to Purchase and a medallion guarantee shall be required. If a Warrant Certificate is held by a Depository, then no physical delivery of a Warrant Certificate in order to effect an exercise hereunder shall be required and, if a Warrant Certificate is held by any person other than the Depository, the Registered Holder shall be required to physically deliver a Warrant Certificate in order to effect an exercise hereunder. The term “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the principal securities exchange or trading market on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted for trading is open for trading.

 

3.3.2    Cashless Exercise.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if and only if an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Common Shares that are subject to the Election to Purchase is not available for the issuance of such Common Shares, the Registered Holder may exercise a Warrant in whole or in part and, in lieu of making the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to the Company upon such exercise in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price, elect instead to receive upon such exercise the “ Net Number ” of Common Shares determined according to the following formula (a “ Cashless Exercise ”):

3
 

 

Net Number =

(A x B) - (A x C)

B

 

  

For purposes of the foregoing formula:

 

A = the total number of shares with respect to which a Warrant is then being exercised.
   
B = the last VWAP immediately preceding the time of delivery of the Election to Purchase giving rise to the applicable “cashless exercise”, which shall be set forth in the applicable Election to Purchase (to clarify, the “last VWAP” will be the last VWAP as calculated over an entire Trading Day such that, in the event that the Warrant is exercised at a time that the principal securities exchange or trading market on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted for trading is open for trading, the prior Trading Day’s VWAP shall be used in this calculation).
   
C = the Exercise Price then in effect for the applicable Common Shares at the time of such exercise.

 

In connection with any Cashless Exercise pursuant to this  Section 3.3.2 , the Warrant Agent will promptly deliver a copy of the Election to Purchase to the Company to confirm the Net Number of Common Shares issuable in connection with the Cashless Exercise. The Company shall calculate and transmit such calculations to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall have no obligation under this  Section 3.3.2  to calculate, verify or confirm the Net Number of Common Shares to be issued with respect to such Cashless Exercise.

 

For purposes of Rule 144(d) promulgated under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date hereof, assuming the Registered Holder is not an affiliate of the Company, the Common Shares issued in a Cashless Exercise shall be deemed to have been acquired by the Registered Holder, and the holding period for the Common Shares shall be deemed to have commenced, on the date the Warrant was originally issued. Also, the Common Shares issued in a Cashless Exercise shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrant being exercised.

 

3.3.3    Issuance of Common Shares on Exercise.  Subject to funds for exercise being received by the Company on or before the second Trading Day following the date of receipt by the Company of an Election to Purchase, then on or before the third Trading Day following the date upon which the Company has received a duly executed Election to Purchase for a Warrant, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to (i)  provided  that the transfer agent is participating in the Depository’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, credit such aggregate number of Common Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with the Depository through its Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian System, or (ii) if the transfer agent is not participating in the Depository’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, issue and deliver to the Holder, or at the Holder’s instruction pursuant to the delivered Election to Purchase, the Holder’s agent or designee, in each case pursuant to this clause (ii), sent by reputable overnight courier to the address specified in the applicable Election to Purchase, a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee (as indicated in the applicable Election to Purchase), for the number of Common Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise. While any Warrants remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain a transfer agent that participates in the Depository’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program.

 

4
 

3.3.4    Valid Issuance.  All Common Shares issued or issuable upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3.3.5    Date of Issuance.  Each person in whose name any certificate for the Common Shares are issued, or is required to be issued hereunder, or to whom Common Shares are credited (or are required to be credited) to such person’s account at the Depository shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Shares as of the time that a duly executed Election to Purchase is delivered in accordance with  Section 3.3.1 , except that, in the case of a Cash Exercise, such person shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Shares on the first Trading Day after the date on which the Aggregate Exercise Price has been received by the Company, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or the date the Common Shares are credited to such person’s account at the Depository, except that, if the date of such delivery and/or payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

 

3.3.6    Share Delivery Failure.  Subject to funds for exercise being received by the Company on or before the second Trading Day following the date of receipt by the Company of an Election to Purchase, then if the Company shall fail, for any reason or for no reason, to issue to the Holder within three (3) Trading Days after receipt of the applicable Election to Purchase (the “ Share Delivery Deadline ”), a certificate for the number of Common Shares to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise of a Warrant or credit the Holder’s balance account with the Depository for such number of Common Shares to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise of this Warrant (as the case may be, but in each case without a restrictive legend) (a “ Delivery Failure ”), and if on or after such Share Delivery Deadline the Holder purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) Common Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of all or any portion of the number of Common Shares issuable upon such exercise that the Holder so anticipated receiving from the Company, then, in addition to all other remedies available to it, the Company shall, within three (3) Business Days (as defined below) after the Holder’s request and in the Holder’s discretion, either (i) pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to 100% of the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses, if any) for the Common Shares so purchased (including, without limitation, by any other person in respect, or on behalf, of the Holder) (the “ Buy-In Price ”), at which point the Company’s obligation to so issue and deliver such certificate or credit the Holder’s balance account with the Depository for the number of Common Shares to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise hereunder (as the case may be) (and to issue such Common Shares) shall terminate, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to so issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing such Common Shares or credit the Holder’s balance account with the Depository for the number of Common Shares to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise hereunder (as the case may be) and pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (A) such number of Common Shares multiplied by (B) the lowest VWAP of the Common Shares on any Trading Day during the period commencing on the date of the applicable Election to Purchase and ending on the date immediately preceding the date of such issuance and payment under this clause (ii). The term “ Business Day ” as used in this Agreement shall mean any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the City of New York, State of New York or the City of Athens in the Country of Greece. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Common Shares subject to an Election to Purchase by the Share Delivery Deadline, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Common Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the Common Shares on the date of the applicable Election to Purchase), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such Share Delivery Deadline until such Common Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. For the purposes of this provision “ VWAP ” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Shares are then listed or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, The New York Stock Exchange or The NYSE MKT, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on such exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg, L.P. (“ Bloomberg ”) (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Shares are listed or quoted on the OTCQB or OTCQX (each as operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc., or any successor market), the volume weighted average price of the Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Shares are not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Shares are then reported in the OTC Pink published by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Shares so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a Common Share as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

5
 

3.4    Beneficial Ownership Limitation on Exercises.  The Company shall not effect the exercise of any portion of a Warrant, and the Registered Holder of such Warrant shall not have the right to exercise any portion of such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, the Registered Holder (together with the Registered Holder’s affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with the Registered Holder or any Registered Holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% (the “ Maximum Percentage ”) of the Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise,  provided, however , that the foregoing limitation on exercise shall not apply to any Registered Holder who, together with such Registered Holder’s affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such Registered Holder and such Registered Holder’s affiliates, owns in excess of the Maximum Percentage immediately prior to the closing of the Offering. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of Common Shares beneficially owned by such Registered Holder and its affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such Registered Holder and such Registered Holder’s affiliates, shall include the number of Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude Common Shares which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of the Warrant beneficially owned by the Registered Holder and its affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such Registered Holder and such Registered Holder’s affiliates, and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by the Registered Holder and its affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such Registered Holder and such Registered Holder’s affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred stock or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with  Section 13(d)  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”). The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for calculating beneficial ownership in accordance with the provisions of this  Section 3.4 , nor shall it have any duty to monitor or ensure compliance with this Section or take any action with respect thereto (unless specifically instructed in writing by the Company). To the extent that the limitation contained in this  Section 3.4  applies, the Registered Holder’s submission of an Election to Purchase shall be deemed to be the Registered Holder’s determination of whether a Warrant is exercisable (in relation to any other securities owned by the Registered Holder together with any affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such Registered Holder and such Registered Holder’s affiliates) and of which portion of a Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Maximum Percentage, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d)  of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of the Warrants, in determining the number of outstanding Common Shares, the Registered Holder may rely on the number of outstanding Common Shares as reflected in the most recent of (1) the Company’s most recent Form 20-F, Form 6-K or other public filing with the Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent written public announcement by the Company, or (3) any other notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of Common Shares outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of the Registered Holder, the Company shall within three (3) Trading Days confirm to the Registered Holder the number of Common Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding Common Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including any Warrant, by the Registered Holder and its affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such Registered Holder and such Registered Holder’s affiliates, since the date as of which such number of outstanding Common Shares was reported. By written notice to the Company, a Registered Holder may from time to time increase or decrease the Maximum Percentage to 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of Common Shares upon exercise of a Warrant and the provisions of this  Section 3.4  shall continue to apply;  provided that  (y) any such increase will not be effective until the sixty-first (61 st ) day after such notice is delivered to the Company, and (z) any such increase or decrease will apply only to that Registered Holder. For purposes of clarity, the Common Shares underlying any Warrant in excess of the Maximum Percentage for a Registered Holder shall not be deemed to be beneficially owned by that Registered Holder for any purpose including for purposes of  Section 13(d)  or Rule 16a-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act. The provisions set forth herein shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the other terms of this  Section 3.4  to the extent necessary to correct any such provision which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation.

 

6
 

3.5    Cost Basis Information.     

 

3.5.1     In the event of a cash exercise, the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to record cost basis for newly issued shares in a manner reasonably determined by the Company to be subsequently communicated by the Company to the Warrant Agent. In the absence of basis information provided by the Company, securities will be recorded by the Warrant Agent as noncovered.

 

3.5.2     In the event of a Cashless Exercise, the Company shall provide cost basis for shares issued pursuant to a Cashless Exercise at the time the Company confirms the Net Number to the Warrant Agent pursuant to  Section 3.3.2  hereof.

 

4.    Adjustments.

 

4.1    Stock Dividends.

 

4.1.1    Split-Ups.  If after the date hereof, the number of outstanding Common Shares are increased by a stock dividend payable in Common Shares, or by a split-up of Common Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Common Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Common Shares and the Exercise Price shall be proportionally decreased such that the aggregate Exercise Price, after such adjustments, remains the same for each Warrant.

 

4.1.2    Extraordinary Dividends and Other Distributions.  If the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Common Shares, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction), except to the extent an adjustment was already made pursuant to  Section 4.1.1  or  Section 4.2 , and other than regular quarterly or other periodic dividends that may be initiated in the future (a “ Distribution ”), at any time after the issuance of a Warrant, then, in each such case, then the Exercise Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such Distribution, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value (as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, in good faith) of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Common Stock in respect of such Distribution in order that subsequent thereto upon exercise of the Warrants the Holder may obtain the equivalent benefit of such Distribution.

 

4.2    Aggregation of Shares.  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of  Section 4.6 , the number of outstanding Common Shares are decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of Common Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Common Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Common Shares and the Exercise Price shall be proportionally increased such that the aggregate Exercise Price, after such adjustments, remains the same for each Warrant.

 

7
 

4.3    Subsequent Rights Offerings.  In addition to any adjustments stated herein, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any security of the Company or any other entity that is convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares or any warrant or other right to purchase Common Shares or any other security of the Company or any other entity that is convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares or other property pro rata to all the record holders of any class of Common Shares (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Common Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation on the Maximum Percentage immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights;  provided, however , to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such Common Shares as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage, at which time or times the Holder shall be granted such right (and any Purchase Right granted, issued or sold on such initial Purchase Right or on any subsequent Purchase Right to be held similarly in abeyance) to the same extent as if there had been no such limitation.

 

4.4    [Intentionally omitted.]  

 

4.5    Fundamental Transactions.  

 

4.5.1 If, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Shares are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons (other than (but except in the case of a “Rule 13e-3” transaction as defined in Rule 13e-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act involving) Claudia Restis, Jelco Delta Holding Corp., Comet Shipholding Inc. or associated or affiliated persons), whereby such other person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding Common Shares (not including any Common Shares held by the other person or other persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of a Warrant, the Registered Holder of each Warrant shall have the right to receive, for each Common Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Registered Holder (without regard to any limitation in  Section 3.4  on the exercise of the Warrants), the number of Common Shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “ Alternate Consideration ”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of Common Shares for which a Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in  Section 3.4  on the exercise of the Warrants), without duplication of the Successor Entity securities deliverable under Section 4.5.2 below. For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one Common Share in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Shares are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then each Registered Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration such Registered Holder receives upon any exercise of a Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction that is (1) an all cash transaction, (2) a “Rule 13e-3 transaction” as defined in Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act, or (3) a Fundamental Transaction involving a person or entity not traded on a Trading Market, the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the Holder’s option, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the exercise of the option. “ Black Scholes Value ” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black and Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Expiration Date, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg as of the Trading Day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, or, if the Fundamental Transaction is not publicly announced, the date the Fundamental Transaction is consummated, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction, (D) (iv) a zero cost of borrow and (v) a 360 day annualization factor. The payment of the Black Scholes Value will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five Business Days of the Holder’s election (or, if later, on the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction).

 

8
 

4.5.2 The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “ Successor Entity ”) and for which stockholders of the Company received any equity securities of the Successor Entity to assume in writing all obligations of the Company under each Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this  Section 4.5  pursuant to agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Registered Holders and approved by the Registered Holders holding Warrants to purchase at least a majority of the shares of Common Shares underlying the then outstanding Warrants (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of each Registered Holder, deliver to such Registered Holder in exchange for such Registered Holder’s Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to such Registered Holder’s Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the Common Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of such Warrant (without regard to the limitations on exercise set forth in  Section 3.4 ) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the Exercise Price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Common Shares pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of such Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Agreement and each Warrant referring to the “ Company ” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and each Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

4.6    Calculations.  All calculations under this  Section 4  shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest whole share, as the case may be. For purposes of this  Section 4 , any calculation of the number of Common Shares deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall not include treasury shares, if any. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this  Section 4 , no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price;  provided, however , that any adjustments which by reason of the immediately preceding sentence are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

 

4.7    Notices of Changes in Warrant.  Upon every adjustment of the Exercise Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in  Sections 4.1 ,   4.2 or 4.3   (each, an “ Adjustment Event ”), the Company shall give written notice of the occurrence of such event to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the Warrant Register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event. The Company hereby agrees that it will provide the Warrant Agent with reasonable notice of Adjustment Events or any event under  Section 4.5 . The Company further agrees that it will provide to the Warrant Agent with any new or amended exercise terms. The Warrant Agent shall have no obligation under any Section of this Agreement to determine whether an Adjustment Event or an event under  Section 4.5  has occurred or are scheduled or contemplated to occur or to calculate, verify or confirm any of the adjustments set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a report on Form 6-K.

 

9
 

4.8    No Fractional Shares.  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this  Section 4 , the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Common Shares to be issued to such Holder. If fewer than all the Warrants evidenced by a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate are exercised, a notation shall be made to the records maintained by the Depository, its nominee for each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, or a Participant, as appropriate, evidencing the balance of the Warrants remaining after such exercise.

 

4.9    Form of Warrant.  The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this  Section 4 , and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.    Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

 

5.1    Registration of Transfer.  The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer, as well as any other evidence of authority that may be reasonably required by the Warrant Agent. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

 

5.2    Procedure for Surrender of Warrants.  Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof, or by a duly authorized attorney, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the Registered Holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants;  provided, however , that except as otherwise provided herein or in any Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate may be transferred only in whole and only to the Depository, to another nominee of the Depository, to a successor depository, or to a nominee of a successor depository.

 

5.3    Fractional Warrants.  The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which shall result in the issuance of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

 

5.4    Warrant Execution and Countersignature.  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this  Section 5 and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 

10
 

6.    Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants.

 

6.1    No Rights as Stockholder.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, a Registered Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of a Warrant, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of share capital of the Company for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Agreement be construed to confer upon a Registered Holder, solely in its capacity as the Registered Holder of a Warrant, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether any reorganization, issue of stock, reclassification of stock, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, prior to the issuance to the Registered Holder of the Warrant Shares which it is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of a Warrant. A Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder.

 

6.2    Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants.  If any Warrant Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, absent notice to the Company or the Warrant Agent that such Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a “protected” purchaser, the Company may, upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and Company harmless, or any other condition as the Company and the Warrant Agent may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant Certificate of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, and countersigned by the Warrant Agent. Any such new Warrant Certificate shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone. The Warrant Agent may, at its option, issue replacement Warrant Certificates for mutilated certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity.

 

6.3    Reservation of Common Shares.  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Common Shares that shall be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.    Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters.

 

7.1    Payment of Taxes.   The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Common Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants, but neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be obligated to pay any income taxes of the Holder in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

 

7.2    Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent.

 

7.2.1    Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent, or any successor hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving thirty (30) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of a Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be authorized under applicable laws to exercise powers of a transfer agent and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as the Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

11
 

7.2.2    Notice of Successor Warrant Agent.  In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Common Shares not later than thirty (30) days before the effective date of any such appointment.

 

7.2.3    Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent.  Any entity into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

 

7.3    Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

 

7.3.1    Remuneration.  The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and any transfer agent fees which are in addition thereto and shall, pursuant to its obligations under this Agreement, reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

 

7.3.2    Further Assurances.  The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7.4    Liability of Warrant Agent.

 

7.4.1    Reliance on Company Statement.  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary or other principal officer of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon, and be held harmless for such reliance upon, such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and shall not be held liable in connection with any delay in receiving such statement.

 

7.4.2    Indemnity.  The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (each as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and to hold the Warrant Agent harmless against any costs, expenses (including reasonable fees of its legal counsel), losses or damages, which may be paid, incurred or suffered by or to which it may become subject, arising from or out of, directly or indirectly, any claims or liability resulting from its actions as Warrant Agent pursuant hereto; provided, that such covenant and agreement does not extend to, and the Warrant Agent shall not be indemnified with respect to, such costs, expenses, losses and damages incurred or suffered by the Warrant Agent as a result of, or arising out of, its gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct (each as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

12
 

7.4.3    Exclusions.  The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof). The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of  Section 4  or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Common Shares shall, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

 

7.4.4    Instructions.  From time to time, the Company may provide the Warrant Agent with instructions concerning the services performed by the Warrant Agent hereunder. In addition, at any time the Warrant Agent may apply to any officer of Company for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel for the Warrant Agent or the Company with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement. The Warrant Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Warrant Agent in reliance upon any Company instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel. The Warrant Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Company.

 

7.4.5    Rights and Duties of the Warrant Agent.

 

7.4.5.1     The Warrant Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Warrant Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in accordance with such opinion.

 

7.4.5.2     The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, and all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

 

7.4.5.3     The Warrant Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility in the case of the receipt of any written demand from any holder of Warrants with respect to any action or default by the Company, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise or to make any demand upon the Company.

 

7.4.5.4     The Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

 

13
 

7.4.5.5     The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorney or agents, and the Warrant Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorney or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (each as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) in the selection and continued employment thereof.

 

7.4.5.6     The Warrant Agent may rely on and shall be held harmless and protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in reliance upon any certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, facsimile transmission, telegram or other document, or any security delivered to it, and believed by it to be genuine and to have been made or signed by the proper party or parties, or upon any written or oral instructions or statements from the Company, with respect to any matter relating to its acting as Warrant Agent hereunder.

 

7.4.5.7     The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to expend or risk its own funds or to take any action that it believes would expose or subject it to expense or liability or to a risk of incurring expense or liability, unless it has been furnished with assurances of repayment or indemnity satisfactory to it.

 

7.4.5.8     The Warrant Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of its obligations relating to any registration statement filed with the Commission or this Agreement, or otherwise relating to the Company’s failure to comply with federal or state securities laws, whether referenced herein or otherwise.

 

7.4.5.9     The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or responsibility for the use by the Company of any Warrants authenticated by the Warrant Agent and delivered by it to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the issue and sale, or exercise, of the Warrants.

 

7.4.5.10     The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder solely as agent for the Company, and its duties shall be determined solely by the express provisions hereof (and no duties or obligations shall be inferred or implied). The Warrant Agent shall not assume any obligations or relationship of agency or trust with any of the owners or holders of the Warrants.

 

7.4.5.11     The Warrant Agent may rely on and be fully authorized and protected in acting or failing to act upon (a) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; or (b) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed.

 

7.4.5.12     In the event the Warrant Agent reasonably believes any ambiguity or uncertainty exists hereunder or in any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication, paper or document received by the Warrant Agent hereunder, the Warrant Agent, may, in its reasonable discretion, refrain from taking any action, and shall be fully protected and shall not be liable in any way to Company, the holder of any Warrant Certificate or Book-Entry Warrant Certificate or any other person or entity for refraining from taking such action, unless and until the Warrant Agent receives written instructions signed by the Company which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty to the satisfaction of Warrant Agent.

 

14
 

7.5    Acceptance of Agency.  The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Common Shares through the exercise of the Warrants.

 

7.6    Limitation of Liability.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Warrant Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the amounts paid hereunder by the Company to the Warrant Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Warrant Agent is being sought. Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for any consequential, indirect, special, punitive or incidental damages under any provisions of this Agreement or for any consequential, indirect, punitive, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility or likelihood of such damages.

 

7.7    Survival.  The provisions of this Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, removal or replacement of the Warrant Agent.

 

8.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

8.1    Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

8.2    Notices.  Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given if in writing (i) when so delivered if by hand or (ii) when sent, if delivered by internationally recognized overnight delivery service, facsimile (provided that confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) or by electronic mail (provided that such sent e-mail is kept on file (whether electronically or otherwise) by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipient’s e-mail server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient) as follows:

 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 

[_______] 

Attn: [______], Chief Executive Officer 

Facsimile: [_______] 

Email: [_______]

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

[_______] 

Attn: [______] 

Facsimile: [_______] 

Email: [_______]

 

15
 

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given if in writing (i) when so delivered if by hand or (ii) when sent, if delivered by internationally recognized overnight delivery service, facsimile (provided that confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) or by electronic mail (provided that such sent e-mail is kept on file (whether electronically or otherwise) by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipient’s e-mail server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient)as follows:

 

[__________] 

Attention: [_______] 

Facsimile: [_______] 

Email: [_______]

 

8.3    Applicable Law; Process Agent.  The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. The Company hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Seward & Kissel LLP (the “ Process Agent ”) as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any claim or cause of action brought against the Company, it being understood that the designation and appointment of the Process Agent as such authorized agent shall become effective immediately without any further action on the part of the Company. The Company represents to the Warrant Agent that it has notified the Process Agent of such designation and appointment and that the Process Agent has accepted the same in writing. The Company hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service. The Company further agrees that service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of said service to the Company, mailed by first-class mail and delivered to the Process Agent, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such claim or cause of action.

 

8.4    Persons Having Rights under this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the Registered Holders of the Warrants any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the Registered Holders of the Warrants.

 

8.5    Examination of the Warrant Agreement.  A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent, for inspection by the Registered Holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such Registered Holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

 

8.6    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. A signature to this Agreement transmitted electronically shall have the same authority, effect and enforceability as an original signature.

 

16
 

8.7    Effect of Headings.  The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 

8.8    Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Warrant Agent with the written consent of the Company and the Registered Holders holding Warrants to purchase at least a majority of the Common Shares underlying the then outstanding Warrants. No consideration shall be offered by the Company to any Registered Holder in connection with a modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement or any Warrant without also offering the same consideration to all Registered Holders.

 

8.9    Severability.  This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

 

8.10    Force Majeure.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Warrant Agent will not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.

 

8.11    Bank Accounts.  All funds received by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by the Warrant Agent in the performance of its services hereunder (the “ Funds ”) shall be held by the Warrant Agent as agent for the Company and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by the Warrant Agent in its name as agent for the Company. Until paid pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Warrant Agent will hold the Funds through such accounts in: deposit accounts of commercial banks with Tier 1 capital exceeding $1 billion or with an average rating above investment grade by S&P (LT Local Issuer Credit Rating), Moody’s (Long Term Rating) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (LT Issuer Default Rating) (each as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P.). The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Funds that may result from any deposit made by the Warrant Agent in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank, financial institution or other third party. The Warrant Agent may from time to time receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits. The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to pay such interest, dividends or earnings to the Company, any Holder of Warrants or any other party.

 

8.12    Confidentiality.  The Warrant Agent and the Company agree that all books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party, including  inter alia , personal, non-public information about the Holders, which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement including the fees for services shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by law, including, without limitation, pursuant to subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions).

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

17
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [                            ], as Warrant Agent
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT]

 

18
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF CLASS A WARRANT CERTIFICATE

 

Number

 

[ ] CLASS A WARRANTS

 

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF

THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR
IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

 

 
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

(Incorporated Under the Laws of The Republic of Marshall Islands)

 

CUSIP [_______]

 

Warrant Certificate

 

This Warrant Certificate certifies that [__________], or its registered assigns, is the registered holder of [ ] Class A warrant(s) (the “ Warrants ” and each, a “ Warrant ”) to purchase Common Shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Common Shares ”), of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”). Each Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “ Exercise Price ”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money of the United States of America (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement), subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement (as defined on the reverse hereof).

 

Each Warrant is initially exercisable for [ ] fully paid and non-assessable Common Share[s]. The number of Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

The initial Exercise Price per Common Share for any Warrant is equal to $[__] per share. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement.

 

A- 1
 

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [                            ], as Warrant Agent
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

 

A- 2
 

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

 

[Reverse]

 

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive Common Shares and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as of ________ ____, 2016 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), duly executed and delivered by the Company to [_______], a [______] corporation, as the Warrant Agent (the “ Warrant Agent ”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement. Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in  Section 3.2  of the Warrant Agreement.

 

The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a Common Share, the provisions of  Section 4.8  of the Warrant Agreement shall apply.

 

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

 

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement (including requiring a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, or other evidence of authority of the transferor required by the Warrant Agent), without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

 

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

A- 3
 

Election to Purchase

 

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive Common Shares and herewith tenders payment for such shares to the order of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) in the amount of $_______ in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a [certificate][credit to the undersigned or its designee’s balance account with the Depository Trust Company through its Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian System] for such shares [be registered in the name of ________________, whose address is _________________________, and that such shares be delivered to ______________, whose address is ______________________] [be made to the following account name and information: __________________________]. If said number of shares is less than all of the Common Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares be registered in the name of ______________, whose address is __________________________, and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to ____________________, whose address is _____________________________________.

 

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to  Section 3.3.2  of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with  Section 3.3.2  of the Warrant Agreement.

 

_____ a “ Cash Exercise ” with respect to ________________ Warrant Shares; and/or

 

_____ a “ Cashless Exercise ” with respect to     _______________Warrant Shares, resulting in a delivery obligation by the Company to the Holder of Common Shares representing the applicable Net Number, subject to adjustment.

 

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive Common Shares. If said number of shares is less than all of the Common Shares purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares be registered in the name of ________________, whose address is _________________________________, and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to ___________________, whose address is _______________________________.

 

 

 

Date: ____________, 20____    
    Signature
     
     
    Address
     
     
    (Tax Identification Number)
     
     

 

A- 4
 

 

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED, OR BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF SUCH SECURITIES BY ANY PERSON FOR A PERIO D OF one hundred and eighty (180) days IMMEDI ATELY FOLLOWING THE DATE OF EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO.: 333-214322 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(G)(2).

 

REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT

 

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

Warrant Shares: [●] Issuance Date: [●] [●],2016

 

THIS REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT (the “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received, Maxim Partners LLC or its assigns (the “ Holder ”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date that is 180 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “ Initial Exercise Date ”) and on or prior to the close of business on the three (3) year anniversary of the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “ Termination Date ”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), up to [●] Common Shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “ Warrant Shares ”). The purchase price of one Warrant Share under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1 .            Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Underwriting Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated [●] [●], 2016, between the Company and Maxim Group LLC, as representative of the several Underwriters named in Schedule A thereto.

 

Section 2 .            Exercise .

 

(a)         Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed facsimile copy of the Notice of Exercise form annexed hereto. Within three (3) trading days following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is available and specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) trading days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases; provided that the records of the Company, absent manifest error, will be conclusive with respect to the number of Warrant Shares purchasable from time to time hereunder. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise form within one (1) business day of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof. For purposes of this agreement, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the City of New York, State of New York or the City of Athens in the Country of Greece.

 

 
 

 

(b)          Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of the Common Shares under this Warrant shall be $ [●] [125% of the public offering price] , subject to adjustment hereunder (the “ Exercise Price ”). Except as where otherwise permitted in accordance with Section 2(c), this Warrant may only be exercised by means of payment by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank.

 

(c)          Cashless Exercise . If, and only if, at the time of exercise hereof there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for the issuance of the Warrant Shares to the Holder, then, and only then, this Warrant may, at the option of the Holder, be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

(A) = the VWAP on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” which shall be set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;

 

(B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder, at the time of exercise; and

 

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

VWAP ” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Shares are then listed or quoted on The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT or any tier of The NASDAQ Stock Market (each, a “ Trading Market ”), the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (“ Bloomberg ”) (based on a trading day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b)  if the Common Shares are listed or quoted on the OTCQB or OTCQX (each as operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc., or any successor market), the volume weighted average price of the Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable , (c) if the Common Shares are not then listed or quoted for trading on the OTCQB or OTCQX Markets and if prices for the Common Shares are then reported in the OTC Pink Market published by OTC Markets Group Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Shares so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a Common Share as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Holder, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

2
 

 

(d)            Mechanics of Exercise .

 

(i)            Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“ DWAC ”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares or (B) this Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise by physical delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is five (5) trading days after the latest of (A) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (B) surrender of this Warrant (if required) and (C) receipt by the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price as set forth above (including by cashless exercise, if permitted) (such date, the “ Warrant Share Delivery Date ”). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the Warrant has been exercised and payment to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) has been received by the Company and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2(d)(vi) prior to the issuance of such shares have been paid.

 

(ii)           Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise . If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

(iii)          Rescission Rights . If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

 

(iv)            Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, Common Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “ Buy-In ”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the Common Shares so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of Common Shares that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Shares having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of Warrant Shares with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver Common Shares upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

3
 

 

(v)            No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

(vi)            Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided , however , that, in the event Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

 

(vii)            Closing of Books . The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(e)           Holder’s Exercise Limitations . The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below).  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of Common Shares beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of Common Shares which are issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of Common Shares which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other securities of the Company which by their terms are convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares (“ Common Share Equivalents ”) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates.  Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether, and representation and certification to the Company that, this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding Common Shares, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding Common Shares as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of Common Shares outstanding.  Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) trading days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of Common Shares then outstanding.  In any case, the number of outstanding Common Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding Common Shares was reported. The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 4.99% of the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon not less than 61 days’ prior notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of Common Shares upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any such increase or decrease will not be effective until the 61 st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

4
 

 

Section 3 .            Certain Adjustments .

 

(a)           Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions pro rata to the record holders of its Common Shares of its Common Shares or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in Common Shares (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Common Shares issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of the Common Shares any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of Common Shares (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

(b)            Subsequent Rights Offerings . In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time during which this Warrant is outstanding the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Share Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Shares (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Common Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such Common Shares as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation). The provisions of this Section 3(b) will not apply to any grant, issuance or sale of Common Share Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property of the Company which is not made pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Shares.

 

5
 

 

(c)            Extraordinary Distributions . If the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Common Shares, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction), except to the extent an adjustment was already made pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) and other than regular quarterly or other periodic dividends that may be initiated in the future  (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, then the Exercise Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such Distribution, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, in good faith) of any securities or other assets paid on each Common Share in respect of such Distribution in order that subsequent thereto upon exercise of this Warrant the Holder may obtain the equivalent benefit of such Distribution.

 

(d)            Fundamental Transaction . If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Shares are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons (other than (but except in the case of a “Rule 13e-3 transaction” transaction as defined in Rule 13e-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act involving) Claudia Restis, Jelco Delta Holding Corp., Comet Shipholding Inc. or associated or affiliated persons), whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding Common Shares (not including any Common Shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of common equity of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “ Alternate Consideration ”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of Common Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), without duplication of the Successor Entity securities deliverable under Section 3(e) below. For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one Common Share in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Shares are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction that is (1) an all cash transaction, (2) a “Rule 13e-3 transaction” as defined in Rule 13e-3 under the 1934 Act, or (3) a Fundamental Transaction involving a person or entity not traded on a Trading Market the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the option of the Holder or the Company or any Successor Entity, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the exercise of the option. “ Black Scholes Value ” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black and Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg as of the trading day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, or, if the Fundamental Transaction is not publicly announced, the date the Fundamental Transaction is consummated, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction and (D) a remaining option time equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “ Successor Entity ”) and for which stockholders of the Company received any equity securities of the Successor Entity to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(e), and to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the Common Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Common Shares pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

6
 

 

(f)            Calculations . All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest whole share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of Common Shares deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of Common Shares (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

(g)            Notice to Holder .

 

(i)            Adjustment to Exercise Price . Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holder a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

(ii)            Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder . If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Shares, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Shares, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Shares, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Shares are converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 10 business days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to mail such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Form 6-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 4 .            Transfer of Warrant .

 

(a)           Transferability . This Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued. Neither this Warrant nor any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued, except the transfer of any security:

 

(i)           by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

 

7
 

 

(ii)          to any FINRA member firm participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period; or

 

(iii)         the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period.

 

(b)           New Warrants . This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

(c)           Warrant Register . The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “ Warrant Register ”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

Section 5 .            Registration Rights . To the extent the Company does not maintain an effective registration statement for the Warrant Shares and in the further event that the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering the sale of its Common Shares (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, or on another form, or in another context, in which such “piggyback” registration would be inappropriate), then, for a period of seven (7) years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holder as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and offer to the Holder in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Warrant Shares as such Holder may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). The Company shall cause such Warrant Shares to be included in such registration and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Warrant Shares requested to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Warrant Shares in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggyback Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggyback Registration. Furthermore, each Holder must provide such information as reasonably requested by the Company (which information shall be limited to that which is required for disclosure under the 1933 Act and the forms, rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) to be included in the registration statement timely or the Company may elect to exclude such Holder from the registration statement. In addition, to the extent the Company does not maintain an effective registration statement for the Warrant Shares, for a period of five (5) years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Holder shall be entitled to (a) one (1) demand right for the registration of the Warrant Shares at the Company’s expense (other than any underwriting discounts, selling commissions, share transfer taxes applicable to the sale of the Warrant Shares, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holder) and (b) one (1) additional demand right for the registration of the Warrant Shares at the Holder’s expense (each, a “ Demand Registration ”). In the event of a Demand Registration, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to register the applicable Warrant Shares. All Holders of Warrant Shares proposing to distribute their securities through a Demand Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Demand Registration. Furthermore, each Holder must provide such information as reasonably requested by the Company (which information shall be limited to that which is required for disclosure under the 1933 Act and the forms, rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) to be included in the registration statement timely or the Company may elect to exclude such Holder from the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the registration rights described in this Section 5 shall be subject to limitations imposed by the Commission’s rules or comments of the Commission staff in connection with its review of the registration statement for any such resale registration. Moreover, notwithstanding the foregoing registration obligations of the Company, if the Company furnishes to the Holders requesting a Demand Registration a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for a registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the 1933 Act or 1934 Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such Demand Registration or withdraw a related registration statement for a period of not more than forty-five (45) calendar days; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than twice in any twelve (12) month period or during the twelve (12) month period prior to the Termination Date.

 

8
 

 

Section 6 .            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise . This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividend rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3.

 

(b)           Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

(c)            Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding business day.

 

9
 

 

(d)            Authorized Shares .

 

(i)          The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Shares a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such commercially reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Shares may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

(ii)          Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

(iii)          Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(e)            Jurisdiction . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles, and federal or state courts sitting in the State of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of this Warrant.

 

(f)            Restrictions . The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

(g)            Nonwaiver and Expenses . No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant or the Agreement, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

10
 

 

(h)            Notices . Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions of the Agreement.

 

(i)            Limitation of Liability . No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Shares or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

(j)            Remedies . The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(k)            Successors and Assigns . Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of this Warrant.

 

(l)            Amendment . This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

(m)           Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

(n)            Headings . The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

********************

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Representative’s Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
   
 

By: 

    Name:
    Title:

 

11
 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:        SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, dated _______, 2016, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

☐ in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank; or

 

☐ if permitted by the terms of the Warrant, the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

     

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

     
     
     
     
     

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:  

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:  

 

Name of Authorized Signatory:  

 

Title of Authorized Signatory:  

 

Date:  

 

 
 

 

 
 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.
Do not use this form to exercise the warrant.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [____] all of or [_______] shares of the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to _______________________________________________ whose address is _______________________________________________________________.  

 

Date: ______________

 

  Holder’s Signature:  
     
  Holder’s Address:  
     
     

 

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

Seward & Kissel llp 

ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA 

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004 

 
     
 

TELEPHONE: (212) 574-1200 

FACSIMILE: (212) 480-8421 

WWW.SEWKIS.COM

 

901 K Street, NW 

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20001 

TELEPHONE: (202) 737-8833 

FACSIMILE: (202) 737-5184

 

November 29, 2016

 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 

16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
166 74 Glyfada
Athens, Greece

 

Re: Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-214322) (the “ Registration Statement ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on October 28, 2016, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the public offering (the “ Offering ”) of the Company’s securities, comprised of common shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), Class A warrants to purchase common shares (the “ Warrants ”), and a representative’s warrant to purchase common shares (the “ Representative’s Warrant ”). The Company’s common shares underlying the Warrants are referred to as the “ Warrant Shares ” and the Company’s common shares underlying the Representative’s Warrant are referred to as the “ Representative’s Warrant Shares ”.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the prospectus of the Company (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement; (iii) the form of Class A Warrant Agreement, to be entered by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company; (iv) the form of Representative’s Warrant to be entered by the Company and (v) such corporate documents and records of the Company and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to various questions of fact which are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed, we have relied upon statements or certificates of public officials, directors of the Company and others.

 

 
 

We have further assumed for the purposes of this opinion, without investigation, that (i) all documents contemplated by the Prospectus to be executed in connection with the Offering have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto other than the Company and (ii) the terms of the Offering comply in all respects with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus and all of the instruments, agreements and other documents relating thereto or executed in connection therewith.

 

With respect to the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant, we have assumed that, as of each and every time any of the Warrants or the Representative’s Warrant are exercised, the Company will have a sufficient number of authorized and unissued Warrant Shares or Representative’s Warrant Shares available for issuance under its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Further, we have assumed that, at or prior to the time of the delivery of any of the Warrant Shares or Representative’s Warrant Shares, there will not have occurred any change in the law or the facts affecting the validity of the Warrant Shares or Representative’s Warrant Shares.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

 

(i) the Common Shares, Warrants, Representative’s Warrant, Warrant Shares and Representative’s Warrant Shares have been duly authorized by the Company;

 

(ii) the Common Shares, when issued, sold and paid for as contemplated in the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(iii) Assuming the Warrants are issued and delivered as contemplated in the Prospectus, the Warrant Shares, when issued and delivered against payment therefor upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with their terms, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(iv) Assuming the Representative’s Warrant is issued and delivered as contemplated in the Prospectus, the Representative’s Warrant Shares, when issued and delivered against payment therefor upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrant in accordance with its terms, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(v) when the Warrants are issued and delivered as contemplated in the Prospectus, the Warrants will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof (i) may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent obligation, moratorium or other similar laws affecting generally the enforceability of creditors’ rights and remedies or the collection of debtor’s obligations from time to time in effect, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, including the application of principles of good faith, fair dealing, course of dealing, course of performance, commercial reasonableness, materiality, unconscionability and conflict with public policy and other similar principles, or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; and

 

 
 

(vi) when the Representative’s Warrant is issued and delivered as contemplated in the Prospectus, the Representative’s Warrant will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof (i) may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent obligation, moratorium or other similar laws affecting generally the enforceability of creditors’ rights and remedies or the collection of debtor’s obligations from time to time in effect, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, including the application of principles of good faith, fair dealing, course of dealing, course of performance, commercial reasonableness, materiality, unconscionability and conflict with public policy and other similar principles, or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York and the Republic of the Marshall Islands as in effect on the date hereof.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us under the headings “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP

 

 

 
 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

Seward & Kissel llp  

ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA 

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004 

 
     
 

TELEPHONE: (212) 574-1200 

FACSIMILE: (212) 480-8421 

WWW.SEWKIS.COM

 

901 K Street, NW 

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20001 

TELEPHONE: (202) 737-8833 

FACSIMILE: (202) 737-5184 

 

November 29, 2016

 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 

16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
166 74 Glyfada
Athens, Greece

 

Re: Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-214322) (the “ Registration Statement ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on October 28, 2016, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the public offering of the Company’s securities, comprised of common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, Class A warrants to purchase common shares, and a representative’s warrant to purchase common shares.

 

In formulating our opinion as to these matters, we have examined such documents as we have deemed appropriate, including the Registration Statement and the prospectus of the Company (the “ Prospectus ”) included in the Registration Statement. We have also obtained such additional information as we have deemed relevant and necessary from representatives of the Company.

 

Based on the facts as set forth in the Registration Statement and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Tax Considerations” therein, we hereby confirm that the opinions of Seward & Kissel LLP with respect to United States federal income tax matters and Marshall Islands tax matters expressed in the Registration Statement under the captions “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Consequences”, “Tax Considerations—Marshall Islands Tax Consequences”, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Company—We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common stock” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Company—We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings” accurately state our views as to the tax matters discussed therein.

 

 
 

Our opinions and the tax discussion as set forth in the Registration Statement are based on the current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service which may be cited or used as precedents, and case law, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above by reference to the Registration Statement.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us under the headings “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP

 

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.52

 

 

 

Dated 4 October 2016
as amended and restated on 28 November 2016

 

 

 

 

 

JELCO DELTA HOLDING CORP. 

as Lender

 

and

 

SEANERGY MARITIME Holdings CORP. 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

amended and restated Loan Agreement

 

in respect
of a loan facility of up to US$12,800,000
to finance part of the acquisition cost for
m.v. “E.R. BAVARIA” and m.v. “E.R. BAYERN”

 

 

 

 

 

 

WATSON FARLEY

&

WILLIAMS

 

 
 

Index

 

Clause Page

 

1   Purpose, Definitions and Interpretation 2
2   The Loan 10
3   Interest 10
4   Repayment 10
5   Prepayment 11
6   Representations and Warranties 12
7   Covenants and Undertakings of the Borrower 13
8   Insurance 13
9   Ship Covenants 17
10   Events of Default 21
11   Fees 23
12   Application of Receipts 23
13   Notices 24
14   Amendments and Waivers 24
15   Process Agent 24
16   Governing Law and Jurisdiction 25
17   Miscellaneous 25

 

Schedules

 

Schedule 1 Form of Drawdown Notice 26
Schedule 2 Condition Precedent Documents 27
Part A 27
Part B 28

 
 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (the “Loan Agreement’) is originally made on 4 October 2016 as amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated 28 November 2016.

 

PARTIES

 

(1) JELCO DELTA HOLDING CORP. , a corporation organised under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands (the “ Lender ”)

 

(2) SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. , a corporation organised under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Company has entered into (i) a Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016 between the Company for a company to be nominated as buyers (being Owner A, as thereafter defined) and E.S.V.M. Schiffahrt GmbH & Co. KG as sellers (the “ Bavaria Seller ”) for the purchase of the motor vessel named “E.R. BAVARIA” (“ Ship A ”) (together with all amendments or addenda thereto referred to as the “ Bavaria MOA ”), (ii) a Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016 between the Company for a company to be nominated as buyers (being Owner B, as thereafter defined) and E.A.D.M. Schiffahrt GmbH & Co. KG as sellers (the “ Bayern Seller ”) for the purchase of the motor vessel named “ E.R. BAYERN ” (“ Ship B” and together with Ship A, the “Ships” and each a “Ship ”) (together with all amendments or addenda thereto referred to as the “ Bayern MOA ” and together with the Bavaria MOA, the “ MOAs ” and each, “ MOA ”), (iii) an escrow account agreement entered into between, inter alios, the Bavaria Seller and the Company in relation to payment of the deposit in the amount of US$2,075,000 for Ship A as provided in the Bavaria MOA (“ Deposit A ”) and (iv) an escrow account agreement entered into between, inter alios, the Bayern Seller and the Company in relation to payment of the deposit in the amount of US$2,075,000 for Ship B as provided in the Bayern MOA (“ Deposit B ”).

 

(B) The Company has nominated Lord Ocean Navigation Co. of Liberia as the final buyers of Ship A (“ Owner A ”) and Knight Ocean Navigation Co. of Liberia as the final buyer of Ship B (“ Owner B ”, together with Owner A, the “ Owners ” and each an “ Owner ”).

 

(C) The Company is the registered, legal and beneficial owner of Emperor Holding Ltd., of the Marshall Islands (the “ Holding Co. ”) and the Holding Co. is the registered, legal and beneficial owner of each Guarantor.

 

(D) The Company desires to borrow an aggregate principal amount of up to US$12,800,000 from the Lender for financing part of the acquisition cost of the Ships (inclusive of the Deposits) in two advances.

 

(E) The Company has already drawn down the first advance in the amount of US$4,150,000 in order to finance the payment of Deposit A and Deposit B in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement.

 

(F) The Lender, which is holding 76.2% of the total issued share capital of the Company, is willing to make available the remaining part of the loan to the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement.

 

 
 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and for such other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1 Purpose, Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 Purpose

 

This Loan Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which it is agreed that the Lender will make available to the Borrower a loan of up to United States Dollars twelve million eight hundred thousand (US$12,800,000) to be used for the purpose of financing part of the Contract Price of the Ships and working capital purposes of the Ships.

 

1.2 Definitions

 

In this Loan Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires each term or expression defined in the recital of the parties and this clause shall have the meaning given to it in the recital of the parties and in this clause and:

 

“Advance” means each of Advance A and Advance B and, in the plural means both of them;

 

“Advance A” means the amount of US$4,150,000 drawn down in two sub-advances on 5 and on 6 October 2016 to pay the Deposits or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding of Advance A at any relevant time;

 

“Advance B” means an amount of up to US$8,650,000 to finance part of the acquisition cost of Ship A or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding of Advance B at any relevant time;

 

“Agreed Form” means, in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Lender or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provisions of any Finance Document;

 

“Amending and Restating” means the amending and restating agreement dated 28 November 2016 and made between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

“Applicable Margin” means:

 

(a) during the period commencing on the first Drawdown Date and ending on 28 November 2016, 5 per cent. per annum;

 

(b) subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) at all times thereafter, 9 per cent. per annum;

 

(c) if a prepayment of US$5,000,000 is made from the net proceed of any public offering of securities concluded by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 5.3 (c), from the date of such prepayment and at all times thereafter subject to paragraph (d), the rate shall reduce by 2 per cent. per annum;

 

(d) if the facility is extended pursuant to Clause 5.6, at all times during such extension period the rate shall increase by 1.5 per cent. per annum;

 

“Approved Flag” means, in relation to a Ship, the flag of the Republic of Liberia or such other flag as the Lender may approve as the flag on which that Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;

 

“Approved Flag State” means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of Liberia or any other country in which the Lender may approve that Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;

 

“Approved Manager” means, in respect of a Ship, V. Ships as the technical manager of that Ship and Fidelity Marine as the commercial manager of that Ship, or any other company nominated by the Owners which the Lender may approve from time to time (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) as the commercial and/or technical manager of that Ship and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

2
 

“Approved Manager’s Undertaking” means, in relation to a Ship, a letter of undertaking including (inter alia) an assignment of an Approved Manager’s rights, title and interests in the Insurances executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by that Approved Manager in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form agreeing certain matters in relation to that Approved Manager, serving as manager of that Ship and subordinating its rights against that Ship and the Owner to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;

 

“Availability Period” means, in respect of each Advance, the period commencing on the date of this Loan Agreement and ending on the earlier of:

 

(a) 20 December 2016 (or such later date as the Lender may agree with the Borrower); and

 

(b) the date on which that Advance is fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

 

Banking Day ” means any day on which banks and foreign exchange markets in New York, London and Athens and in each country or place in or at which any act is required to be done under this Loan Agreement, are open for the transaction of business of the nature contemplated in this Loan Agreement;

 

Borrower ” means the Company as specified at the beginning of this Loan Agreement;

 

Contract Price means in relation to each Ship, $20,750,000, being in each case the acquisition cost of that Ship payable pursuant to the relevant MOA;

 

Delivery Date ” means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which title to and possession of that Ship is transferred from the relevant Seller to the relevant Owner pursuant to the MOA in respect of the Ship;

 

Deposits ” means Deposit A and Deposit B;

 

Dollar ” and “ US$ ” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

Drawdown Date ” means, in respect of an Advance, the Banking Day, not earlier than the date of this Loan Agreement upon which the Borrower has requested that an Advance be made available or (as the context requires) the date on which that Advance is actually made by the Lender to the Borrower hereunder;

 

“Earnings” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Owner of that Ship or the Lender and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

(ii) compensation payable to that Owner or the Lender in the event of requisition of the Ship owned by it for hire;

 

(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

 

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

3
 

 

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

 

“Environmental Claim” means:

 

(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

 

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

 

“Environmental Incident” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from that Ship; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than that Ship and which involves a collision between that Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which that Ship is actually liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or that Ship and/or the Owner of that Ship and/or any operator or manager of that Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from that Ship and in connection with which that Ship is actually liable to be arrested and/or where the Owner of that Ship and/or any operator or manager of that Ship is at fault otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

 

“Environmental Law” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

“Environmentally Sensitive Material” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

 

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 10;

 

Fidelity Marine ” means Fidelity Marine Inc., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands;

 

Final Repayment Date ” means:

 

(a) 20 December 2016 in the event that Ship A is not delivered to Owner A by the last day of the Availability Period; or

 

(b) the earlier of (i) 28 February 2018 and (ii) the date falling fourteen (14) months from the final Drawdown Date; or

4
 

 

(c) the earlier of (i) 28 February 2019 and (ii) the date falling twenty six (26) months from the final Drawdown Date in the event that the facility has been extended pursuant to Clause 5.6, or

 

(d) if earlier, the date on which the Lender terminates or cancels this Loan Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof;

 

“Finance Documents” means together:

 

(a) this Loan Agreement;

 

(b) the Guarantees;

 

(c) the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

(d) the Intercreditor Deed;

 

(e) the General Assignments;

 

(f) the Mortgages;

 

(g) the Approved Manager’s Undertakings; and

 

(h) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower or an Owner (except from an Approved Manager outside of the Lender’s group) or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lender under this Loan Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition and, in the singular, means any of them;

 

“General Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, a second priority general assignment of (inter alia) the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation relative to that Ship executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Owner of that Ship in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Guarantee” means, in relation to each Owner, an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower executed or to be executed by that Owner in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form and in the plural, means both of them;

 

“IACS” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

 

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance and any reinsurance, policies or contracts, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it whether before, on or after the date of this Loan Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights (including, without limitation, any and all rights or claims which the Owner of that Ship may have under or in connection with any cut-through clause relative to any reinsurance contract relating to the aforesaid policies or contracts of insurance) and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Loan Agreement;

 

Intercreditor Deed ” means an agreement made or to be made between (i) the Owners, (ii) the Lender and (iii) the Senior Mortgagee pursuant to which the Lender and the Senior Mortgagee will regulate their rights under the Senior Agreement and this Loan Agreement;

 

5
 

Interest Payment Date ” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 3;

 

Interest Period ” means each period for the payment of interest pursuant to Clause 3;

 

Interest Rate ” means the rate of interest payable in respect of the Loan ascertained in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3;

 

ISM Code means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “safety management system”, “Safety Management Certificate” and “Document of Compliance” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

 

ISPS Code means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

ISSC means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

 

Loan means the principal amount from time to time outstanding under this Loan Agreement;

 

Major Casualty means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

MOA ” means, in respect of:

 

(a) Ship A, the Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016, as amended by addendum no. 1 thereto dated 6 October 2016 and addendum no. 2 thereto dated 15 November 2016, entered into between the Bavaria Seller as seller and Owner A as buyer in respect of the sale and purchase of that Ship; and

 

(b) Ship B, the Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016, as amended by addendum no. 1 thereto dated 6 October 2016 and addendum no. 2 thereto dated 16 November 2016, entered into between the Bayern Seller as seller and Owner B as buyer in respect of the sale  and purchase of that Ship,

 

and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Mortgage” means, in relation to each Ship, the second preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on that Ship and, if required pursuant to the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State, a deed of covenant collateral thereto executed or, as the context may require to be executed by the Owner which is to be the owner thereof in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Mortgaged Ship” means a Ship which is subject to a Mortgage at the relevant time and, in the plural, means all of them;

 

“Owner” has the meaning given in Recital B;

 

“Owner A” has the meaning given in Recital B;

 

“Owner B” has the meaning given in Recital B;

 

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

 

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

6
 

 

(b) Security Interests created by or pursuant to the Senior Finance Documents or contemplated by the Intercreditor Deed;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Loan Agreement;

 

(f) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the relevant Owner in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 9.13(g);

 

(g) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where an Owner is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and

 

(h) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;

 

“Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

 

“Secured Liabilities” means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Owners or any of them have, at the date of this Loan Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

 

“Security Interest” means:

 

(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

 

(b) the rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and

 

(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

 

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Loan Agreement and ending on the date on which the Lender notifies the Borrower that:

 

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement have been paid; and

 

(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under this Loan Agreement;

 

7
 

“Seller” means:

 

(a) in respect of Ship A, the Bavaria Seller; and

 

(b) in respect of Ship B, the Bayern Seller,

 

and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

Senior Agreement ” means the agreement dated 28 November 2016 and made between (i) the Owners as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the entities listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (iii) Northern Shipping Fund III LP as agent and (iv) the Senior Mortgagee as security trustee in respect of a loan of up to $32,000,000 to finance part of the Contract Price of the Ships;

 

Senior Finance Documents ” means:

 

(a) the first preferred Liberian mortgage on the Ship owned by the Owner executed or to be executed by such Owner in favour of the Senior Mortgagee; and

 

(b) the first priority general assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in respect of the Ship owned by that Owner executed or to be executed by such Owner in favour of the Senior Mortgagee;

 

Senior Mortgagee ” means Northern Shipping Fund III LP, a limited partnership formed in Delaware, United States of America, acting through its office at One Stamford Landing, Suite 212, 62 Southfield Avenue, Stamford, CT 06902, U.S.A.;

 

“Ship” means each of Ship A and Ship B and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

Ship A ” means the Capesize bulk carrier vessel “E.R. BAVARIA” of approximately 178,838 metric tons deadweight, built at Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. of South Korea and delivered in 2010, with IMO Number 9519066, registered in the name of the Bavaria Seller under the Liberian flag and dually registered under the German flag, which is to be purchased by Owner A and registered under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the Approved Flag State with the name “LORDSHIP”;

 

Ship B ” means the Capesize Bulk carrier vessel “E.R. BAYERN” of approximately 178,978 metric tons deadweight, built at Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. of South Korea and delivered in 2010, with IMO Number 9507893, registered in the name of the Bayern Seller under the Luxembourg flag and dually registered under the German flag, which is to be purchased by Owner B and registered under its name under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State with the name “KNIGHTSHIP”;

 

SMC ” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of each Ship in accordance with Rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

“Total Loss” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

 

(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full or part consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 2 months from the date of such occurrence redelivered to the full control of the Owner of that Ship;

8
 

 

(c) any condemnation of that Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and

 

(d) any arrest, capture, seizure, confiscation or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 2 months redelivered to the full control of the Owner of that Ship;

 

“Total Loss Date” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Owner of that Ship with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it reasonably appears to the Lender that the event constituting the total loss occurred; and

 

V. Ships ” means V. Ships Limited, a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of Cyprus whose registered office is at Zenas Gunther, 16-18, Agia Triada, 3035 Limassol, Cyprus.

 

1.3 Construction of certain terms

 

In this Loan Agreement:

 

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 8, approved in writing by the Lender at its discretion;

 

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

 

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

 

document ” includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

 

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

 

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

 

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

 

9
 

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Owner of that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 8 or any other provision of this Loan Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

person ” includes any individual, any partnership, any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

 

“protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies;

 

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

 

war risks ” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

2 The Loan

 

2.1 Commitment to Lend

 

Subject to (i) the terms of this Loan Agreement and (ii) receipt by the Lender of the documents and/or evidence specified in paragraph (b) below, it is hereby agreed and undertaken by the Lender to lend to the Borrower a sum of United States Dollars Twelve million eight hundred thousand (US$12,800,000) in two Advances each of which in the case of Advance A has been and in the case of Advance B shall be made available to the Borrower in accordance with and on the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement. The Borrower hereby confirms that Advance A was drawn down in two sub-advances on 5 and 6 October 2016.

 

2.2 Conditions Precedent to Lend

 

The documents and/or evidence referred to in Clause 2.1 above to be received by the Lender are the following:

 

(a) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 2 on or prior to the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

(b) a Drawdown Notice in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) business days prior to the relevant Drawdown Date, except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing;

 

(c) the Guarantees duly executed by each Owner on or prior to the Drawdown Date for Advance B.

 

3 Interest

 

3.1 Interest Periods

 

The period during which the Loan shall be outstanding under this Loan Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of three months’ duration.

 

3.2 Beginning and end of Interest Periods

 

The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall start on the Drawdown Date relative to that Advance and end on the date which numerically corresponds to the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period except that, if there is no numerically corresponding date in that calendar month, the Interest Period shall end on the last Banking Day in that month. The first Interest Period applicable to the second Advance shall be a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the first Advance then current, whereupon both Advances shall be consolidated and treated as a single advance.

10
 

 

3.3 Non-Banking Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Banking Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not).

 

3.4 Interest rate

 

During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on the Loan at the rate equal to the sum of (a) the Applicable Margin and (b) the three (3) month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in Dollars determined at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Banking days prior to the first day of each Interest Period (“ LIBOR ”).

 

3.5 Accrual and payment of interest

 

Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Lender on the last day of each Interest Period Provided that if no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, the Borrower shall have the option to defer one interest payment during the Security Period which once deferred shall accrue interest at the Interest Rate and become due and payable on the Final Repayment Date.

 

3.6 Default interest

 

In the event of a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount on the date on which such amount is due and payable pursuant to this Loan Agreement and irrespective of any notice by the Lender or any other person to the Borrower In respect of such failure, the Borrower shall pay interest on such amount on demand from the date of such default up to the date of actual payment at the per annum rate which is the aggregate of: (a) two point fifty per cent (2.50%); and (b) the Interest Rate.

 

4 Repayment

 

The Borrower shall repay the Loan in one bullet payment together with accrued interest thereon on the Final Repayment Date. The Borrower shall effect repayment forthwith but in any case no later than two (2) Banking Days from the Final Repayment Date.

 

5 Prepayment

 

5.1 Voluntary prepayment

 

The Loan together with accrued interest thereon may be prepaid in whole or in part provided that the Lender has received from the Borrower (i) at least 2 Banking Days’ prior written notice and (ii) the prepayment fee referred to in Clause 11.1.

 

5.2 Final Repayment Date

 

On the Final Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Lender all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

11
 

 

5.3 Mandatory prepayment

 

The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay:

 

(a) 50 per cent. of the Loan:

 

(i) if a Ship is sold on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer;

 

(ii) if a Ship becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss;

 

(b) an amount of US$1,900,000 on the Delivery Date of Ship B; and

 

(c) an amount equal to 25 per cent. of the net proceeds of any public offering of securities concluded by the Borrower, payable on the Lender’s demand.

 

5.4 Amounts payable on prepayment

 

A prepayment shall be made together with (i) accrued interest and (ii) in the case of a voluntary prepayment, the prepayment fee referred to in Clause 11.1 but without any penalty.

 

5.5 No reborrowing

 

No amount prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed.

 

5.6 Extension of facility

 

The Borrower may request to the Lender in writing that the facility provided pursuant to this Loan Agreement is extended with effect on, and for a period of 1 year from, the then existing Final Repayment Date Provided that the facility may only be extended once so that the Final Repayment Date shall never extend beyond the earlier of (i) 28 February 2019 and (ii) the date falling twenty six ) (26) months from the final Drawdown Date. The Borrower’s request in respect of any such extension shall be irrevocable and shall be made in writing no later than 15 days prior to the then existing Final Repayment Date;

 

6 Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants (and each representation and warranty is deemed repeated at each Drawdown Date) that:

 

6.1 Organisation

 

The Borrower is a corporation duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in such jurisdictions where such qualification is necessary.

 

6.2 Enforceability

 

This Loan Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

12
 

 

6.3 No Conflict

 

Neither the execution or delivery of this Loan Agreement by the Borrower, the consummation by the Borrower of the Loan ( or any part thereof), nor compliance by the Borrower with the terms and provisions hereof will (i) violate any law, constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any court or governmental authority to which the Borrower is subject, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach or default under the Borrower’s organisational documents, (iii) conflict with or result in a breach or default which is material in the context of this Loan Agreement under any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, is subject or bound, or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, or encumbrance of any nature upon any property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Borrower.

 

7 Covenants and Undertakings of the Borrower

 

The Borrower undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Loan Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under this Loan Agreement, to comply with the following provisions, except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:

 

7.1 The Borrower undertakes to keep the Lender informed at all times of the expected date of delivery and the notices of the each Seller to the Borrower and to provide the Lender forthwith upon receipt with copies of all such notices.

 

7.2 The Borrower undertakes that it shall procure that no substantial change is made to the corporate structure of either Owner from that carried on at the date of this Loan Agreement.

 

7.3 The Borrower undertakes that it shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of either Owner from that carried on at the date of this Loan Agreement.

 

7.4 The Borrower undertakes that it shall not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of and shall procure that neither Owner shall transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets (including, without limitation, either MOA) whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not.

 

7.5 The Borrower shall not and it shall procure neither Owner shall, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way (except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing):

 

(a) agree to a material change in any of the terms in the MOAs;

 

(b) release, waive, suspend or subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right forming part of or relating to any MOA;

 

(c) waive any person’s breach of any of the MOAs;

 

(d) rescind or terminate any of the MOAs or treat itself as discharged or relieved from further performance of any of its obligations or liabilities under any of the MOAs.

 

7.6 The Borrower undertakes that it shall procure that each Owner executes and, where applicable, registers on the Delivery Date of the Ship owned by it, the Mortgage and the General Assignment to which it is a party and that all conditions subsequent specified in Part B of Schedule 2 are satisfied.

 

8 Insurance

 

8.1 General

 

The Borrower also undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 8 at all times during the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

13
 

 

8.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Owner against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks;

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks; and

 

(d) any other risks against which the Lender considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would, in the opinion of the Lender, be reasonable for that Owner to insure and which are specified by the Lender by notice to that Owner.

 

8.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in Dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, on an agreed value basis in an amount at least the greater of (i) an amount which, when aggregated with the amount for which the other Mortgaged Ship is insured, equals 120 per cent. of the Loan and (ii) the Market Value of the Ship owned by it; and

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

 

(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full value and tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

8.4 Further protections for the Lender

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 8.3, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that, the obligatory insurances effected by each Owner shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Owner as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it,

 

and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Lender (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Owner and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

14
 

 

(b) whenever the Lender requires, name (or be amended to name) the Lender as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lender but without the Lender thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Lender as sole loss payee with such directions for payment as the Lender may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Lender shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances effected by the Lender; and

 

(f) provide that the Lender may make proof of loss if that Owner fails to do so.

 

8.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:

 

(a) at least 15 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i) notify the Lender of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Owner proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Lender’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

 

(b) at least 10 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Lender’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Lender in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

8.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Lender with pro forma copies of all cover notes and policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Lender and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 8.4;

 

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Lender in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

(c) they will advise the Lender immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(d) they will notify the Lender, not less than 10 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Owner or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Lender of the terms of the instructions; and

15
 

 

(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Owner under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Lender.

 

8.7 Copies of certificates of entry; letters of undertaking

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Lender with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Lender;

 

(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by that Borrower’s protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by that Owner in relation to the Ship owned by it in accordance with the requirements of such protections and indemnity association; and

 

(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

8.8 Deposit of original policies

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

8.9 Payment of premiums

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lender.

 

8.10 Guarantees

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

8.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

 

(a) each Owner shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 8.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lender has not given its prior approval;

 

(b) no Owner shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

16
 

 

(c) each Owner shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Lender) of all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which that Ship is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(d) no Owner shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

8.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall neither make nor agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

8.13 Settlement of claims

 

The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

8.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall provide the Lender, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications (other than (unless specifically required by the Lender) communications of an entirely routine nature) between that Owner and:

 

(a) the approved brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i) that Owner’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Owner and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

9 Ship Covenants

 

9.1 General

 

The Borrower also undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 9 at all times during the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clause 9.13(b).

 

9.2 Ship’s name and registration

 

The Borrower shall ensure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship owned by it.

17
 

 

9.3 Repair and classification

 

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Owner and each Approved Manager shall, keep the Ship owned by that Owner in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

(b) so as to maintain the highest class free of overdue recommendations and conditions, with a classification society which is a member of IACS and acceptable to the Lender; and

 

(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

 

9.4 Classification society undertaking

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 9.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Lender) in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) to send to the Lender, following receipt of a written request from the Lender, certified true copies of all original class records and any other related records held by the classification society in relation to that Ship;

 

(b) to allow the Lender (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Lender immediately in writing if the classification society:

 

(i) receives notification from that Owner or any person that that Ship’s classification society is to be changed; or

 

(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Owner’s or that Ship’s membership of the classification society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Lender:

 

(i) to confirm that that Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

 

(ii) if that Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Lender in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

 

9.5 Modification

 

The Borrower shall procure that neither Owner shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

9.6 Removal of parts

 

The Borrower shall procure that neither Owner shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, any Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Lender and becomes on installation on the relevant Ship the property of the relevant Owner and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that any Owner may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

18
 

 

9.7 Surveys

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender provide the Lender, with copies of all survey reports.

 

9.8 Inspection

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall, subject to 15 days’ prior notice from the Lender, permit the Lender (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it once in every calendar year, without interfering with the Ship’s operations, to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and that Owner shall afford all proper facilities for, and bear the cost of, such inspections.

 

9.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,

 

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

9.10 Compliance with laws etc.

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Owner;

 

(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and ISPS Code; and

 

(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit that Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Lender has been given and that Owner has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Lender may require.

 

19
 

9.11 Provision of information

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Lender with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;

 

(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, either Approved Managers’ compliance and the compliance of the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

and, upon the Lender’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship owned by it, of any current charter guarantee and copies of that Owner’s or that Approved Managers’ Document of Compliance, Safety Management Certificate and the ISSC.

 

9.12 Notification of certain events

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall immediately notify the Lender by email, confirmed forthwith by letter immediately upon becoming aware of:

 

(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement, condition or overdue recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the time limits imposed by that insurer or classification society or authority;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;

 

(f) any Environmental Claim made against that Owner or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Owner, the Approved Managers or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

 

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and that Owner shall keep the Lender advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require of that Owner’s, each Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

9.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall (without the Lender’s prior written consent), in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 13 months;

20
 

 

(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than, in the case of time charters, 2 and, in the case voyage charters, 4 months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

 

(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;

 

(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Managers or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Managers’ appointment;

 

(f) de-activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(g) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $250,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Lender and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

9.14 Notice of Mortgage

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Mortgage relative to the Ship owned by it registered against that Ship as a valid second preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of that Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Owner to the Lender.

 

9.15 Sharing of Earnings

 

The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings except for sharing of earnings between the Owners.

 

9.16 ISPS Code

 

The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by that Owner and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and

 

(c) notify the Lender immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

10 Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 10 is an Event of Default.

 

10.1 Non-payment

 

The Borrower or an Owner does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under any Finance Document to which it is a part at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

10.2 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed to be repeated by the Borrower or either Owner is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated.

21
 

 

10.3 Breach of or Undertakings

 

The Borrower or either Owner is in breach of any covenants or fails to perform any of the undertakings contained in the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

10.4 Security

 

(a) Any of the Finance Documents becomes unenforceable; or

 

(b) Either Owner fails to execute and, where applicable, register the Mortgage and the General Assignments to which it is a party on the Delivery Date of its Ship.

 

10.5 Insolvency

 

The Borrower or either Owner is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any indebtedness.

 

10.6 Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken for:

 

(a) the suspension of payments, winding-up, dissolution, administration, bankruptcy or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower or either Owner;

 

(b) a composition, compromise, assignment with any creditor of the Borrower or either Owner;

 

(c) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, or trustee or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or either Owner or any of its assets; or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

10.7 Impossibility or illegality

 

Any event occurs which would, or would with the passage of time, render performance of a Finance Document by the Borrower or, as the case may be, either Owner impossible, unlawful or unenforceable by the Lender.

 

10.8 Revocation or modification of authorisation

 

Any consent, licence, approval, authorisation, filing, registration or other requirement of any governmental, judicial or other public body or authority which is now, or which at any time during the term of this Loan Agreement becomes, necessary to enable the Borrower or either Owner to comply with any of its obligations under any Finance Document is not obtained, is revoked, suspended, withdrawn or withheld, or is modified in a manner which the Lender considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of the Lender, or ceases to remain in full force and effect.

 

10.9 Event of Default under the Senior Finance Documents

 

Any event occurs which constitutes an Event of Default (as that term is defined in the Senior Finance Documents) under any of the Senior Finance Documents.

 

10.10 Material adverse change

 

Any event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, is likely to have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or credit worthiness of the Borrower or either Owner.

22
 

 

10.11 Acceleration

 

If an Event of Default is continuing the Lender may by notice to the Borrower:

 

(a) declare that the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under this Loan Agreement are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(b) declare that the Loan is payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender.

 

11 Fees

 

11.1 Prepayment fee

 

If the Loan or any part thereof is voluntarily prepaid at any time or times prior to the Final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall, on the date of each such prepayment, pay a prepayment fee equal to 2.5 per cent. of the amount prepaid.

 

12 Application of Receipts

 

12.1 Normal order of application

 

Except as any Finance Document (including, without limitation, the Intercreditor Deed) may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by the Lender under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

(a) FIRST: in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) SECONDLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(c) THIRDLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(d) FOURTHLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any other amounts due but unpaid under any Finance Document;

 

(e) FIFTHLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Lender, by notice to the Borrower, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 12.1(a), 12.1(b), 12.1(c) and 12.1(d); and

 

(f) SIXTHLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

12.2 Variation of order of application

 

The Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 12 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

 

12.3 Notice of variation of order of application

 

The Lender may give notices under Clause 12 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

 

23
 

12.4 Appropriation rights overridden

 

This Clause 12 and any notice which the Lender gives under Clause 16 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or either Owner.

 

13 Notices

 

All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Loan Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (i) upon delivery when delivered personally, (ii) upon receipt if by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt thereof) or (iii) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to the Borrower:

 

c/o 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street 

16674 Glyfada 

Athens 

Greece 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer 

Facsimile: +30 210 9638404 

 

if to the Lender:

 

c/o Western Isles 

Jardine House 

P.O. Box NM 1431 

Hamilton NM FX 

Bermuda 

Attention: Alastair Macdonald 

Facsimile: +1441 (296) 0329

 

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this clause.

 

14 Amendments and Waivers

 

This Loan Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, or cancelled, and any of the terms, representations, warranties or covenants hereof may be waived, only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.

 

15 Process Agent

 

The Borrower irrevocably appoints Messrs. E.J.C Album Solicitors, presently of Landmark House, 190 Willifield Way, London, NW11 GY1, England (Attention of Mr. Eduard Album Fax +44 (0) 20 8457 5558, e-mail: ejca@mitgr.com) to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

Meaning of “ proceedings ” and “ Dispute

 

In this Clause 15, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “ Dispute ” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Loan Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement.

 

24
 

16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

This Loan Agreement (and any non-contractual rights and obligations arising out of or with respect to the subject matter of this Loan Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English Law. The parties to this Loan Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement (including any non-contractual rights and obligations arising out of or with respect to the subject matter of this Loan Agreement) and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.

 

17 Miscellaneous

 

17.1 The headings of the clauses of this Loan Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Loan Agreement.

 

17.2 If any provision or part of a provision of this Loan Agreement or its application to either party, shall be, or be found by any authority of competent jurisdiction to be, invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall. not affect the other provisions or parts of such provisions of this Loan Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect;

 

17.3 This Loan Agreement may be entered into on separate engrossments, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but ‘each engrossment shall together constitute one and the same instrument and shall take effect from the time of execution of the last engrossment. Immediate evidence that an engrossment has been executed may be provided by transmission of such engrossment by facsimile machine or by email with the original executed engrossment to be forthwith put in the mail.

 

17.4 A person who is not a party to this Loan Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 of the United Kingdom to enforce any term of this Loan Agreement but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

This Loan Agreement has been entered into and amended and restated on the dates stated at the beginning of this Loan Agreement.

 

THE LENDER
   
SIGNED by A. Macdonald  
  )
for and behalf of ) /s/ A. Macdonald
JELCO DELTA HOLDING CORP. )
in the presence of:  
   
/s/ Karen Campbell  
Karen Campbell  
   
THE BORROWER  
   
SIGNED by Theodora Mitropetrou  
  )
for and behalf of )
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. ) /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou
in the presence of:  
   
/s/ Maria M. Moschopoulou  
Maria M. Moschopoulou  
   

 

25
 

Schedule 1

Form of Drawdown Notice

 

To:

Jelco Delta Holding Corp.

(the “ Lender ”)

 

 

[ l ] 2016

 

Re: US$[ l ] Loan Agreement dated [ l ] November 2016 made between (A) Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (the “Lender”) and (B) Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Borrower”),

 

We refer to the Loan and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw Advance B in the amount of $([ l ]) (Dollars [ l ]) on [ l ]. The funds should be credited to [ l ][ l ] [name and number of account] held in [ l ] [name of bank)].

 

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

THE BORROWER

 

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

By:

Name:  

Title:

 

26
 

Schedule 2

Condition Precedent Documents

 

Part A

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 2.2(a) required on or prior to the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

1 A duly executed original of the Intercreditor Deed.

 

2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Owner and any company registration documents in respect of the Borrower or either Owner (including, without limitation, any corporate register excerpts) required by the Lender.

 

3 Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Owner authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which each is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named representatives to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Loan Agreement.

 

4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of a Borrower and each Owner.

 

27
 

Part B 

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 7.6 required before each Delivery Date. In Part B of this Schedule 2, the following definitions have the following meanings:

 

(a) Relevant Owner ” means, in the case of the Delivery Date of Ship A, Owner A and, in the case of the Delivery Date of Ship B, Owner B; and

 

(b) Relevant Ship ” means, in the case of the Delivery Date of Ship A, Ship A and, in the case of the Delivery Date of Ship B, Ship B.

 

1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment (and of each document to be delivered by each of them), each in respect of the Relevant Ship and the Relevant Owner.

 

2 Documentary evidence that:

 

(a) the Relevant Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Seller to, and accepted by, the relevant Owner under the relevant MOA and the Contract Price payable under that MOA (in addition to the part to be financed by the relevant Advance) has been duly paid in full (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the relevant Seller to the Relevant Owner under that MOA (including but not limited to, the bill of sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance);

 

(b) the Relevant Ship has been registered in the name of the Relevant Owner under an Approved Flag;

 

(c) the Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents and the Senior Finance Documents;

 

(d) the Relevant Ship maintains the highest class with a first class classification society which is a member of IACS and acceptable to the Lender as the Lender may approve free of all recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

 

(e) the Mortgage relating to each Relevant Ship has been duly registered or recorded against that Ship as a valid second preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage in accordance with the laws of the Approved Flag State; and

 

(f) the Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Loan Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3 Documents establishing that the Relevant Ship will, as from the relevant Delivery Date, be managed by the Approved Managers on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:

 

(a) each Approved Manager’s Undertaking relative thereto;

 

(b) copies of the Approved Managers’ Document of Compliance, that Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Lender requires); and

 

(c) a copy of the ISSC in respect of the Relevant Ship.

 

Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of Part A and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Relevant Owner.

28
 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.53

Dated 28 November 2016

 

LORD OCEAN NAVIGATION CO.
KNIGHT OCEAN NAVIGATION CO.
as joint and several Borrowers

 

and

 

THE ENTITIES
Listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders

 

and

 

NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP
as Agent
and as Security Trustee

 

Loan Agreement

 

relating to
a senior secured loan facility of up to US$32,000,000
to finance part of the acquisition cost of 

m.vs. “LORDSHIP” and “KNIGHTSHIP”

 

 
 

Index

 

Clause Page

 

1     Interpretation 1
2     Facility 15
3     Position of the Lenders 16
4     Drawdown 16
5     Interest 18
6     Intentionally omitted 18
7     Default Interest 18
8     Repayment and Prepayment 19
9     Conditions Precedent 21
10   Representations and Warranties 22
11   General Undertakings 25
12   Corporate Undertakings 29
14   Ship Covenants 35
15   Security Cover 39
16   Payments and Calculations 40
17   Application of Receipts 42
18   Application of Earnings, Cashflow Support Deposit and Drydocking Reserve Account 43
19   Events of Default 45
20   Fees, other interest and Expenses 50
21   Indeminities 52
22   No Set-off or Tax Deduction 54
23   Illegality, etc 56
24   intentionally left blank 56
25   Set-off 56
26   Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices 57
27   Variations and Waivers 60
28   Notices 61
29   Joint and Several Liability 63
30   Supplemental 64
31   Law and Jurisdiction 64
32   PATRIOT Act Notice 65

 

Schedules

 

Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments 66
Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice 67
Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents 68
Part A 68
Part B 70
Schedule 4 Transfer Certificate 72
Schedule 5 Repayment Schedule Per Advance 76
Schedule 6 Back End Interest Calculation Schedule Per Vessel/Advance 77

 

Appendices

 

Execution Pages  

 

 
 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 28 November 2016

 

Between

 

(a) LORD OCEAN NAVIGATION CO. and knight ocean navigation CO. , each a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia having its registered office at 80 Broad street, Monrovia, Liberia, as joint and several Borrowers ;

 

(b) THE ENTITIES listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ;

 

(c) NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP, a limited partnership formed in Delaware, United States of America, acting through its office at One Stamford Landing, Suite 212, 62 Southfield Avenue, Stamford, CT 06902, U.S.A. as Agent ; and

 

(d) NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP, a limited partnership formed in Delaware, United States of America, acting through its office at One Stamford Landing, Suite 212, 62 Southfield Avenue, Stamford, CT 06902, U.S.A. as Security Trustee .

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate amount up to $32,000,000 to be made available to the Borrowers in two Advances as follows:-

 

(A) Advance A in an aggregate amount of up to the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship A, for the purpose of assisting Borrower A in financing, or as the case may be, re- financing part of the Contract Price of Ship A to be drawn down in two tranches as follows:

 

(i) Advance A Tranche A in an amount of $7,500,000 to be drawdown on the first Drawdown Date; and

 

(ii) Advance A Tranche B in an amount which, when aggregated with the amount of Advance A Tranche A (being $7,500,000), is equal to the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship A to be drawn down together with Advance B on the second Drawdown Date; and

 

(B) Advance B in an amount of up to the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship B, for the purpose of assisting Borrower B in financing part of the Contract Price of Ship B.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

 

Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

 

Account ” means each of the Earnings Account or the Drydocking Reserve Accounts or, if in the name of the Borrowers, the Deposit Account or any other account agreed between the Borrowers and the Lender, and in the plural, means any or all of them;

 

Account Bank ” means any bank agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent which will hold the Accounts or any of them;

 

“Account Pledge” means, in relation to each Account, a deed creating security in respect of that Account in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means any or all of them;

 

 
 

“Advance” means Advance A and Advance B and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

Advance A ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship A or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding of Advance A at any relevant time ;

 

Advance A Tranche A ” means an amount of $7,500,000 ;

 

Advance A Tranche B ” means an amount which, when aggregated with the amount of Advance A Tranche A (being $7,500,000) is equal to the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship A ;

 

Advance B ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (i)$16,000,000 and (ii) 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship B or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding of Advance B at any relevant time ;

 

“Agency and Trust Agreement” means the agency and trust agreement dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties;

 

“Agent” means Northern Shipping Fund III LP, a limited partnership formed in Delaware, United States of America, acting through its office at One Stamford Landing, Suite 212, 62 Southfield Avenue, Stamford, CT 06902, U.S.A., or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 

“Agreed Form” means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provisions of any Finance Document;

 

“Approved Flag” means, in relation to a Ship, the flag of the Republic of Liberia or such other flag as the Agent may approve as the flag on which that Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;

 

“Approved Flag State” means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of Liberia or any other country in which the Agent may approve that Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;

 

“Approved Manager” means, in respect of a Ship, V. Ships as the technical manager of that Ship and Fidelity Marine as the commercial manager of that Ship, or any other company nominated by the Borrowers which the Agent may approve from time to time (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) as the commercial and/or technical manager of that Ship and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Approved Manager’s Undertaking” means, in relation to a Ship, a letter of undertaking including (inter alia) an assignment of an Approved Manager’s rights, title and interests in the Insurances executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by that Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form agreeing certain matters in relation to that Approved Manager, serving as manager of that Ship and subordinating its rights against that Ship and the Borrower which is the owner thereof to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;

 

“Availability Period” means, in respect of each Advance, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of:

 

(a) 30 December 2016 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrowers); and

 

(b) the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

 

2
 

“Borrower” means each of Borrower A and Borrower B and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Borrower A” means Lord Ocean Navigation Co., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;

 

“Borrower B” means Knight Ocean Navigation Co., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, Athens, and New York City;

 

“Cashflow Support Deposit” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18.2;

 

“Change of Ownership” means any change at any time during the Security Period in the legal or beneficial ownership of the ultimate beneficial owner which would result in (i) the Disclosed Person ceasing to be the ultimate beneficial owner of at least 30 per cent. of the issued shares in Seanergy and/or the voting rights attached to such shares or (ii) any other person (or persons acting in concert) being the ultimate beneficial owner (either directly or indirectly) of more than 50 per cent. of ownership of the issued shares in Seanergy and/or the voting rights attached to such shares from that held by the Disclosed Person;

 

“Commitment” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

 

Contract Price means in relation to each Ship, $20,750,000, being in each case the acquisition cost of that Ship payable pursuant to the relevant MOA;

 

“Contractual Currency” has the meaning given in Clause 21.6;

 

“Contribution” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

 

“Creditor Party” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, or any Lender whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time and, in the plural, means all of them;

 

Delivery Date ” means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which title to and possession of that Ship is transferred from the relevant Seller to the relevant Borrower pursuant to the MOA in respect of the Ship;

 

Deposit Account ” means, subject to Clause 18.2:

 

(i) an interest bearing account in the name of the Agent for the benefit of the Borrowers with DNB BANK ASA, (N.Y.) SWIFT ADDRESS: DNBAUS33 having an account number 11772001 designated “Northern Shipping Fund III LP – Deposit Account”; or

 

(ii) any other interest bearing account in the joint name of the Borrowers with the Account Bank blocked and pledged in favour of the Lenders and/ or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, and which is designated by the Agent as the Deposit Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

“Disclosed Person ” means the person disclosed to the Agent at the date of this Agreement being the ultimate beneficial owner of at least 30 per cent. of the issued shares in Seanergy and the voting rights attached to such shares.

 

3
 

“Dollars” and “$” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

 

“Drawdown Date” means, in respect of each Advance, the date requested by the Borrowers for that Advance to be borrowed, or (as the context requires) the date on which that Advance is actually borrowed;

 

“Drawdown Notice” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

 

Drydocking Reserve Account ” means in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Borrower owning that Ship with the Account Bank designated “Knight Ocean Navigation Co. – Drydocking Reserve Account” and “Lord Ocean Navigation Co. – Drydocking Reserve Account” respectively or any other account which replaces this account and is designated by the Agent as the Drydocking Reserve Account in respect of that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent’s instructions and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“E.A.D.M.” means E.A.D.M. Schiffarhrt GmbH & Co. KG, having its registered office at Herdentorswallstasse 93, 28195 Bremen, Germany;

 

“Earnings” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

(ii) compensation payable to that Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of the Ship owned by it for hire;

 

(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

 

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

 

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

 

“Earnings Account” means, in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Borrower owning that Ship with the Account Bank designated “Knight Ocean Navigation Co. – Earnings Account” and “Lord Ocean Navigation Co.- Earnings Account” respectively or any other account which replaces this account and is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account in respect of that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent’s instructions and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

4
 

“Environmental Claim” means:

 

(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

 

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

 

“Environmental Incident” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from that Ship; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than that Ship and which involves a collision between that Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which that Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or that Ship and/or the Borrower which is the owner thereof and/or any operator or manager of that Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from that Ship and in connection with which that Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower which is the owner thereof and/or any operator or manager of that Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

 

“Environmental Law” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

“Environmentally Sensitive Material” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

 

“E.S.V.M.” means E.S.V.M. Schiffarhrt GmbH & Co. KG, having its registered office at Herdentorswallstasse 93, 28195 Bremen, Germany;

 

“Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the United States Internal Revenue Code and any regulations thereunder issued by the United States Treasury;

 

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under any Finance Document required by or under FATCA;

 

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is entitled under FATCA to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

 

FATCA Non-Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

FATCA Relevant Party ” means each Borrower, each Creditor Party and each Security Party;

 

5
 

Fidelity Marine ” means Fidelity Marine Inc., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands;

 

“Finance Documents” means together:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 

(c) the Intercreditor Deed;

 

(d) the Subordination Undertaking:

 

(e) the General Assignments;

 

(f) the Mortgages;

 

(g) the Account Pledges;

 

(h) the Shares Pledges;

 

(i) the Approved Manager’s Undertakings; and

 

(j) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by a Borrower or a Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition and, in the singular, means any of them;

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means, in relation to a person (the “ debtor ”), any actual or contingent liability of the debtor:

 

(k) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

 

(l) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

 

(m) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

 

(n) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

 

(o) under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap, exchange or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

 

(p) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

 

“GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America;

 

“General Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of (inter alia) the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation relative to that Ship executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Borrower which is the owner thereof in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

6
 

“IACS” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

 

“Initial Market Value” means, in relation to a Ship, the market value of that Ship determined in accordance with the valuation referred to in paragraph 4 of Schedule 3, Part B.

 

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance and any reinsurance, policies or contracts, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights (including, without limitation, any and all rights or claims which the Borrower owning that Ship may have under or in connection with any cut-through clause relative to any reinsurance contract relating to the aforesaid policies or contracts of insurance) and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;

 

Intercreditor Deed ” means an agreement made or to be made between (i) the Borrowers, (ii) the Security Trustee and (iii) the Junior Lender in the Agreed Form;

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor taxing authority;

 

“ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “safety management system”, “Safety Management Certificate” and “Document of Compliance” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“ISSC” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

 

Junior Agreement ” means the agreement dated 4 October 2016 and made between Seanergy as borrower and the Junior Lender as lender as amended by amendment no. 1 thereto dated 17 November 2016 and as further amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated the same date as this Agreement in respect of a loan of up to $12,800,000 to finance part of the Contract Price of the Ships and for working capital purposes of the Ships;

 

Junior Finance Documents ” means, in relation to a Borrower:

 

(a) the guarantee executed or to be executed by that Borrower in respect of Seanergy’s obligations under the Junior Agreement;

 

(b) the second preferred Marshall Islands mortgage on the Ship owned by the Borrower executed or to be executed by such Borrower in favour of the Junior Lender; and

 

(c) the second priority general assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower executed or to be executed by such Borrower in favour of the Junior Lender;

 

7
 

Junior Lender ” means Jelco Delta Holding Corp., a corporation organised under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, the Marshall Islands;

 

“Lender” means, subject to Clause 26.6, an entity listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its office indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another office notified to the Agent under Clause 26.15) or its transferee, successor or assign;

 

“Loan” means the principal amount from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

 

“Major Casualty” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

“Market Value” means, in relation to each Ship, the market value thereof determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;

 

“Minimum Liquidity Amount” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18.3;

 

“MOA” means, in respect of:

 

(a) Ship A, the Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016, as amended by addendum no. 1 thereto dated 6 October 2016 and addendum no. 2 thereto dated 15 November 2016, entered into between E.S.V.M. as seller and Borrower A as buyer in respect of the sale and purchase of that Ship; and

 

(b) Ship B, the Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016, as amended by addendum no. 1 thereto dated 6 October 2016 and addendum no. 2 thereto dated 16 November 2016, entered into between E.A.D.M. as seller and Borrower B as buyer in respect of the sale  and purchase of that Ship,

 

  and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Mortgage” means, in relation to each Ship, the first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on that Ship and, if required pursuant to the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State, a deed of covenant collateral thereto executed or, as the context may require to be executed by the Borrower which is to be the owner thereof in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Mortgaged Ship” means a Ship which is subject to a Mortgage at the relevant time and, in the plural, means all of them;

 

“Notifying Lender” has the meaning given in Clause 21.2, 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;

 

“PATRIOT Act” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199);

 

“Payment Currency” has the meaning given in Clause 21.6;

 

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

 

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) Security Interests created by or pursuant to the Junior Finance Documents;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

 

8
 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(f) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the relevant Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(e);

 

(g) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where a Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and

 

(h) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;

 

“Pertinent Document” means:

 

(a) any Finance Document;

 

(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

 

(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

 

“Pertinent Jurisdiction” , in relation to a company, means:

 

(a) England and Wales;

 

(b) the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

 

(c) a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

 

(d) a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

 

(e) a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and

 

(f) a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company, whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c);

 

9
 

“Pertinent Matter” means:

 

(g) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

 

(h) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

 

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

 

Potential Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

 

Prohibited Person ” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.

 

“Relevant Person” has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;

 

“Repayment Date” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8 and Schedule 5;

 

“Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

 

Sanctions ” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

 

(a) imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America regardless of whether the same is or is not binding on the Borrower or any Security Party; or

 

(b) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on the Borrower or a Security Party or to which the Borrower or a Security Party is subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America),

 

Provided that , such sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions shall be applicable only to the extent they are not in conflict with the laws of the United States of America;

 

Scheduled Outstanding Amount ” means any of the amounts listed in the second column of Schedule 6 as applicable;

 

“Seanergy” means Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960;

 

“Secured Liabilities” means all liabilities which the Borrowers, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

 

10
 

“Security Cover Ratio” means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) – (d) (inclusive) of Clause 15.1 expressed as a percentage of the Loan;

 

“Security Interest” means:

 

(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

 

(b) the rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and

 

(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

 

“Security Party” means the Shareholder and any other person (except a Creditor Party, the Approved Managers which are not members of Seanergy’s group, the Junior Lender and Seanergy) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the final paragraph of the definition of “Finance Documents” and, in the plural, means all of them;

 

“Security Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:

 

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by a Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

 

(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

 

(c) no Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clauses 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

 

(d) the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of a Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

 

“Security Trustee” means Northern Shipping Fund III LP, a limited partnership formed in Delaware, United States of America, acting through its office at One Stamford Landing, Suite 212, 62 Southfield Avenue, Stamford, CT 06902, U.S.A., or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 

“Seller” means:

 

(a) in respect of Ship A, E.S.V.M.; and

 

(b) in respect of Ship B, E.A.D.M.,

 

and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Servicing Bank” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

 

11
 

“Shareholder” means Emperor Holding Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

 

“Shares Pledge” means, in relation to a Borrower, a deed creating security over the share capital of that Borrower in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Ship” means each of Ship A and Ship B and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

“Ship A” means the Capesize bulk carrier vessel “E.R. BAVARIA” of approximately 178,838 metric tons deadweight, built at Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. of South Korea and delivered in 2010, with IMO Number 9519066, registered in the name of E.S.V.M. under the Liberian flag and dually registered under the German flag, which is to be purchased by Borrower B and registered under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the Approved Flag State with the name “LORDSHIP”;

 

“Ship B” means the Capesize Bulk carrier vessel “E.R. BAYERN” of approximately 178,978 metric tons deadweight, built at Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. of South Korea and delivered in 2010, with IMO Number 9507893, registered in the name of E.A.D.M. under the Luxembourg flag and dually registered under the German flag, which is to be purchased by Borrower A and registered under its name under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State with the name “KNIGHTSHIP”;

 

“SMC” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Ship in accordance with Rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

“Subordination Undertaking” means an undertaking executed or to be executed by Seanergy in favour of the Agent subordinating any rights it may have against either Owner (whether pursuant to the Junior Agreement or otherwise) to the rights of the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in the Agreed Form;

 

Termination Date ” means:

 

(a) unless earlier terminated or cancelled in whole in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the date falling on the third anniversary of the final Drawdown Date;

 

(b) in the event that the facility has been extended pursuant to Clause 8.12:

 

(i) in the case of the first renewal the date falling on the fourth anniversary of the final Drawdown Date provided that the facility is not terminated or cancelled in whole in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to this date; and

 

(ii) in the case of the second renewal the date falling on the fifth anniversary of the final Drawdown Date provided that the facility is not terminated or cancelled in whole in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to this date;

 

“Total Loss” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

 

(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full or part consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 2 months from the date of such occurrence redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship;

 

12
 

(c) any condemnation of that Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and

 

(d) any arrest, capture, seizure, confiscation or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 2 months redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship;

 

“Total Loss Date” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower owning that Ship with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it reasonably appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

 

“Transfer Certificate” has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;

 

“Trust Property” has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement; and

 

V.Ships ” means V.Ships Limited, a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of Cyprus whose registered office is at Zenas Gunther, 16-18, Agia Triada, 3035 Limassol, Cyprus;

 

1.2 Construction of certain terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

administration notice ” means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

 

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent at its discretion;

 

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

 

company ” includes any corporation, partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

 

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

 

13
 

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

document ” includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

 

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

 

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

 

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

 

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

 

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

 

person ” includes any individual, any partnership, any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

 

policy ” in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

“protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies.

 

“regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (either having the force of law or compliance with which is customary in the ordinary course of business of the party concerned) of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency (monetary or otherwise), department, central bank, regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

 

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;

 

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

 

14
 

war risks ” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

1.3 Meaning of “month”

 

A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:

 

(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

 

(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

 

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Meaning of “subsidiary”

 

A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

 

(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

 

(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

 

(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,

 

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

 

1.5 General Interpretation

 

In this Agreement:

 

(e) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

(f) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

(g) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(h) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

15
 

1.6 Headings

 

In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

 

2 Facility

 

2.1 Amount of facility

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrowers a senior secured term loan facility of up to $32,000,000 in two Advances (Advance A to be drawn down in two tranches).

 

2.2 Lenders’ participations in Advances

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

2.3 Purpose of Advance

 

The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

3 Position of the Lenders

 

3.1 Interests several

 

The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several.

 

3.2 Individual right of action

 

Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrowers to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings.

 

3.3 Proceedings requiring Lender consent

 

Except as provided in Clause 3.2, neither Lender may commence proceedings against the Borrowers or any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

3.4 Obligations several

 

The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:

 

(a) the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

 

(b) a Borrower, any Security Party, any other Lender being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

16
 

4 Drawdown

 

4.1 Request for an Advance

 

Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request an Advance to be borrowed by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York time) 15 Business Days prior to the relevant Drawdown Date (or such shorter period as the Lenders may agree).

 

4.2 Availability

 

The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

 

(a) a Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;

 

(b) the amount of Advance A Tranche A shall be $7,500,000 and shall be used for the purpose of financing part of the Contract Price of Ship A on the Delivery Date of Ship A;

 

(c) the amount of Advance A Tranche B shall be in an amount which, when aggregated with the amount of Advance A (being $7,500,000), equals the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship A and shall be used for the purpose of refinancing part of the amount already paid by Borrower A for the acquisition of Ship A;

 

(d) the amount of Advance B shall be the lesser of (i) $16,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 77 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship and shall be used for the purpose of assisting Borrower B in financing the Contract Price of Ship B on the Delivery Date;

 

(e) Advance A Tranche B and Advance B shall be drawn down together on the same Drawdown Date;

 

(f) any undrawn portion of the Total Commitments in respect of an Advance to occur, shall be automatically cancelled on the earlier of (i) the relevant Drawdown Date and (ii) 30 December 2016; and

 

(g) the aggregate amount of the Advances shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitments and (ii) 77 per cent. of the aggregate Initial Market Value of the Ships.

 

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:

 

(a) the amount of the Advance to which that Drawdown Notice relates and the relevant Drawdown Date; and

 

(b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in that Advance.

 

4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable

 

Each Drawdown Notice must be duly signed by a director or officer or authorised signatory of each Borrower; and once served, it cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Lenders.

 

4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions

 

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrowers the amount due from that Lender on that Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.

 

17
 

4.6 Disbursement of Advance

 

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrowers the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrowers shall be made:

 

(a) to the account which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Drawdown Notice; and

 

(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

 

4.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party

 

The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.

 

5 Interest

 

5.1 Payment of normal interest

 

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan shall be 11 per cent. per annum.

 

5.2 Payment of accrued interest

 

Interest on the unpaid principal balance of each Advance shall accrue in the case of Advance A Tranche A from the first Drawdown Date and in the case of the Advance A Tranche B and Advance B from the second Drawdown Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears commencing 3 months from the second Drawdown Date and quarterly thereafter until the Loan and all interest on and principal of the Loan shall have been paid in full.

 

6 Intentionally omitted

 

7 Default Interest

 

7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts

 

The Borrowers shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

 

(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

 

(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

 

(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

 

7.2 Default rate of interest

 

Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate of 2.50 per cent. per annum (for the avoidance of doubt, such rate being above the rate of interest referred to in Clause 5.1).

 

18
 

7.3 Payment of accrued default interest

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

 

7.4 Compounding of default interest

 

Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.

 

8 Repayment and Prepayment

 

8.1 Amount of repayment instalments

 

The Borrower shall repay each Advance in such amounts as specified in Schedule 5 (depending on whether the extension options pursuant to Clause 8.12 have been exercised),

 

Provided that if the amount of an Advance drawn down hereunder is less than $16,000,000, the repayment instalments of such Advance specified in Schedule 5 shall be reduced by an amount in aggregate equal to the undrawn amount.

 

8.2 Repayment Dates

 

The Borrower shall repay each repayment instalment in respect of each Advance on the dates specified in Schedule 5 (depending on whether the extension options pursuant to Clause 8.12 have been exercised).

 

8.3 Final Repayment Date

 

On the Termination Date the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document (including, without limitation, the back-end interest referred to in Clause 20.1(b) and specified in Schedule 6).

 

8.4 Voluntary prepayment

 

Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of an Advance or the Loan at any time.

 

8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment

 

The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

 

(a) a partial prepayment in respect of the Loan shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a multiple thereof;

 

(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least 10 Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;

 

(c) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrowers or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any requirement relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrowers or any Security Party has been complied with; and

 

(d) the Borrowers have paid any prepayment interest fee referred to in Clause 20.1(d) (if applicable);

 

19
 

8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment

 

A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

 

8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment

 

The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrowers under Clause 8.5(c).

 

8.8 Mandatory prepayment

 

The Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the Relevant Amount:

 

(a) if a Ship is sold on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer;

 

(b) if a Ship becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

In this Clause 8.8:

 

Relevant Amount means an amount equal to the greater of:

 

(1) the Advance relating to that Ship; and

 

(2) an amount which after the application of the prepayment to be made pursuant to Clause 8.10(b) results in the Security Cover Ratio being 112.5 per cent..

 

8.9 Amounts payable on prepayment

 

A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clauses 20 or 21 or otherwise) but without any premium or penalty (other than any specified in Clause 20) .

 

8.10 Application of partial prepayment

 

Each partial prepayment shall be applied:

 

(a) if made pursuant to Clause 8.4, pro rata against the outstanding repayment instalments of that Advance or, if an Advance is not selected, pro rata against the outstanding repayment instalments of each Advance;

 

(b) if made pursuant to Clause 8.8, first against the Advance used to finance, or as the case may be, re- finance the Ship which has been sold or become a Total Loss and any balance against the other Advance pro rata against the outstanding repayment instalments of that Advance; and

 

(c) if made pursuant to Clause 15.2 pro rata against the outstanding repayment instalments of each Advance.

 

8.11 No reborrowing

 

No amount prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed.

 

20
 

8.12 Extension of facility

 

(a) The Borrowers may request to the Agent in writing that the facility provided pursuant to this Agreement is extended with effect on, and for a period of 1 year from, the then existing Termination Date Provided that the facility may only be extended twice so that the Termination Date shall never extend beyond the date falling on the fifth anniversary of the final Drawdown Date. The Borrowers’ request in respect of any such extension shall be irrevocable and shall be made in writing no later than 1 month prior to the then existing Termination Date. The Agent shall confirm in writing no later than 15 Business Days prior to the then existing Termination Date whether the conditions regarding the extension of the facility referred to in paragraph (b) below have been satisfied. Following the Lender’s confirmation from the Lender regarding the conditions referred to in paragraph (b) below, the facility shall on the then existing Termination Date be extended for a further year and the Termination Date shall thereupon become the date falling 1 year after such date;

 

(b) The conditions referred to in paragraph (a) above are that any such extension shall be subject to:

 

(i) no Event of Default having occurred;

 

(ii) the Security Cover Ratio being at least 135 per cent.; and

 

(iii) the Borrowers having complied with their payment obligation under Clause 20.1(c) at the time of service of the written notice to the Agent requesting the extension.

 

9 Conditions Precedent

 

9.1 Documents, fees and no default

 

Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) that, on or before the date of this Agreement, the Agent receives:

 

(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

(ii) payment of any expenses payable pursuant to Clause 20.2 which are due and payable on the date of this Agreement;

 

(b) that, on or before a Drawdown Date, the Agent receives:

 

(i) the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

(ii) in the case of the second Drawdown Date only, payment of that part of the origination fee and prepaid interest which is due and payable on that Drawdown Date pursuant to Clause 20.1(a)(ii);

 

(iii) payment of any expenses payable pursuant to Clause 20.2 which are due and payable on that Drawdown Date; and

 

(c) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

 

(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Advance;

 

(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of either Borrower and any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; and

 

21
 

(iii) there is no event or series of events which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is likely to have a material adverse effect on:

 

(A) the business, property, assets, liabilities, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of a Borrower;

 

(B) the ability of a Borrower to (i) comply with or perform any of its obligations or (ii) discharge any of its liabilities, under any Finance Document as they fall due; or

 

(C) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document;

 

9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the relevant Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, specify).

 

10 Representations and Warranties

 

10.1 General

 

Each Borrower represents and warrants (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed repeated on each Drawdown Date and throughout the Security Period with respect to the facts and circumstances then existing) to each Creditor Party as follows.

 

10.2 Status

 

Each Borrower is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia.

 

10.3 Share capital and ownership

 

Each Borrower has an authorised share capital of 500 registered and/or bearer shares, each fully paid and of no par value, and the direct legal title and beneficial ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by the Shareholder.

 

10.4 Corporate power

 

Each Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

 

(a) to execute the MOA to which it is a party, to purchase and pay for the relevant Ship under the MOA and register the relevant Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;

 

(b) to execute the Finance Documents which that Borrower is a party; and

 

(c) to borrow under this Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

22
 

10.5 Consents in force

 

All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

 

10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests

 

The Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

 

(a) constitute that Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against that Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,

 

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

10.7 No third party Security Interests

 

Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document to which a Borrower is a party:

 

(a) each Borrower which is a party to that Finance Document will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset of the Borrower to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

 

10.8 No conflicts

 

The execution by each Borrower and each Security Party of each Finance Document and each MOA to which it is a party, and the borrowing by that Borrower (together with the other Borrower) of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document and each MOA to which it is a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

(a) any law or regulation of any Pertinent Jurisdiction or, to its knowledge, of any other jurisdiction; or

 

(b) the constitutional documents of that Borrower; or

 

(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on that Borrower or any of its assets.

 

10.9 No withholding taxes

 

All payments which each Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

10.10 No default

 

No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

23
 

10.11 Information

 

All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts and financial statements which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7 and are true, correct and not misleading and present fairly and accurately the financial position of the Borrowers; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of either Borrower.

 

10.12 No litigation

 

No legal or administrative action involving either Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to a Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken.

 

10.13 Validity and completeness of MOAs

 

Each MOA constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with its terms and:

 

(a) each of the copies of that MOA delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy; and

 

(b) no amendments or additions to that MOA have been agreed nor has the Borrower which is the party thereto or the charterer or the Seller (as the case may be) which is a party to that MOA, waived any of their respective rights thereunder.

 

10.14 Compliance with certain undertakings

 

At the date of this Agreement, the Borrowers are in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.9 and 11.13.

 

10.15 No rebates etc.

 

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to either Borrower, the Seller or a third party in connection with the purchase by each Borrower of the Ship to be owned by it, other than as disclosed to the Agent in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

10.16 Taxes paid

 

Each Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to that Borrower, its business or the Ship owned by it.

 

10.17 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrowers, the Approved Manager and the Ships have been complied with.

 

10.18 Sanctions

 

(a) Neither the Borrower nor a Security Party:

 

(i) is a Prohibited Person;

 

(ii) is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person;

 

(iii) owns or controls a Prohibited Person; or

 

24
 

(iv) has a Prohibited Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee.

 

(b) No proceeds of any Advance or the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

10.19 No money laundering; anti-bribery.

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms  (i) that it is acting for its own account;  (ii) that the Borrower will use the proceeds of each Advance for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; (iii) that no Security Party nor any of their respective subsidiaries, directors, or officers, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, any affiliate, agent or employee thereof or any subsidiary of the Approved Manager, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction and the Borrower has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designated to prevent violation of such laws regulations and rules; and (iv) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, or comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970).

 

10.20 No immunity

 

No Borrower nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (including, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement).

 

10.21 Pari passu ranking

 

The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents to which it is a party are direct, general and unconditional obligations and rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

11 General Undertakings

 

11.1 General

 

Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

11.2 Title; negative pledge

 

Each Borrower will:

 

(a) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in that Ship, her Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests;

 

(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset of the Borrower, present or future; and

 

25
 

(c) procure that any party who may have a claim against either Borrower and/or a Ship and/or any of the Assigned Property (as such term is defined in the relevant General Assignment) fully subordinates (in a manner acceptable to the Agent) its rights in respect of its claim against that Borrower and/or that Ship and/or any of the Assigned Property to those of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

11.3 No disposal of assets

 

No Borrower will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (without the Lenders’ prior written consent):

 

(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

 

(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,

 

but paragraph (a) does not apply to any charter of a Ship as to which Clause 14.3 applies.

 

11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred

 

Neither Borrower will incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any Financial Indebtedness or any obligations under a guarantee) except:

 

(a) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents and the MOA to which it is or, as the case may be, will be a party;

 

(b) liabilities and obligations under the Junior Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(c) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the normal course of its business of trading, operating and chartering, maintaining and repairing the Ship owned by it (including, without limitation, any shareholder loan subject to the relevant Borrower ensuring, on or prior to the date of the first advance of that loan, that the rights of the shareholder (direct or indirect) which is the provider of that loan are fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents in writing and upon such terms and conditions as shall be required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

11.5 Information provided to be accurate

 

All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of a Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

 

11.6 Provision of financial statements

 

Each Borrower will send or procure that there are sent to the Agent:

 

(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of that Borrower, the individual audited annual financial statements of that Borrower for that financial year (commencing with the financial statements for the financial year ending on 31 December 2017); and

 

(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each financial quarter in each financial year of that Borrower the quarterly individual unaudited financial statements in respect of that Borrower for that financial quarter (commencing with the financial statements for the financial quarter ending on 31 March 2017), duly certified as to their correctness by a director of that Borrower; and

 

26
 

(c) promptly after each request by the Agent, such further financial or other information in respect of that Borrower, each Ship and the Security Parties.

 

11.7 Form of financial statements

 

All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

 

(a) be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of each Borrower at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

 

(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of each Borrower.

 

11.8 Shareholder and creditor notices

 

Each Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to that Borrower’s Shareholder or creditors or any class of them.

 

11.9 Consents

 

Each Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

 

(a) for that Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document and/or the MOA to which it is or, as the case may be, will be a party;

 

(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document and/or the MOA to which it is or, as the case may be, will be a party; and

 

(c) for that Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it,

 

and that Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.

 

11.10 Maintenance of Security Interests

 

Each Borrower will:

 

(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

 

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

 

11.11 Notification of litigation

 

Each Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving that Borrower, the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances in respect of that Ship, any Security Party, the Approved Manager, as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to that Borrower that it is likely to be instituted.

 

27
 

11.12 No amendment to any MOA

 

No Borrower will agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the MOA to which it is a party or any of its provisions, without Lenders’ consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

11.13 Principal place of business

 

Each Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated in Clause 28.2(a); and no Borrower will establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United States of America and/or the United Kingdom.

 

11.14 Confirmation of no default

 

Each Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of that Borrower and which:

 

(a) states that no Event of Default has occurred; or

 

(b) states that no Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

 

11.15 Notification of default

 

Each Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as that Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of an Event of Default and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

 

11.16 Provision of further information

 

Each Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request ( and, in the case of paragraph (b) such request to be made only following the occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default) provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:

 

(a) to the Shareholder, that Borrower, its Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; or

 

(b) Seanergy; or

 

(c) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

 

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender at any time.

 

11.17 Provision of copies and translation of documents

 

Each Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrowers will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

11.18 “Know your customer” checks

 

If:

 

(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

28
 

(b) any change in the status of either Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrowers shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

11.19 Sanctions

 

(a) Each Borrower shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall, directly or, to the best of its knowledge (after careful inquiry), indirectly, be used or otherwise made available:

 

(i) to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Prohibited Person;

 

(ii) for the direct or indirect benefit of any Prohibited Person; or

 

(iii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in either Borrower or a Security Party in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to any of them) or becoming a Prohibited Person.

 

(b) No Borrower shall repay (or permit the repayment of) any Secured Liabilities from funds sourced from a Prohibited Person or from proceeds directly or indirectly for the benefit of, or from any proceeds of any business directly or, to the best of its knowledge (after careful inquiry), indirectly with, any Prohibited Person.

 

11.20 Accounts

 

Each Borrower shall within 90 days from the date of this Agreement:

 

(a) close any account currently held with Alpha Bank S.A. of Greece;

 

(b) open an Earnings Account with the Account Bank; and

 

(c) execute an Account Pledge in respect of that Account.

 

12 Corporate Undertakings

 

12.1 General

 

Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.

 

12.2 Maintenance of status

 

Each Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia.

 

29
 

12.3 Negative undertakings

 

No Borrower will:

 

(a) carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship owned by it; or

 

(b) pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital Provided that a Borrower may pay dividends if at the relevant time:

 

(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will occur as a result of such payment; and

 

(ii) that Borrower maintains (prior to, and after, such payment) a credit balance in its Earnings Account which, when aggregated with the Minimum Liquidity Amount maintained by that Borrower in accordance with Clause 18.3, is not less than $1,000,000;

 

(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

 

(i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower’s share or loan capital; or

 

(ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,

 

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length;

 

(d) open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except (i) the Earnings Account and the Drydocking Reserve Account with the Account Bank, (ii) accounts with the Agent and the Security Trustee for the purposes of the Finance Documents and (iii) any account already disclosed to, and accepted by, the Lenders;

 

(e) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital;

 

(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative;

 

(g) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation; or

 

(h) incur any Financial Indebtedness, other than in the ordinary course of owning and operating the Ship or as otherwise contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Junior Finance Documents.

 

13 Insurance

 

13.1 General

 

Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

30
 

13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Borrower against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks;

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks; and

 

(d) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would, in the opinion of the Security Trustee, be reasonable for the Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Borrower.

 

13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in Dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, on an agreed value basis in an amount at least the greater of (i) an amount which, when aggregated with the amount for which the other Mortgaged Ship is insured, equals 120 per cent. of the Loan and (ii) the Market Value of the Ship owned by it; and

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

 

(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full value and tonnage of that Ship;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Borrower shall, and shall procure that, the obligatory insurances shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

31
 

and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Security Trustee as sole loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances effected by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

 

13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 15 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Lenders’ approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

 

(b) at least 10 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Lenders’ approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all cover notes and policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

 

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

32
 

(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 10 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

 

(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

 

13.7 Copies of certificates of entry; letters of undertaking

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by that Borrower is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;

 

(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by that Borrower’s protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by that Borrower in accordance with the requirements of such protections and indemnity association; and

 

(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

13.8 Deposit of original policies

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

13.9 Payment of premiums

 

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

 

13.10 Guarantees

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

Neither Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular it shall:

 

(a) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

 

33
 

(b) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(c) make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent) of all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which that Ship is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(d) not employ that Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

Neither Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

13.13 Settlement of claims

 

Each Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

13.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications (other than (unless specifically required by the Security Trustee) communications of an entirely routine nature) between the relevant Borrower and:

 

(a) the approved brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i) that Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

13.15 Provision of information and further undertakings

 

In addition, each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

34
 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.17 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

 

and that Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

 

13.16 Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances

 

The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance and a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance in such amounts (not exceeding 110 per cent. of the Loan) , on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Creditor Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

13.17 Review of insurance requirements

 

The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), significant and capable of affecting the Borrowers, each Ship and its Insurances (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Borrower owning that Ship may be subject) and the Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Agent in appointing an independent marine insurance broker or adviser to conduct such review.

 

13.18 Modification of insurance requirements

 

The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrowers of any proposed modification under Clause 13.18 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrowers as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrowers accordingly.

 

13.19 Compliance with mortgagee’s instructions

 

The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require a Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Borrower owning that Ship implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.

 

14 Ship Covenants

 

14.1 General

 

Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Lenders, may otherwise permit in writing ( such permission not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clause 14.13(b).

 

35
 

14.2 Ship’s name and registration

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of that Ship.

 

14.3 Repair and classification

 

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Approved Manager shall, keep the Ship owned by that Borrower in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

(b) so as to maintain the highest class free of overdue recommendations and conditions, with a classification society which is a member of IACS and acceptable to the Agent; and

 

(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

 

14.4 Classification society undertaking

 

Each Borrower shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 14.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee) in relation to its Ship:

 

(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records and any other related records held by the classification society in relation to the Ship owned by that Borrower;

 

(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:

 

(i) receives notification from that Borrower or any person that that Ship’s classification society is to be changed; or

 

(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower’s or that Ship’s membership of the classification society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

 

(i) to confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

 

(ii) if that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

 

14.5 Modification

 

Neither Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, its Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

36
 

14.6 Removal of parts

 

Neither Borrower shall remove any material part of its Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that a Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

 

14.7 Surveys

 

Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.

 

14.8 Inspection

 

Each Borrower shall, subject to 15 days’ prior notice from the Agent, permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship once in every calendar year, without interfering with the Ship’s operations, to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and the Borrower shall afford all proper facilities for, and bear the cost of, such inspections.

 

14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

Each Borrower shall promptly discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances,

 

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of that Ship, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

14.10 Compliance with laws etc.

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Borrower;

 

(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

 

(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit that Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.

 

37
 

14.11 Provision of information

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of that Ship;

 

(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made in respect of that Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, either Approved Managers’ compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of that Borrower’s or that Approved Managers’ Document of Compliance, Safety Management Certificate and the ISSC.

 

14.12 Notification of certain events

 

Each Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by email, confirmed forthwith by letter immediately upon becoming aware of:-

 

(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement, condition or overdue recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the time limits imposed by that insurer or classification society or authority;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of that Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(e) any intended dry docking of that Ship;

 

(f) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, the Approved Managers or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

 

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and that Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Borrower’s, the Approved Managers’ or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

Neither Borrower shall (without the Lenders’ prior written consent), in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

38
 

(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 13 months;

 

(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than, in the case of time charters, 2 and, in the case voyage charters, 4 months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

 

(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;

 

(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Managers or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Managers’ appointment;

 

(f) de-activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(g) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $250,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

14.14 Notice of Mortgage

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Mortgage relative to its Ship registered against that Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of that Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Trustee.

 

14.15 Sharing of Earnings

 

Neither Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings except for sharing of earnings between the Borrowers.

 

14.16 ISPS Code

 

Each Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and

 

(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

15 Security Cover

 

15.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

 

(a) the aggregate of the Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships; plus

 

(b) the aggregate Minimum Liquidity Amount standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts (or such other Account blocked and pledged in favour of the Lenders) at the relevant time pursuant to Clause 18.3; plus

 

39
 

(c) the aggregate Cashflow Support Deposit (if any) standing to the credit of the Deposit Account at the relevant time pursuant to Clause 18.2; plus

 

(d) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15,

 

is below an amount equal to 112.5 per cent. of the Loan.

 

15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 15.1, the Borrowers shall prepay such part at least of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 1 month after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the “ Prepayment Date ”) unless at least 1 Business Day before the Prepayment Date the Borrowers have provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional security which is acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) and which, in the opinion of the Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, approve or require.

 

15.3 Valuation of Ships

 

the Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship at any date is that shown by a valuation prepared:

 

(a) as at a date not more than 30 days previously;

 

(b) by Messrs Arrow, Clarksons, Braemar ACM or SSY, each being a sale and purchase shipbroker which the Agent hereby agrees to appoint for such purpose or such other independent sale and purchase broker as the Agent may agree with the Borrowers;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

 

(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

15.4 Value of additional vessel security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

 

15.5 Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers, as shall be any valuation which the Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

 

15.6 Provision of information

 

The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Agent and any shipbroker or expert acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or that shipbroker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrowers fail to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which that shipbroker or the Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

 

40
 

15.7 Payment of valuation expenses

 

Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers’ obligations under Clauses 20.1, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any shipbroker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause (provided such fees don’t exceed an amount of $1,000 in aggregate per year in respect of both Ships) and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.

 

15.8 Application of prepayment

 

Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.

 

16 Payments and Calculations

 

16.1 Currency and method of payments

 

All payments to be made by the Lenders or by either Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

 

(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

 

(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

 

(c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by either Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at WELLS FARGO BANK, NA, ABA# 121-000-248, SWIFT:  WFBIUS6SFOR CREDIT TO CDO CLEARING, A/C 6355067033, FURTHER CREDIT TO: NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP, A/C 84460800 or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties; and

 

(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.

 

16.2 Payment on non-Business Day

 

If any payment by either Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

 

(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

 

(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,

 

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments

 

All interest and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

41
 

16.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties

 

Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:

 

(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

 

(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

 

16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

 

16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to either Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to that Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

 

16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received

 

If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to a Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, that Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

 

(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

 

(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

 

16.8 Agent may assume receipt

 

Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

 

16.9 Creditor Party accounts

 

Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.

 

16.10 Agent’s memorandum account

 

The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.

 

42
 

16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence

 

If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by a Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

 

17 Application of Receipts

 

17.1 Normal order of application

 

Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:

 

(i) first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrowers under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrowers or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document;

 

(ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction of the Loan;

 

(b) SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its reasonable opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 17;

 

(c) THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

17.2 Variation of order of application

 

The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

 

17.3 Notice of variation of order of application

 

The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

 

17.4 Appropriation rights overridden

 

This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by either Borrower or any Security Party.

 

43
 

18 Application of Earnings, Cashflow Support Deposit and Drydocking Reserve Account

 

18.1 Payment and application of Earnings

 

(a) Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party):

 

(i) it shall maintain the Earnings Accounts with the Account Bank; and

 

(ii) all Earnings of the Ship owned by it are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship.

 

(b) Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, Clauses 12.3 (b) and 18.3), all Earnings standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts shall be freely available to the Borrower owning the relevant Ship until the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

18.2 Cashflow Support Deposit

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, on the second Drawdown Date, deposit in the Deposit Account an amount of $1,500,000 ($3,000,000 in total) as prepaid interest (as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 18.2, the “ Cashflow Support Deposit ”). Provided that if the Borrowers have not (i) opened a Deposit Account in their joint names with the Account Bank and (ii) executed an Account Pledge in respect thereof (including serving a notice to the Account Bank and obtaining its acknowledgment in a form acceptable to the Agent) by the second Drawdown Date, each Borrower hereby authorises the Agent to deduct the Cashflow Support Deposit from the amount of Advance B and Advance A Tranche B equally and pay the same to the Deposit Account in the Lender’s name. Following the opening of the Deposit Account in the joint names of the Borrowers and the execution of the aforementioned Account Pledge, the Borrowers shall have the right to request the Agent to transfer the Cashflow Support Deposit standing to the credit of the Deposit Account in the name of the Agent to the Deposit Account in the joint names of the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Borrower hereby instructs the Agent (and the Agent hereby agrees) to make withdrawals from the Deposit Account in 8 equal quarterly instalments of $187,500 each (being $375,000 each in respect of both Borrowers/Advances), for application against the first 8 quarterly payments of interest in respect of the each Advance in accordance with Clause 5.1 Provided that, if at any time during the period the Cash Support Deposit (or part thereof) is standing to the credit of the Deposit Account:

 

(i) a Ship enters into a time charterparty for a minimum period of 24 months from the second Drawdown Date at a daily charter hire rate of more than $15,000 and with a charterer acceptable to the Lenders in their absolute discretion; and

 

(ii) the Borrower owning that Ship executes a specific assignment of such charter in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form,

 

the Lenders may agree to release 50 per cent. of the Cash Flow Deposit standing to the credit of the Deposit Account (or all of the Cash Flow Deposit if (i) and (ii) above apply in relation to both Ships) to the relevant Borrower (or both Borrowers as the case may be).

 

18.3 Minimum Liquidity

 

In addition to the Borrowers’ obligation in Clause 18.2, each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to accumulate in its Earnings Account (or, if requested by the Lenders at any time, in such other Account blocked and pledged in favour of the Lenders) within 3 months from the Drawdown Date of the Advance relating to its Ship, and maintain throughout the Security Period, an amount (the “ Minimum Liquidity Amount ”) of at least $250,000 per Ship ($500,000 in total in the Earnings Accounts or any other Accounts requested by the Lenders).

 

44
 

18.4 Drydocking Reserve Account

 

Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party that, from 30 June 2018 and monthly thereafter, it shall deposit in its Drydocking Reserve Account an amount of $30,000 until the credit balance in its Drydocking Reserve Account reaches $1,000,000 ($2,000,000 on both Drydocking Reserve Accounts) and shall use such amount solely for the second special survey of its Ship in 2020 (inclusive of ballast water treatment system). Each Drydocking Reserve Account shall be pledged in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to an Account Pledge Provided that if the ballast water treatment system requirement is deferred beyond the latest Termination Date (being 31 December 2021), each Borrower shall from 30 June 2018 and monthly thereafter, deposit in its Drydocking Reserve Account an amount of $19,500 until the credit balance in its Drydocking Reserve Account reaches $650,000 ($1,300,000 on both Drydocking Reserve Accounts) and shall use such amount solely for the second special survey of its Ship in 2020.

 

18.5 Location of Accounts

 

Each Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of its Account; and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) its Account.

 

18.6 Debits for fees, expenses etc.

 

The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Deposit Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clauses 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clauses 20 or 21.

 

18.7 Borrowers’ obligations unaffected

 

The provisions of this Clause 18 (as distinct from a distribution effected under Clause 18.2) do not affect:

 

(a) the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

 

(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any Security Party under any Finance Document.

 

19 Events of Default

 

19.1 Events of Default

 

An Event of Default occurs if:

 

(a) either Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand, any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or

 

(b) any breach occurs of Clause 2.3, 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.18, 12.2, 12.3(b), 12.3, 13.2, 15.2, 18.1 or 18.2; or

 

45
 

(c) any breach by:

 

(i) either Borrower, any Security Party or either Approved Manager occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same, unless, in the case of a breach by either Approved Manager of its Manager’s Undertaking, that Approved Manager is replaced within such 10-day period by an Approved Manager acceptable to the Lenders in all respects; or

 

(ii) the Junior Lender of any provision of the Intercreditor Deed; or

 

(iii) Seanergy of any provision of the Subordination Undertaking;

 

(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by either Borrower or any Security Party or either Approved Manager occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)) unless, in the case of a breach by either Approved Manager of its Manager’s Undertaking, that Approved Manager is replaced on the Agent’s demand by an Approved Manager acceptable to the Lenders in all respects; or

 

(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, a Borrower or a Security Party (or, in the case of the Intercreditor Deed, the Junior Lender) in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

 

(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person (which, in the case of Financial Indebtedness of Seanergy only, exceeds $5,000,000):

 

(i) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand; or

 

(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default (howsoever described); or

 

(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

 

(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

 

(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

 

(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

 

(i) a Relevant Person becomes, in the opinion of the Lenders, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress or any form of freezing order in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating $100,000 (or in the case of Seanergy, $5,000,000) or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

 

46
 

(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

 

(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or

 

(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

 

(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or

 

(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than a Borrower or the Shareholder which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

 

(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

 

(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

 

(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

 

47
 

(xi) in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or

 

(h) either Borrower or any Security Party ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement; or

 

(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

 

(i) for either Borrower, the Shareholder or any other Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or

 

(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

 

(j) any official consent necessary to enable either Borrower to own, operate or charter its Ship or to enable either Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or either MOA is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled;

 

(k) either Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Shareholder;

 

(l) it appears to the Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership of any of the shares in either Borrower or any Security Party or in the control of the voting rights attaching to any of those shares;

 

(m) without the prior written consent of the Lenders, the Shareholder ceases to be a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Seanergy (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld if Seanergy retains more than 51 per cent of ownership or the issued shares in the Shareholder and /or the voting rights attached to such shares);

 

(n) a Change of Ownership has occurred;

 

(o) any provision which the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

 

(p) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

 

(q) an event of default (howsoever described) occurs under the Junior Agreement;

 

(r) any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

 

(i) a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of either Borrower or any Security Party; or

 

(ii) any accident or other event involving a Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a either Borrower or any Security Party, in the light of which the Lenders consider that there is a significant risk that either Borrower is, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.

 

48
 

19.2 Actions following an Event of Default

 

On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:

 

(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Lenders, the Agent shall:

 

(i) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or

 

(ii) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

 

(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

 

(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

 

19.3 Termination of Commitments

 

On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

 

19.4 Acceleration of Loan

 

On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), all or, as the case may be, part of the Loan specified in the notice together with, accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

 

19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice

 

The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) or 19.2(a)(ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

 

19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties

 

The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrowers under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrowers, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide either Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

 

49
 

19.7 Creditor Party’s rights unimpaired

 

Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

 

19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability

 

No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to a Borrower or a Security Party:

 

(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

 

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

19.9 Relevant Persons

 

In this Clause 19, a “ Relevant Person ” means a Borrower, Seanergy, the Shareholder and any other Security Party.

 

19.10 Interpretation

 

In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) “ petition ” includes an application.

 

20 Fees, other interest and Expenses

 

20.1 Origination fee, back-end interest and prepaid interest

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (or an affiliate of the Agent, if instructed to do so by the Agent) for distribution to the Lenders, where appropriate, in such manner as agreed between the Agent and the Lenders:

 

(a) a non-refundable up-front payment of $480,000 representing 1.5 per cent. of the Total Commitments. The 1.5 per cent. payment is comprised of an origination fee of $80,000 or 0.25 per cent. and prepaid interest of $400,000 or 1.25 per cent. (for the avoidance of doubt such obligation shall be in addition to the Borrowers’ obligations under Clauses 5.1, 18.2, 20.1(b), 20.1(c) and 20.1(d). The non-refundable up-front payment shall be paid in two instalments as follows:

 

(i) $160,000 on 9 November 2016 (being the date on which the Borrowers accepted the Agent’s offer letter) and the Agent hereby confirms receipt of this instalment on 16 November 2016; and

 

(ii) $320,000 on the second Drawdown Date;

 

(b) on the Termination Date or if an Advance is prepaid in full prior to such date, on the date on which such Advance is prepaid in full, a back-end interest in an amount equal to 1.75 per cent. of the Scheduled Outstanding Amount as per Schedule 6 on such date Provided that no back-end interest shall be payable if a Ship:

 

50
 

(i) is sold to a bona fide third party, with the Lenders’ consent, and the net sale proceeds are less than the Advance relative to that Ship outstanding at the time; or

 

(ii) has become a Total Loss;

 

(c) in the event that the facility is extended pursuant to Clause 8.12, on each date on which the Borrowers serve the notice to extend the facility in accordance with Clause 8.12, pay extension fee in an amount equal to 1.75 per cent. of the outstanding amount of the Loan as at the then existing Termination Date (calculated to take into account the scheduled repayment (if any) to be made following the service of the notice but prior to the existing Termination Date). For the avoidance of doubt such obligation shall be in addition to the Borrowers’ obligation under Clause 5.1; and

 

(d) The Borrowers shall be obliged to pay a prepayment fee (the “ Applicable Prepayment Fee ”) on all amounts prepaid during the period commencing after the first Drawdown Date and ending on the date falling thirty–six months after the second Drawdown Date except prepayments made in the case of:

 

(i) the sale of a Ship, to a bona fide third party, with the Lenders’ prior written consent where the net sale proceeds are less than the amount of the Advance relating to such Ship as outstanding at the relevant time; or

 

(ii) a Ship becoming a Total Loss; or

 

(iii) maintenance of the Security Coverage Ratio of Clause 15.1;

 

In this paragraph (d) “ Applicable Prepayment Fee ” means:

 

(i) if a prepayment is made at any time prior to the twelfth month anniversary of the second Drawdown Date, a prepayment fee equal to 100% of the interest payments which would have been received until the end of the twelfth month from the second Drawdown Date; or

 

(ii) if a prepayment is made at any time during the period commencing after the twelfth month anniversary of the second Drawdown date and ending thirty-sixth months from the second Drawdown Date, a prepayment fee in an amount equal to 2 per cent. of the amount prepaid,

 

Provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of the Applicable Prepayment Fee (i.e. no prepayment fee shall be payable on) any prepayments up to a maximum cumulative amount of $3,000,000 made during the period commencing after the first Drawdown Date until the date falling on the second anniversary of the second Drawdown Date.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation of the Borrowers under this paragraph (d) to pay a prepayment fee shall be in addition to the Borrowers’ obligation to pay the back–end interest referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, translation or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.

 

51
 

20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

 

(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

 

(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document;

 

(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

 

(d) any insurance report provided under Clause 13.17;

 

(e) any inspection conducted under 14.8;

 

(f) any step taken by the Lender concerned with a view to the preservation, protection, exercise or enforcement of any rights or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

 

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (f) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

 

20.4 Documentary taxes

 

The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.

 

20.5 Certification of amounts

 

A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

21 Indeminities

 

21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan

 

The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

 

(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on a Repayment Date or other relevant period;

 

(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrowers (or either of them) to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 7); and

 

(d) the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19 (including, without limitation, any costs, expenses or liabilities incurred by a Creditor Party in relation to any Insurances taken or arranged by that Creditor Party following the occurrence of an Event of Default in relation to port risks, crew liability insurance or any other type of insurance),

 

52
 

and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income or a FATCA Deduction) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

 

21.2 Intentionally omitted

 

21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities

 

The Borrowers shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands, without prejudice to any of their other rights under any of the Finance Documents, in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or sustained or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;

 

(b) investigating any event which the Creditor Party concerned reasonably believes constitutes an Event of Default;

 

(c) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which the Creditor Party concerned reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

(d) any other Pertinent Matter,

 

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

 

21.4 Environmental and other indemnities

 

Without prejudice to its generality, Clauses 21.1 and 21.4 cover any claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses, liabilities or expenses of every kind which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

 

21.5 Currency indemnity

 

If any sum due from a Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order, award or judgment relating to a Finance Document (a “ Sum ”) has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the Sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(a) making, filing or lodging any claim or proof against a Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

 

(b) obtaining an order, judgment or award from any court or other tribunal in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings; or

 

(c) enforcing any such order, judgment or award,

 

the Borrowers shall as an independent obligation, indemnify the Creditor Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising when the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

 

53
 

In this Clause 21.5, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the Sum to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

 

Each Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

If any Creditor Party receives any Sum in a currency other than the Contractual Currency, the Borrowers shall indemnify in full the Creditor Party concerned against any cost, loss or liability arising directly or indirectly from any conversion of such Sum to the Contractual Currency.

 

This Clause 21.5 creates a separate liability of that Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

 

21.6 Certification of amounts

 

A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

21.7 Sums deemed due to a Lender

 

For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

 

22 No Set-off or Tax Deduction

 

22.1 No deductions

 

All amounts due from the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be paid:

 

(a) without any form of set off, counter-claim or condition; and

 

(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which a Borrower is required by law to make.

 

22.2 Grossing-up for taxes

 

If, at any time, a Borrower is required by law, regulation or regulatory requirement to make a tax deduction from any payment due under a Finance Document:

 

(a) that Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

 

(b) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that, after the making of such tax deduction, each Creditor Party receives on the due date for such payment (and retains free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which is equal to the full amount which it would have received had no such tax deduction been required to be made; and

 

(c) that Borrower shall pay the full amount of the tax required to be deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly in accordance with the relevant law, regulation or regulatory requirement, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises.

 

54
 

22.3 Indemnity and evidence of payment of taxes

 

The Borrowers shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party on the Agent’s demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred by any Creditor Party by reason of any failure of the Borrowers (or any of them) to make any tax deduction or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment in accordance with Clause 22.2. Within 30 days after making any tax deduction, the Borrowers or, as the case may be, the relevant Borrower shall deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

22.4 Tax Credits

 

A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which a Borrower has made an increased payment under Clause 22.2 shall pay to that Borrower a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from that Borrower in respect of which that Borrower made the increased payment, provided that:

 

(a) the Creditor Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit;

 

(b) the Creditor Party shall not be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;

 

(c) nothing in this Clause 22.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;

 

(d) nothing in this Clause 22.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if that Borrower had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment; and

 

any allocation or determination reasonably made by a Creditor Party under or in connection with this Clause 22.4 shall be conclusive and binding on that Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

22.5 Exclusion of tax on overall net income

 

In this Clause 22 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding from any payment due under a Finance Document for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income or a FATCA Deduction.

 

22.6 FATCA information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each FATCA Relevant Party within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another FATCA Relevant Party shall:

 

(i) confirm to that other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to the requesting party such other form or forms (including IRS Form W-8 or Form W-9 or any successor or substitute form, as applicable) and any other documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purpose of that party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

(b) If a FATCA Relevant Party confirms to any other FATCA Relevant Party that it is a FATCA Exempt Party or provides an IRS Form W-8 or W-9 showing that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, or that the IRS form has ceased to be accurate or valid, that party shall so notify the other FATCA Relevant Party reasonably promptly or provide a revised IRS form, as applicable.

 

55
 

(c) Nothing in this Clause 22.6 shall obligate any FATCA Relevant Party to do anything which would or, in its reasonable opinion, might constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that party, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall excuse any FATCA Relevant Party from providing a true complete and correct IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute form where applicable). Any information provided on such IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such party for purposes of this paragraph.

 

(d) If a FATCA Relevant Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the provided information is insufficient under FATCA, then such party shall be treated as if it were a FATCA Non-Exempt Party until such time as the party in question provides sufficient confirmation, forms, documentation or other information to establish the relevant facts.

 

22.7 FATCA withholding

 

(a) Each FATCA Relevant Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no FATCA Relevant Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each FATCA Relevant Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent, and the Agent shall notify the other Creditor Parties.

 

23 Illegality, etc

 

23.1 Illegality

 

This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

 

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

 

(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

 

for the Notifying Lender to perform, maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Loan.

 

23.2 Notification of illegality

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

 

23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment

 

On the Agent notifying the Borrowers under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall be immediately cancelled; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrowers shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clauses 8.10 and 8.11(a).

 

56
 

24 intentionally left blank

 

25 Set-off

 

25.1 Application of credit balances

 

Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

 

(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of a Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from that Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

(b) for that purpose:

 

(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of that Borrower;

 

(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

 

(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

 

25.2 Existing rights unaffected

 

No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

 

25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender

 

For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

 

25.4 No Security Interest

 

This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of either Borrower.

 

26 Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices

 

26.1 Transfer by Borrower

 

No Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

 

57
 

26.2 Transfer by a Lender

 

Subject to Clause 26.4 and the proviso at the end of this Clause 26.2, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may (at its cost) at any time, with the Borrowers’ prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) cause:

 

(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

 

(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or

 

(c) a combination of (a) and (b); or

 

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, a bank or financial institution or a trust, or fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a “ Transferee Lender ”) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender,

 

Provided that neither Borrower’s consent shall be required if the Transferor Lender is an affiliate of a Lender at the time of transfer or if an Event of Default has occurred.

 

However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.

 

26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

 

(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

 

(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to each Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and

 

(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above

 

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

 

26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate

 

A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

 

26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate

 

Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, either Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

 

26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate

 

However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the “ successor ”), the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrowers and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

 

58
 

26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate

 

A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

 

(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which either Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;

 

(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

 

(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of either Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;

 

(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

 

(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

 

The rights and equities of either Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

 

26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders

 

During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrowers during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days’ prior notice.

 

26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders

 

The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

 

59
 

26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates

 

The Borrowers, the Security Trustee, each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf. The Borrower and each Security Party irrevocably agrees to the transfer procedures set out in this Clause 26 and to the extent the cooperation of the Borrowers and/or any Security Party shall be required to effect any such transfer, the Borrowers and such Security Party shall take all necessary steps to afford such cooperation.

 

26.11 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment

 

A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, either Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

 

26.12 Disclosure of information

 

A Lender may disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub-participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to either Borrower, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless the information is clearly of a confidential nature.

 

26.13 Change of lending office

 

A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

 

1.2 the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

 

1.3 the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

26.14 Notification

 

On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

 

26.15 Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from either Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender to a federal reserve or central bank.

 

27 Variations and Waivers

 

27.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Lenders

 

Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrowers, by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

 

60
 

27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders

 

However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf of every Lender”:

 

(a) a reduction in the rate of interest referred to in Clause 5.1;

 

(b) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;

 

(c) an increase in any Lender’s Commitment;

 

(d) a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;

 

(e) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and

 

(f) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.

 

27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations

 

Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

 

27.4 a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

 

(a) an Event of Default; or

 

(b) a breach by either Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

 

(c) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

 

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

 

28 Notices

 

28.1 General

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, fax or email; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

 

61
 

28.2 Addresses for communications

 

A notice by letter, fax or email shall be sent:

 

(a)   to the Borrowers:





for the attention of:
16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
(Premiera Mall)
Second Floor
16674 Glyfada, Athens Greece
Fax No: +30 210 963 8404

Stamatis Tsantanis /Christos Sigalas
snt@seangery.gr / csigalas@seanergy.gr

 

(b) to a Lender:     At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

(c) to the Agent: One Stamford Landing
62 Southfield Avenue, Suite 212
Stamford, CT 06902

Attn: Sean Durkin
Fax No: +1 (203) 487 3435
Email: sd@northernshippingfunds.com

 

(d) to the Security Trustee: One Stamford Landing
62 Southfield Avenue, Suite 212
Stamford, CT 06902

Attn: Sean Durkin
Fax No: +1 (203) 487 3435
Email: sd@northernshippingfunds.com

 

  or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

 

28.3 Effective date of notices

 

Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:

 

(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

 

(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed; and

 

(c) a notice which is sent by email shall be deemed to be served when the recipient acknowledges receipt.

 

28.4 Service outside business hours

 

However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

 

(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

 

(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,

 

the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

 

28.5 Illegible notices

 

Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

62
 

28.6 Valid notices

 

A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

 

(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

 

(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

28.7 Electronic communication

 

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Creditor Party or any Security Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and, in the case of a communication to a Creditor Party, the relevant Creditor Party (or in the case of a communication to a Security Party, the relevant Security Party):

 

(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

(b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(c) notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

 

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or a Security Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Creditor Party or a Security Party to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

28.8 English language

 

Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

 

28.9 Meaning of “notice”

 

In this Clause 28, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

 

29 Joint and Several Liability

 

29.1 General

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be several and, if and to the extent consistent with Clause 29.2, joint.

 

29.2 No impairment of a Borrower’s obligations

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the other Borrowers

 

63
 

(b) any Lender or the Security Trustee entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the other Borrower;

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Trustee releasing the other Borrower or any Security Interest created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any combination of the foregoing.

 

29.3 Principal debtors

 

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and neither Borrower shall in any circumstances be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Borrower under this Agreement.

 

29.4 Subordination

 

Subject to Clause 29.5, during the Security Period, neither Borrower shall:

 

(a) claim any amount which may be due to it from the other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

(b) take or enforce any form of security from the other Borrower for such an amount, or in any other way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of the other Borrower; or

 

(c) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to the other Borrower; or

 

(d) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving the other Borrower or other Security Party; or

 

(e) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

29.5 Borrowers’ required action

 

If during the Security Period, the Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) of Clause 29.4, in relation to the other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Agent’s notice.

 

30 Supplemental

 

30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive

 

The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

 

(a) cumulative;

 

(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

 

(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

 

30.2 Severability of provisions

 

If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

 

64
 

30.3 Counterparts

 

A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

30.4 Third party rights

 

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

31 Law and Jurisdiction

 

31.1 English law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

31.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction

 

Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

 

31.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties

 

Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:

 

(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

 

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

 

No Borrower shall commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

 

31.4 Process agent

 

Each Borrower irrevocably appoints Messrs. E.J.C Album Solicitors, presently of Landmark House, 190 Willifield Way, London, NW11 GY1, England (Attention of Mr. Eduard Album Fax +44 (0) 20 8457 5558, e-mail: ejca@mitgr.com) to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

31.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected

 

Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

31.6 Meaning of “proceedings” and “Dispute”

 

In this Clause 31, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “ Dispute ” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

65
 

32 PATRIOT Act Notice

 

32.1 PATRIOT Act Notice

 

Each of the Creditor Parties hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and the policies and practices of the Creditor Parties, each of the Creditor Parties is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and such other information that will allow each of the Creditor Parties to identify the Borrowers in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

66
 

Schedule 1

Lenders and Commitments

 

Lender Lending Office Commitment
(US Dollars)
Northern Shipping Fund III LP

One Stamford Landing

Suite 212 

62 Southfield Avenue 

Stamford 

CT 06902, U.S.A.

 

Attn: Sean Durkin
Fax No: +1 (203) 487 3435
Email: sd@northernshippingfunds.com

 

32,000,000

 

67
 

Schedule 2

Drawdown Notice

 

To: Northern Shipping Fund III LP
One Stamford Landing, Suite 212
62 Southfield Avenue
Stamford
CT 06902, U.S.A.

Attention: Sean Durkin

 

[ l ] 2016

 

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

1 We refer to the loan agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [ l ] 2016 and made between ourselves, as joint and several Borrowers, the Lenders referred to therein, and yourselves as Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a secured term loan facility of up to $32,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

 

2 We request to borrow as follows:

 

(a) [Advance A], [Advance B];

 

(b) Amount of Advance: $[ l ];

 

(c) Drawdown Date: [ l ];

 

(d) Payment instructions : account in our name and numbered [ l ] with [ l ] of [ l ].

 

3 We represent and warrant that:

 

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and

 

(b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of that Advance.

 

4 This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Lenders.

 

  [Name of Signatory]   [Name of Signatory]  
         
         
         
         
  for and on behalf of   for and on behalf of  
  LORD OCEAN NAVIGATION CO.   KNIGHT OCEAN NAVIGATION CO.  

 

68
 

Schedule 3

Condition Precedent Documents

 

Part A

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a) required before the date of this Agreement.

 

1 A duly executed original of:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) the Shares Pledges;

 

(c) the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 

(d) the Intercreditor Deed; and

 

(e) the Subordination Undertaking.

 

2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of each Borrower, the Shareholder and any other Security Party and any company registration documents in respect of either Borrower and any Security Party (including, without limitation, any corporate register excerpts) required by the Agent.

 

3 Copies of resolutions of the directors and shareholders of each Borrower, the Shareholder any other Security Party (other than the Approved Manager), the Junior Lender and Seanergy (in the case of Seanergy resolutions of the directors only) authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which each is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, authorising named representatives to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement and ratifying the execution of the relevant MOA.

 

4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of a Borrower, the Shareholder, any other Security Party (other than the Approved Manager), the Junior Lender and Seanergy.

 

5 Copies of all consents which either Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document or the MOA to which is party.

 

6 Certified true copies of the MOAs duly executed by the parties thereto.

 

7 Such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by the parties of the MOAs and of all other documents to be executed by the parties thereto.

 

8 A survey report addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before the first Drawdown Date from an independent marine surveyor selected by the Agent in respect of the physical condition of the Ships.

 

9 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of the ultimate majority beneficial owner(s) in the shares of the Borrower and the Shareholder.

 

10 Duly executed W-8 tax form.

 

11 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.

 

69
 

12 Any documents required by the Agent in respect of each Borrower, the Shareholder and any other Security Party (and their respective shareholders) to satisfy the Lenders’ “know your customer” and money laundering requirements.

 

13 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of Liberia, the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

14 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

70
 

Part B 

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b) required before each Drawdown Date. In Part B of this Schedule 3, the following definitions have the following meanings:

 

(a) Relevant Borrower ” means, in the case of Advance A, Borrower A and, in the case of Advance B, Borrower B; and

 

(b) Relevant Ship ” means, in the case of Advance A, Ship A and, in the case of Advance B, Ship B.

 

1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment (and of each document to be delivered by each of them), each in respect of the Relevant Ship and the Relevant Borrower.

 

2 Documentary evidence that:

 

(a) the Relevant Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Seller to, and accepted by, the relevant Borrower under the relevant MOA and the Contract Price payable under that MOA (in addition to the part to be financed by the relevant Advance) has been duly paid in full (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the relevant Seller to the Relevant Borrower under that MOA (including but not limited to, the bill of sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance);

 

(b) the Relevant Ship has been registered in the name of the Relevant Borrower under an Approved Flag;

 

(c) the Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents and the Junior Finance Documents;

 

(d) the Relevant Ship maintains the highest class with a first class classification society which is a member of IACS and acceptable to the Agent as the Agent may approve free of all recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

 

(e) the Mortgage relating to each Relevant Ship has been duly registered or recorded against that Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage in accordance with the laws of the Approved Flag State; and

 

(f) the Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3 Documents establishing that each Relevant Ship will, as from the relevant Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Managers on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:

 

(a) each Approved Manager’s Undertaking relative thereto;

 

(b) copies of the Approved Managers’ Document of Compliance, that Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires); and

 

(c) a copy of the ISSC in respect of the Relevant Ship.

 

4 For the purposes of the second Drawdown Date only, a valuation of each Ship addressed to the Agent and stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement prepared in accordance with Clause 15.3 dated not earlier than [30] days prior to the second Drawdown Date by an independent sale and purchase shipbroker selected by the Agent evidencing a Market Value acceptable to the Agent.

 

71
 

5 For the purposes of the second Drawdown Date only, (i) evidence that the Borrowers have opened the Deposit Account with the Account Bank, (ii) a duly executed original of the Account Pledge relevant to the Deposit Account (and each document to be delivered pursuant thereto) and (iii) evidence that there is standing to the credit of the Deposit Account an amount of $3,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, if this condition precedent is not satisfied, the relevant amount shall be deducted from the amount of the Advances and held in the Deposit Account in the name of the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.3

 

6 A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Relevant Ship as the Agent may require.

 

7 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of Liberia and the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

8 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of Part A and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of a Borrower.

 

72
 

Schedule 4

Transfer Certificate

 

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

 

To: Northern Shipping Fund III LP for itself and for and on behalf of each Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

 

[ l ]

 

1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [ l ] 2016 and made between (1) Lord Ocean Navigation Co. and Knight Ocean Navigation Co. (together, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”) as joint and several Borrowers, (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (4) Northern Shipping Fund III LP as Agent and (6) Northern Shipping Fund III LP as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to $32,000,000.

 

2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings and:

 

Relevant Parties ” means the Agent, each Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender;

 

Transferor ” means [full name] of [lending office]; and

 

Transferee ” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

3 The effective date of this Certificate is [ l ] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

 

4 The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [ l ] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[ l ].

 

5 By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ l ]] [from [ l ] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[ l ]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[ l ].]

 

6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

 

7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.

 

73
 

8 The Transferor:

 

(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

 

(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are in connection with this transaction; and

 

(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

 

(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and

 

(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

9 The Transferee:

 

(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;

 

(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender in the event that:

 

(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

 

(ii) either Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrowers or any Security Party under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

 

(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

 

(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

 

(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

 

(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

 

10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.

 

11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

 

74
 

  [Name of Transferor]   [Name of Transferee]  
         
  By:   By:  
         
  Date:   Date:  

 

Agent 

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself 

as Agent and for every other Relevant Party 

Northern Shipping Fund III LP 

By: 

Date:

 

75
 

Administrative Details of Transferee

 

Name of Transferee:

 

Lending Office:

 

Contact Person

 

(Loan Administration Department):

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Contact Person

 

(Credit Administration Department):

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Account for payments:

 

 

 

 

Note: This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor’s interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor’s or Transferee’s jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.

 

76
 

Schedule 5

Repayment Schedule Per Advance

 

  Number of months after the final Drawdown Date Both extension options exercised Only first extension option exercised No extension option exercised
11                   1 27 450,000 450,000 450,000
11                   2 30 450,000 450,000 450,000
16                   3 33 450,000 450,000 450,000
21                   4 36 450,000 450,000 14,650,000
26                   5 39 450,000 450,000  
31                   6 42 450,000 450,000  
36                   7 45 450,000 450,000  
41                   8 48 450,000 12,850,000  
46                   9 51 450,000    
51                   10 54 450,000    
56                   11 57 450,000    
61                   12 60 11,050,000    

 

77
 

Schedule 6

Back End Interest Calculation Schedule Per Vessel/Advance

 

Subject to Clause 20.1(b):

 

  Scheduled    
Number of months
after the final
Drawdown Date
Outstanding   Back-end
  Amount (US$) (i) (ii) Percentage Interest (US$)
3 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
6 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
9 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
12 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
15 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
18 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
21 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
24 14,500,000 1.75% 253,750
27 15,550,000 1.75% 272,125
30 15,100,000 1.75% 264,250
33 14,650,000 1.75% 256,375
36 14,200,000 1.75% 248,500
39 13,750,000 1.75% 240,625
42 13,300,000 1.75% 232,750
45 12,850,000 1.75% 224,875
48 12,400,000 1.75% 217,000
51 11,950,000 1.75% 209,125
54 11,500,000 1.75% 201,250
57 11,050,000 1.75% 193,375
60 10,600,000 1.75% 185,500
       

 

(i) months 3- 24 are net of the Cash Flow Support Deposit of $1,500,000

 

(ii) the amount outstanding to be reduced by any amount  prepaid to cover the security cover shortfall and the back-end interest payable to be reduced accordingly

 

78
 

Execution Pages

 

BORROWERS


SIGNED by Stamatios Tsantanis

for and on behalf of
LORD OCEAN NAVIGATION CO.
in the presence of:

/s/ Christos Sigalas
Christos Sigalas


SIGNED by Stamatios Tsantanis

for and on behalf of
KNIGHT OCEAN NAVIGATION CO.
in the presence of:


/s/ Christos Sigalas
Christos Sigalas


LENDERS

SIGNED by

for and on behalf of
NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP
in the presence of:
 


)
) /s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
)
)






)
) /s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
)
)
)








)
)
)
)
)

 

 

79
 

AGENT

SIGNED by

for and on behalf of
NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP
in the presence of:


)
)
)
)
)

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITY TRUSTEE

SIGNED by

for and on behalf of
NORTHERN SHIPPING FUND III LP
in the presence of:


)
)
)
)
)

80
 

Exhibit 23.1

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 

16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street 

166 74 Glyfada 

Athens, Greece

 

November 29, 2016

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “Registration Statement”), relating to the registration of common shares, Class A Warrants, and a Representative’s Warrant of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Company”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary—Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends,” “Risk Factors―Risks Relating to Our Industry― An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability” and “The Drybulk Shipping Industry.” We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company on Form F-1 to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the reference to our firm in the section of the Registration Statement entitled “Experts.”

 

Yours sincerely,

 

/s/ Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

 

Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

 
 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 20, 2016, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form F-1, No. 333-214322) and related Prospectus of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. for the registration of common shares and Class A warrants.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.

 

Athens, Greece

November 29, 2016